相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请是于2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method andGraphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请No.12/888,362的部分继续，其要求于2010年4月7日提交的美国临时申请序号61/321,872的优先权，通过引用方式将这两个申请在整体上并入于此。This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 12/888,362, filed September 22, 2010, entitled "Device, Method and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," which claims U.S. Priority to Provisional Application Serial No. 61/321,872, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
本申请还涉及以下申请：(1)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,366，(2)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,370，(3)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,373，(4)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,375，(5)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,376，(6)2010年9月22日提交的、题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders”的美国申请序号12/888,377，通过引用方式将它们在整体上并入于此。This application is also related to the following applications: (1) U.S. Application Serial No. 12/888,366, filed September 22, 2010, and entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," (2) September 22, 2010 U.S. Application Serial No. 12/888,370, filed on September 22, 2010, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," and (3) filed September 22, 2010, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," U.S. Application Serial No. 12/888,373, (4) U.S. Application Serial No. 12/888,375, filed September 22, 2010, and entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," (5) U.S. Application Serial No. 12/888,376, filed September 22, 2010, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," (6) filed September 22, 2010, and entitled "Device, Method , and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders," which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
技术领域technical field
本公开的实施例总体上涉及具有触敏表面的电子设备，包括但不限于具有用于管理文件夹的触敏表面的电子设备。Embodiments of the present disclosure generally relate to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces for managing file folders.
背景技术Background technique
近年来，触敏表面作为计算机和其它电子计算设备的输入设备的使用已经显著增加。示例性触敏表面包括触摸板和触摸屏显示器。这些表面通过在显示器上操控可选的用户界面对象而被广泛用于管理文件夹。The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touchscreen displays. These surfaces are widely used for managing folders by manipulating optional user interface objects on the display.
示例性操控包括创建文件夹、显示与文件夹关联的文件夹视图、将可选的用户界面对象(例如应用图标、文件图标、文件夹图标等)添加到文件夹、从文件夹移除可选的用户界面对象、在文件夹的文件夹视图内重新定位可选的用户界面对象、在可选的用户界面对象的布置内重新定位文件夹图标以及删除文件夹。示例性可选的用户界面对象包括表示应用、数字图像、视频、文本、图标和其它文件的图标，以及与计算应用(例如，移动设备应用和/或个人计算机应用等)关联的应用图标。Exemplary manipulations include creating folders, displaying folder views associated with folders, adding optional user interface objects (e.g., application icons, file icons, folder icons, etc.) to folders, removing optional user interface objects from folders. , repositioning optional user interface objects within the folder's folder view, repositioning folder icons within the layout of optional user interface objects, and deleting folders. Exemplary selectable user interface objects include icons representing applications, digital images, video, text, icons, and other files, as well as application icons associated with computing applications (eg, mobile device applications and/or personal computer applications, etc.).
但是用于执行这些操控的现有方法麻烦且低效。例如，使用一系列输入来创建、修改和/或删除文件夹以及文件夹内的内容是令人厌烦的，并且给用户创建显著的认知负担。此外，现有方法花费了比必要时间更长的时间，因而浪费了能量。后一种考虑在电池供电的设备中是特别重要的。But existing methods for performing these manipulations are cumbersome and inefficient. For example, using a series of inputs to create, modify and/or delete folders and the contents within the folders is tedious and creates a significant cognitive load on the user. Furthermore, existing methods take longer than necessary, thus wasting energy. The latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
发明内容Contents of the invention
据此，存在对具有用于管理文件夹的更快、更有效的方法和界面的计算设备的需要。这些方法和界面可以补充或代替用于管理文件夹的传统方法。这些方法和界面降低了用户的认知负担，并且产生更有效的人机界面。对于电池供电的计算设备，这些方法和界面节省了电力，并且增加了在电池充电之间的时间。Accordingly, there is a need for a computing device with a faster, more efficient method and interface for managing folders. These methods and interfaces can supplement or replace traditional methods for managing folders. These methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive load on the user and result in a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, these methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
与用于具有触敏表面的计算设备的用户界面关联的上述缺陷和其它问题通过本公开的设备得以降低或消除。在一些实施例中，该设备是台式计算机。在一些实施例中，该设备是便携式的(例如笔记本电脑、平板电脑或手持设备)。在一些实施例中，该设备具有触摸板。在一些实施例中，该设备具有触敏显示器(还以“触摸屏”或“触摸屏显示器”著称)。在一些实施例中，该设备具有图形用户界面(GUI)、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及存储在存储器中的用于执行多个功能的一个或多个模块、程序或指令集。在一些实施例中，用户主要通过在触敏表面上的手指接触和手势与GUI进行交互。在一些实施例中，所述功能可以包括图像编辑、绘图、呈现、文字处理、网站创建、磁盘创作、电子表格制作、玩游戏、打电话、视频会议、发送电子邮件、即时消息传送、锻炼支持、数字摄影、数字录像、网络浏览、数字音乐播放和/或数字视频播放。用于执行这些功能的可执行指令可以被包括在配置用于由一个或多个处理器执行的计算机可读存储介质中或其它计算机程序产品中。The above-mentioned deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for computing devices having touch-sensitive surfaces are reduced or eliminated by the devices of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In some embodiments, the device is portable (eg, laptop, tablet, or handheld). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a "touch screen" or "touch screen display"). In some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory, and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the functions may include image editing, drawing, rendering, word processing, website creation, disk authoring, spreadsheet creation, game playing, phone calls, video conferencing, emailing, instant messaging, exercise support , digital photography, digital video recording, web browsing, digital music playback and/or digital video playback. Executable instructions for performing these functions may be included in a computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中，并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上显示多个可选用户界面对象；检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入，将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置。所述一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则；以及响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting a first input; The first object of is moved across the display to a position on the display that is adjacent to a second object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects. The one or more programs further include instructions for: detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; When the proximity of the second object is detected and the first input satisfies the predefined folder creation criteria, a folder containing the first object and the second object is created.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上显示多个可选用户界面对象；检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入，将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置。该方法进一步包括：在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则；以及响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input, moving a first object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects across the display onto the display The position near the second object in a plurality of selectable user interface objects. The method further includes: detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; and in response to detecting that the first input satisfies the Predefined folder creation criteria, creating a folder containing the first object and the second object.
根据一些实施例，在一种多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括多个可选用户界面对象，所述多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。检测第一输入，并且响应于检测到第一输入，将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置。在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则；并且响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on a multifunction device having a display, memory, and a program for executing one or more programs stored in the memory includes a plurality of selectable user interface objects. or multiple processors. detecting a first input, and in response to detecting the first input, moving a first object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects across the display to a position on the display adjacent a second object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects . Detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria while the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; and creating a folder in response to detecting that the first input satisfies the predefined folder while the first object is in the vicinity of the second object Guidelines, create a folder containing the first object and the second object.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上显示多个可选用户界面对象；检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入，将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置。该指令进一步使得该设备：在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则；以及响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored thereon instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: display a plurality of selectable user interface objects on the display; detect a first an input; and in response to detecting the first input, moving a first object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects across the display to a position on the display proximate to a second object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects. The instructions further cause the device to: detect that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; and detect the first input when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object. The input satisfies the predefined folder creation criteria to create a folder containing the first object and the second object.
根据一些实施例，多功能设备包括：显示器；用于在显示器上显示多个可选用户界面对象的装置；用于检测第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到第一输入，用于将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到所述显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置的装置。该设备进一步包括用于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则的装置；以及响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，用于创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on the display; means for detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input, for means for moving a first object of a plurality of selectable user interface objects across a display to a position on the display adjacent a second object of a plurality of selectable user interface objects. The apparatus further includes means for detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; and in response to detecting the first input while the first object is in the vicinity of the second object A means for creating a folder containing a first object and a second object is input that satisfies predefined folder creation criteria.
根据一些实施例，用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于检测第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到第一输入，用于将多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器移动到显示器上位于多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象附近的位置的装置。该信息处理装置进一步包括用于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则的装置；以及响应于在第一对象位于第二对象的附近之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，用于创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display includes: means for detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input, for displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects means for moving a first object in the display across the display to a location on the display that is adjacent to a second object in the plurality of selectable user interface objects. The information processing apparatus further includes means for detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object; and in response to detecting when the first object is in the vicinity of the second object A means for creating a folder containing the first object and the second object to the first input satisfying predefined folder creation criteria.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上同时显示一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于如下操作的指令：检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，显示与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在该多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，激活与相应动作图标关联的应用；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，继续显示相应动作图标，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for simultaneously displaying the one or more action icons and the one or more folder icons on the display. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. The one or more programs further include instructions for: detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input: where the first input corresponds to selecting a corresponding one of the one or more folder icons , display the folder contents associated with the corresponding folder icon, regardless of whether the multifunction device is in normal operation mode or in user interface reconfiguration mode; and at the first input corresponding to selecting one or more actions On request of the corresponding action icon in the icon: when the multifunction device is in normal operation mode, activate the application associated with the corresponding action icon; and, when the multifunction device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode, continue to display the corresponding action icon , without activating the app associated with the action icon.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上同时显示一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。该方法进一步包括：检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，显示与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在该多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，激活与相应动作图标关联的应用；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，继续显示相应动作图标，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: simultaneously displaying one or more action icons and one or more folder icons on the display. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. The method further includes: detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input: when the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more folder icons, displaying an icon-associated folder contents, regardless of whether the multifunction device is in a normal operating mode or in a user interface reconfiguration mode; and when the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more action icons : When the multi-function device is in the normal operation mode, activate the application associated with the corresponding action icon; and, when the multi-function device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode, continue to display the corresponding action icon without activating the application associated with the corresponding action icon Applications.
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标，该多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标同时被显示在显示器上。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容被显示，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，与相应动作图标关联的应用被激活；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，相应动作图标继续被显示，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface includes one or more action icons and one or more folder icons on a multifunction device having a display, a memory, and a program for executing a program stored in the memory. or one or more processors for multiple programs. One or more action icons and one or more folder icons are simultaneously displayed on the display. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input: when the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding folder icon of the one or more folder icons, the folder content associated with the corresponding folder icon is displayed regardless of whether the multifunction device is in a normal operating mode or in a user interface reconfiguration mode; and when the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more action icons: in the multifunction When the device is in the normal operation mode, the application associated with the corresponding action icon is activated; and, when the multi-function device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode, the corresponding action icon continues to be displayed without activating the application associated with the corresponding action icon.
根据一些实施例，计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上同时显示一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。该指令进一步使得该设备：检测第一输入；以及响应于检测到第一输入：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，显示与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在该多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，激活与相应动作图标关联的应用；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，继续显示相应动作图标，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored therein instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: simultaneously display one or more action icons and one or more files on the display clip icon. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. The instructions further cause the device to: detect a first input; and in response to detecting the first input: when the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more folder icons, display a corresponding Folder contents associated with a folder icon, regardless of whether the multifunction device is in a normal operating mode or in a user interface reconfiguration mode; and the first input corresponds to selecting a corresponding one of the one or more action icons On request: when the multifunction device is in normal operating mode, activate the application associated with the corresponding action icon; and, when the multifunction device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, continue to display the corresponding action icon without activating the corresponding action icon The app associated with the icon.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于在显示器上同时显示一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标的装置。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。该设备进一步包括：用于检测第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到第一输入，用于执行下述操作的装置：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，显示与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在该多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，激活与相应动作图标关联的应用；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，继续显示相应动作图标，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; and means for simultaneously displaying one or more action icons and one or more folder icons on the display. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. The apparatus further includes: means for detecting a first input; and in response to detecting the first input, means for performing the following operations: where the first input corresponds to selecting one or more folder icons When the corresponding folder icon is requested, display the folder content associated with the corresponding folder icon, regardless of whether the multi-function device is in the normal operation mode or in the user interface reconfiguration mode; and at the first input corresponding to selecting one or more When a request is made for a corresponding action icon among the action icons: when the multifunction device is in the normal operation mode, activate the application associated with the corresponding action icon; and, when the multifunction device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode, continue to display the corresponding action icon action icon without activating the app associated with the corresponding action icon.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于在显示器上同时显示一个或多个动作图标以及一个或多个文件夹图标的装置。该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式。该信息处理装置进一步包括：用于检测第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到第一输入，用于执行下述操作的装置：在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，显示与相应文件夹图标关联的文件夹内容，而不管该多功能设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式；并且在第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时：在该多功能设备处于正常操作模式时，激活与相应动作图标关联的应用；并且，在该多功能设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，继续显示相应动作图标，而不激活与相应动作图标关联的应用。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display includes: means for simultaneously displaying one or more action icons and one or more folder icons on the display. The multifunction device has a normal operation mode for activating applications and a user interface reconfiguration mode for rearranging action icons and folder icons on the display. The information processing apparatus further includes: means for detecting a first input; and means for performing the following operation in response to detecting the first input: , display the folder contents associated with the corresponding folder icon, regardless of whether the multifunction device is in the normal operating mode or in the user interface reconfiguration mode; and when the first input corresponds to the upon selection of a request for a corresponding one of the one or more action icons: when the multifunction device is in a normal operating mode, activating an application associated with the corresponding action icon; and, when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode , continue to display the action icon without activating the app associated with the action icon.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：接收对应于用以创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入；以及响应于接收到该输入，创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹；确定与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符；以及确定与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时：基于第一共同描述符自动生成针对该文件夹的文件夹名称；以及在显示器上显示针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名称的图标。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving input corresponding to a request to create a folder containing the first item and the second item; and in response to receiving the input, creating a folder containing the first item and folders of the second item; determining a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; and determining a second plurality of descriptors associated with the second item. The one or more programs further include instructions for: when the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: automatically generating an object based on the first common descriptor a folder name of the folder; and displaying an icon with the automatically generated folder name for the folder on the display.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：接收对应于用以创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入；以及响应于接收到该输入：创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹；确定与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符；以及确定与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符。该方法进一步包括，在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时：基于第一共同描述符自动生成针对该文件夹的文件夹名称；以及在显示器上显示针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名称的图标。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: receiving input corresponding to a request to create a folder containing a first item and a second item; and in response to receiving the input: creating a folder containing the first item and the second item; a first plurality of descriptors associated with one item; and determining a second plurality of descriptors associated with a second item. The method further includes, when the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: automatically generating a folder name for the folder based on the first common descriptor; and displaying An icon with the auto-generated folder name for the folder is displayed on .
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括第一项和第二项，所述多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。对应于创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入被接收；并且响应于接收到该输入：包含第一项和第二项的文件夹被创建；与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符被确定；并且与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符被确定。在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时：基于第一共同描述符，针对该文件夹的文件夹名称被自动生成；以及在显示器上针对该文件夹的图标被显示有自动生成的文件夹名称。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on a multifunction device having a display, a memory, and a means for executing one or more programs stored in the memory includes first and second items. or multiple processors. Input corresponding to a request to create a folder containing the first item and the second item is received; and in response to receiving the input: a folder containing the first item and the second item is created; the first item associated with the first item A set of plurality of descriptors is determined; and a second set of plurality of descriptors associated with the second item is determined. When the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor, a folder name for the folder is automatically generated; and on the display for the Folder icons are displayed with automatically generated folder names.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：接收对应于用以创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入；以及响应于接收到该输入：创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹；确定与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符；以及确定与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符。所述指令进一步使得该设备，在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时：基于第一共同描述符自动生成针对该文件夹的文件夹名称；以及在显示器上显示针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名称的图标。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored therein instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: receive a input of a request for a folder; and in response to receiving the input: create a folder containing a first item and a second item; determine a first set of multiple descriptors associated with the first item; and determine an associated The second set of multiple descriptors. The instructions further cause the device, when the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor to: automatically generate a folder name for the folder based on the first common descriptor; And an icon with the automatically generated folder name for the folder is displayed on the display.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于接收对应于用以创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入的装置；以及响应于接收到该输入用于执行下述操作的装置：创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹；确定与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符；以及确定与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符。该设备进一步包括用于在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时执行下述操作的装置：基于第一共同描述符自动生成针对该文件夹的文件夹名称；以及在显示器上显示针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名称的图标。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for receiving an input corresponding to a request to create a folder containing a first item and a second item; and in response to receiving the input for executing Means for: creating a folder containing a first item and a second item; determining a first set of plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; and determining a second set of plurality of descriptors associated with the second item. The apparatus further includes means for, when the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: automatically generating a file for the folder based on the first common descriptor a folder name; and displaying an icon for the folder with the automatically generated folder name on the display.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于接收对应于用以创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹的请求的输入的装置；以及用于响应于接收到该输入执行下述操作的装置：创建包含第一项和第二项的文件夹；确定与第一项关联的第一组多个描述符；以及确定与第二项关联的第二组多个描述符。该信息处理装置进一步包括用于在第一组多个描述符和第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时执行下述操作的装置：基于第一共同描述符自动生成针对该文件夹的文件夹名称；以及在显示器上显示针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名称的图标。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device having a display includes: means for receiving an input corresponding to a request to create a folder containing a first item and a second item; and means for performing the following operations in response to receiving the input: creating a folder containing the first item and the second item; determining a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; The associated second set of multiple descriptors. The information processing apparatus further includes means for performing the following operations when the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: automatically generating a file for the file based on the first common descriptor the folder name of the folder; and an icon with the automatically generated folder name for the folder is displayed on the display.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上显示多个图标。多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入；基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小；以及响应于检测到该输入，跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标。一个或多个程序还包括用于执行下述操作的指令：检测输入满足预定义触发准则；以及响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for displaying a plurality of icons on the display. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. The one or more programs further include instructions for: detecting an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon; changing from a default size for the second icon based on a distance from the first location to the location of the second icon; and, in response to detecting the input, moving the first icon across the display away from the first location. The one or more programs also include instructions for: detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting that the input satisfies the predefined trigger criteria: when the first icon is at least partially within the activation region of the second icon When inside, a first operation associated with the second icon is performed; and when the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, a second operation distinct from the first operation is performed.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上显示多个图标。将多个图标中的第一图标显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。该方法进一步包括：检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入；基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小；以及响应于检测到该输入，跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标。该方法还包括：检测输入满足预定义触发准则；以及响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: displaying a plurality of icons on a display. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. The method further includes: detecting an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon; changing the size of the activation area for the second icon from a default size based on the distance from the first location to the location of the second icon; and responding to The input is detected, and the first icon is moved across the display away from the first location. The method also includes: detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting that the input satisfies the predefined trigger criteria: executing a first icon associated with the second icon when the first icon is at least partially within the activation area of the second icon an operation; and when the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, performing a second operation distinct from the first operation.
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括显示在显示器上的多个图标，所述多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入。基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小。响应于检测到该输入，跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标。检测输入满足预定义触发准则；并且响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on a multifunction device comprising a plurality of icons displayed on a display, the multifunction device having a display, a memory, and a program for executing one or more programs stored in the memory one or more processors. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. Input corresponding to a request to move the first icon is detected. The size of the activation area for the second icon is changed from a default size based on the distance from the first location to the location of the second icon. In response to detecting the input, the first icon is moved across the display away from the first location. detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting that the input satisfies the predefined trigger criteria: performing a first operation associated with the second icon when the first icon is at least partially within the activation area of the second icon; and When the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, a second operation distinct from the first operation is performed.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上显示多个图标。多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。所述指令进一步使得该设备：检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入；基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小；以及响应于检测到该输入，跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标。所述指令还使得该设备：检测输入满足预定义触发准则；以及响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored thereon instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: display a plurality of icons on the display. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. The instructions further cause the device to: detect an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon; change a size of the activation area for the second icon from a default size based on a distance from the first location to the location of the second icon; And in response to detecting the input, moving the first icon across the display away from the first location. The instructions further cause the device to: detect that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting that the input satisfies the predefined trigger criteria: perform an interaction with the second icon when the first icon is at least partially within the activation area of the second icon. an associated first operation; and when the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, performing a second operation distinct from the first operation.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于在显示器上显示多个图标的装置。多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。该设备进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入的装置；用于基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入用于跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标的装置。该设备还包括：用于检测输入满足预定义触发准则的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则用于执行下述操作的装置：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device comprises: a display; means for displaying a plurality of icons on the display. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. The apparatus further comprises: means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon; for changing the activation area for the second icon from a default size based on a distance from the first location to the location of the second icon and means for moving the first icon across the display away from the first location in response to detecting the input. The apparatus also includes: means for detecting that an input satisfies predefined trigger criteria; and means for performing the following operations in response to detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria: upon activation of the second icon at least in part by the first icon When within the area, a first operation associated with the second icon is performed; and when the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, a second operation distinct from the first operation is performed.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于在显示器上显示多个图标的装置。多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。该信息处理装置进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入的装置；用于基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离，从默认大小改变针对第二图标的激活区域的大小的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入用于跨过显示器远离第一位置移动第一图标的装置。该信息处理装置还包括：用于检测输入满足预定义触发准则的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则用于执行下述操作的装置：在第一图标至少部分在第二图标的激活区域内时，执行与第二图标关联的第一操作；并且在第一图标在第二图标的激活区域的外部时，执行与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display includes: means for displaying a plurality of icons on the display. A first icon of the plurality of icons is displayed at a first location on the display. A second icon among the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has an activation area of a default size. The information processing apparatus further includes: means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon; and for changing the size for the second icon from a default size based on the distance from the first position to the position of the second icon. means for activating the size of the area; and means for moving the first icon across the display away from the first location in response to detecting the input. The information processing apparatus also includes: means for detecting that an input satisfies a predefined trigger criterion; and means for performing the following operation in response to detecting that the input satisfies a predefined trigger criterion: When within the activation area of the second icon, a first operation associated with the second icon is performed; and when the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, a second operation distinct from the first operation is performed.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上按照第一布置显示多个图标；检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。该设备进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a plurality of icons on the display in a first arrangement; input of a request for a second location on the display; and in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the first location to the second location; and maintaining each corresponding icon in the plurality of icons except the first icon The position of the icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met. The device further includes instructions for, when the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been satisfied, moving one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form an arrangement consistent with the first A very different second arrangement.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上按照第一布置显示多个图标；检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。该方法进一步包括：在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: displaying a plurality of icons in a first arrangement on a display; detecting an input corresponding to a request to move a first icon of the plurality of icons from a first location on the display to a second location on the display; and in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the first position to the second position; and maintaining the position of each corresponding icon in the plurality of icons except the first icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met . The method further includes moving one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form a second arrangement that is distinct from the first arrangement when the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met.
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括在显示器上按照第一布置的多个图标，该多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入；并且响应于检测到该输入：将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on a multifunction device comprising a plurality of icons in a first arrangement on a display, the multifunction device having a display, a memory, and a device for executing one or more programs stored in the memory One or more processors of the program. detecting an input corresponding to a request to move a first icon of the plurality of icons from a first location on the display to a second location on the display; and in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the first location moving to a second position; and maintaining the position of each respective icon of the plurality of icons other than the first icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been satisfied. When the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been satisfied, one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon are moved to form a second arrangement that is distinct from the first arrangement.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上按照第一布置显示多个图标；检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：使第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。所述指令进一步使得该设备：在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored thereon instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: display a plurality of icons on the display in a first arrangement; detect a corresponding input of a request to move a first icon of the plurality of icons from a first position on the display to a second position on the display; and in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the first position to a second position on the display two positions; and maintaining the position of each respective icon of the plurality of icons other than the first icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met. The instructions further cause the device to: when the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met, move one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form a second arrangement that is distinct from the first arrangement. layout.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于在显示器上按照第一布置显示多个图标的装置；用于检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入用于执行下述操作的装置：将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。该设备进一步包括用于执行下述操作的装置：在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for displaying a plurality of icons on the display in a first arrangement; means for input of a request that the first location move to a second location on the display; and means for performing the following operations in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the first location to the second location; and maintaining The position of each corresponding icon of the plurality of icons other than the first icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met. The apparatus further includes means for, when the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met, moving one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form an arrangement consistent with the first A very different second arrangement.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于在显示器上按照第一布置显示多个图标的装置；用于检测对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求的输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该输入用于执行下述操作的装置：将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置；并且维持多个图标中的除第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。该信息处理装置进一步包括用于执行下述操作的装置：在已经满足自动重新配置准则时，移动多个图标中的除第一图标之外的图标中的一个或多个图标，以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display includes: means for displaying a plurality of icons on the display in a first arrangement; means for input of a request to move a first icon of the icons from a first location on the display to a second location on the display; and means for performing the following operations in response to detecting the input: moving the first icon from the second location a position is moved to a second position; and the position of each respective icon of the plurality of icons other than the first icon is maintained until the automatic reconfiguration criterion has been satisfied. The information processing apparatus further includes means for performing an operation of, when the automatic reconfiguration criterion has been satisfied, moving one or more of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form a A second arrangement with a distinct arrangement.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：显示动态文件夹图标。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。该设备进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. One or more programs include instructions for displaying a dynamic folder icon. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. The device further includes instructions for: detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify the content in the folder; and in response to detecting the input: modifying the content in the folder; and updating the dynamic folder icon , to include a visual indicator of the spatial arrangement of the modified content within the folder.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：显示动态文件夹图标。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。该方法进一步包括：检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes: displaying a dynamic folder icon. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. The method further includes: detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify the content in the folder; and in response to detecting the input: modifying the content in the folder; and updating the dynamic folder icon to include the A visual indicator of the spatial arrangement of the modified content.
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括动态文件夹图标，该多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface includes a dynamic folder icon on a multifunction device having a display, a memory, and one or more processes for executing one or more programs stored in the memory device. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. Detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify content in the folder; and in response to detecting the input: modifying the content in the folder; and updating the dynamic folder icon to include the spatial arrangement of the modified content within the folder visual indicators.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：显示动态文件夹图标。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。所述指令进一步使得该设备：检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入；以及响应于检测到该输入：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored therein instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: display a dynamic folder icon. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. The instructions further cause the device to: detect an input corresponding to a request to modify the content in the folder; and in response to detecting the input: modify the content in the folder; and update the dynamic folder icon to include A visual indicator of the spatial arrangement of modified content within a folder.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于显示动态文件夹图标的装置。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。该设备进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入的装置；对响应于检测到该输入用于执行下述操作的装置：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for displaying a dynamic folder icon. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. The apparatus further includes: means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify the content in the folder; means for performing, in response to detecting the input: modifying the content in the folder; and updating Dynamic folder icons to include visual indicators of the spatial arrangement of modified content within a folder.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于显示动态文件夹图标的装置。该动态文件夹图标包括在与动态文件夹图标关联的文件夹中的当前内容的视觉指示符。该信息处理装置进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求的输入的装置；响应于检测到该输入用于执行下述操作的装置：修改文件夹中的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标，以包括在文件夹内的修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示符。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display includes: means for displaying a dynamic folder icon. The dynamic folder icon includes a visual indicator of current content in a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. The information processing apparatus further includes: means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify the content in the folder; means for performing, in response to detecting the input: modifying the content in the folder; and Updated dynamic folder icons to include a visual indicator of the spatial arrangement of modified content within a folder.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上的壁纸背景之上显示文件夹图标，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入；以及响应于检测到该第一输入：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for displaying on the display over a wallpaper background a folder icon corresponding to a folder containing content including one or more selectable user interface object. The one or more programs further include instructions for: detecting a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and in response to detecting the first input: dividing the wallpaper background into a first portion and The second section; moves the second section away from the first section; and displays the contents of the folder in the area between the first section and the second section.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上的壁纸背景之上显示文件夹图标，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。该方法进一步包括：检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入；以及响应于检测到该第一输入：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes displaying a folder icon on a display over a wallpaper background, the folder icon corresponding to a folder containing content, the content including one or more selectable user interface objects. The method further includes: detecting a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and in response to detecting the first input: dividing the wallpaper background into a first portion and a second portion; moving the second portion away from the first portion ; and display the contents of the folder in the area between the first part and the second part.
根据一些实施例，一种在多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括显示在显示器上的壁纸背景之上的文件夹图标，该多功能设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入；并且响应于检测到该第一输入：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on a multifunction device having a display, a memory, and means for executing one or One or more handlers for multiple programs, the folder icon corresponds to a folder containing content, including one or more selectable user interface objects. Detecting a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and in response to detecting the first input: dividing the wallpaper background into a first portion and a second portion; moving the second portion away from the first portion; and moving the first portion and the second section display the contents of the folder.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的多功能设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上的壁纸背景之上显示文件夹图标，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。所述指令进一步使得该设备：检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入；以及响应于检测到该第一输入：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored therein instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device having a display, cause the device to: display a folder icon on the display over a wallpaper background, the file Folder icons correspond to folders that contain content, including one or more selectable user interface objects. The instructions further cause the device to: detect a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and in response to detecting the first input: divide the wallpaper background into a first portion and a second portion; move away from the first portion the second section; and displays the contents of the folder in the area between the first and second sections.
根据一些实施例，一种多功能设备包括：显示器；用于在显示器上的壁纸背景之上显示文件夹图标的装置，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。该设备进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该第一输入用于执行下述操作的装置：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for displaying a folder icon on the display over a wallpaper background, the folder icon corresponding to a folder containing content including one or more Optional user interface object. The apparatus further comprises: means for detecting a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and means for, in response to detecting the first input, dividing the wallpaper background into first portions and the second section; move the second section away from the first section; and display the contents of the folder in the area between the first and second sections.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于在显示器上的壁纸背景之上显示文件夹图标的装置，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象。该信息处理装置进一步包括：用于检测对应于用以显示文件夹内容的请求的第一输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该第一输入用于执行下述操作的装置：将壁纸背景划分成第一部分和第二部分；远离第一部分移动第二部分；并且在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示文件夹的内容。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device having a display includes: means for displaying a folder icon on the display over a wallpaper background, the folder icon corresponding to a folder containing content A folder whose contents include one or more optional user interface objects. The information processing apparatus further includes: means for detecting a first input corresponding to a request to display folder contents; and means for performing the following operation in response to detecting the first input: dividing the wallpaper background into The first part and the second part; move the second part away from the first part; and display the contents of the folder in the area between the first part and the second part.
根据一些实施例，一种电子设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器以及一个或多个程序。一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。一个或多个程序包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示器上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：响应于检测到该第一输入，显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图。该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标。该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集。一个或多个程序进一步包括用于执行下述操作的指令：在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入，以及响应于检测到该第二输入，停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面。该文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs. One or more programs are stored in memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for simultaneously displaying on the display a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons. The one or more programs further include instructions for: detecting a first input corresponding to a request to select a respective folder icon for a respective folder comprising a first number of selectable icons , the first number of selectable icons is divided between a plurality of distinct, separately displayed pages including a first page and a second page. The one or more programs further include instructions for: in response to detecting the first input, displaying a folder view for the corresponding folder. The folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons. The folder view displays a first page including a first subset of selectable icons in the folder. The one or more programs further include instructions for: while displaying the first page of the folder view, detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view, and responding Upon detection of the second input, display of the first page of the folder view is stopped and a second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder is displayed. The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
根据一些实施例，在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括：在显示器上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象。该方法进一步包括：检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分。该方法进一步包括：响应于检测到该第一输入，显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图。该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标。该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集。该方法进一步包括：在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入，以及响应于检测到该第二输入，停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面。该文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device having a display. The method includes simultaneously displaying on a display a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons. The method further includes detecting a first input corresponding to a request to select a respective folder icon for a respective folder, the respective folder comprising a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable icons comprising A division is made between a plurality of distinct, separately displayed pages of the first page and the second page. The method further includes, in response to detecting the first input, displaying a folder view for the corresponding folder. The folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons. The folder view displays a first page including a first subset of selectable icons in the folder. The method further includes: while displaying the first page of the folder view, detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view, and in response to detecting the second input, ceasing to display the file The first page of the folder view is displayed and the second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder is displayed. The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
根据一些实施例，一种在电子设备上的图形用户界面包括同时显示在显示器上的包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象，所述电子设备具有显示器、存储器以及用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器。检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分。响应于检测到该第一输入，显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图。该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标。该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集。在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入。响应于检测到该第二输入，该图形用户界面被配置为停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面。该文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, a graphical user interface on an electronic device includes a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons simultaneously displayed on a display, the electronic device having a display, a memory, and a One or more processors that execute one or more programs stored in memory. Detecting a first input corresponding to a request to select a respective folder icon for a respective folder, the respective folder comprising a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable icons including the first page and the second Two pages are divided between multiple distinct separate display pages. In response to detecting the first input, a folder view for the corresponding folder is displayed. The folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons. The folder view displays a first page including a first subset of selectable icons in the folder. While the first page of the folder view is being displayed, a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view is detected. In response to detecting the second input, the graphical user interface is configured to cease displaying the first page of the folder view and display a second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder. The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
根据一些实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质其中存储有指令，所述指令在由具有显示器的电子设备执行时，使得该设备：在显示器上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象。所述指令进一步使得该设备：检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分。所述指令进一步使得该设备：响应于检测到该第一输入，显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图。该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标。文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集。所述指令进一步使得该设备：在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入，以及响应于检测到该第二输入，停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面。文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored thereon instructions that, when executed by an electronic device having a display, cause the device to: simultaneously display on the display a plurality of files including one or more folder icons Optional user interface object. The instructions further cause the device to: detect a first input corresponding to a request to select a respective folder icon for a respective folder, the respective folder comprising a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable The icons divide between a plurality of distinct, separately displayed pages including a first page and a second page. The instructions further cause the device to: in response to detecting the first input, display a folder view for the corresponding folder. The folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons. The folder view displays a first page including a first subset of selectable icons in the folder. The instructions further cause the device to: while displaying the first page of the folder view, detect a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view, and in response to detecting the second input, The display of the first page of the folder view is stopped and the second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder is displayed. The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
根据一些实施例，一种电子设备包括显示器；用于在显示器上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象的装置；用于检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入的装置，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分；以及响应于检测到该第一输入用于显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的装置，其中：该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标；并且该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集；用于在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该第二输入用于停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面的装置，其中该文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display; means for simultaneously displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons on the display; means for a first input of a request for a corresponding folder icon, the corresponding folder comprising a first number of selectable icons in a plurality of distinct pages comprising a first page and a second page dividing between the separately displayed pages; and means for displaying a folder view for the corresponding folder in response to detecting the first input, wherein: the folder view includes options for simultaneously displaying no more than a second number space for icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons; and the folder view displays a first page including a first subset of selectable icons in the folder; means for detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view while the first page of the folder view is being displayed; and for stopping display of the folder in response to detecting the second input means for viewing a first page of a view and displaying a second page of a folder view for a corresponding folder, wherein the second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons set.
根据一些实施例，一种用于在具有显示器的电子设备中使用的信息处理装置包括：用于在显示器上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象的装置；用于检测对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求的第一输入的装置，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分；以及响应于检测到该第一输入用于显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的装置，其中：该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标；并且该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集；用于在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求的第二输入的装置；以及响应于检测到该第二输入用于停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面的装置，其中文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, an information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device having a display includes: means for simultaneously displaying on the display a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons; means for detecting a first input corresponding to a request to select a corresponding folder icon for a corresponding folder comprising a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable icons including the first dividing between a plurality of distinct separately displayed pages of the page and the second page; and means for displaying a folder view for the corresponding folder in response to detecting the first input, wherein: the folder view includes to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icon spaces, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons; and the folder view displaying a first page including the A first subset of selectable icons; means for, while displaying the first page of the folder view, detecting a second input corresponding to a request to display a second page of the folder view; and in response to detecting The second input is used to stop displaying the first page of the folder view and display the second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder, wherein the second page of the folder view includes the first subset of selectable icons A second subset of different optional icons.
根据一些实施例，一种电子设备包括：显示单元，被配置为同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象；输入单元，被配置为接收第一输入和第二输入，其中：第一输入对应于用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，该第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的文件夹视图中的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分；以及第二输入对应于用以显示第二页面的请求；处理单元，被耦合到显示单元和输入单元，该处理单元被配置为：检测第一输入；响应于检测到该第一输入，显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图，其中：该文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不超过第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标；并且该文件夹视图显示第一页面，该第一页面包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集；在显示文件夹视图的第一页面之时，检测第二输入；以及响应于检测到该第二输入，停止显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的第二页面，其中该文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to simultaneously display a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons; an input unit configured to receive a first input and a second input , wherein: the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding folder icon for a corresponding folder comprising a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable icons including the first page and Divide between a plurality of distinct separate display pages in the folder view of the second page; and the second input corresponds to a request to display the second page; a processing unit, coupled to the display unit and the input unit, the The processing unit is configured to: detect a first input; in response to detecting the first input, display a folder view for the corresponding folder, wherein: the folder view includes to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons space, the second number of selectable icons is less than the first number of selectable icons; and the folder view displays a first page that includes a first subset of selectable icons in the folder; When the first page of the folder view is detected, a second input is detected; and in response to detecting the second input, the display of the first page of the folder view is stopped and the second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder is displayed, wherein The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
因此，为具有显示器的多功能设备提供了用于管理文件夹的更快、更有效的方法和界面，从而增加了有效性、效率和用户对这种设备的满意度。这些方法和界面可以补充或代替用于管理文件夹的传统方法。Thus, a faster and more efficient method and interface for managing folders is provided for a multifunction device with a display, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency and user satisfaction of such devices. These methods and interfaces can supplement or replace traditional methods for managing folders.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更好地理解上文提到的本发明的各实施例以及其附加实施例，将结合以下附图参考具体实施方式的描述，在以下附图中，在整个附图中相似的附图标记指示对应部分。For a better understanding of the above-mentioned embodiments of the invention, as well as additional embodiments thereof, reference is made to the description of the detailed description taken in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals are used throughout Indicates the corresponding part.
图1A和图1B是图示根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示器的便携式多功能设备的框图。1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display, according to some embodiments.
图1C是图示根据一些实施例的用于事件处理的示例性组件的框图。Figure 1C is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
图2图示了根据一些实施例的具有触摸屏的便携式多功能设备。Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch screen, according to some embodiments.
图3是根据一些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, according to some embodiments.
图4A和图4B图示了根据一些实施例的用于便携式多功能设备上的应用菜单的示例性用户界面。4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for an application menu on a portable multifunction device, according to some embodiments.
图4C图示了根据一些实施例的用于具有与显示器分离的触敏表面的多功能设备的示例性用户界面。4C illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device having a touch-sensitive surface separate from a display, according to some embodiments.
图5A至图5LLLL图示了根据一些实施例的用于管理文件夹的示例性用户界面。5A-5LLLL illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing folders, according to some embodiments.
图6A至图6E是图示根据一些实施例的用于创建新文件夹的方法的流程图。6A-6E are flowcharts illustrating a method for creating a new folder according to some embodiments.
图7A至图7C是图示根据一些实施例的用于管理文件夹图标和动作图标的方法的流程图。7A to 7C are flowcharts illustrating a method for managing folder icons and action icons according to some embodiments.
图8A至图8C是图示根据一些实施例的用于命名新文件夹的方法的流程图。8A-8C are flowcharts illustrating a method for naming a new folder according to some embodiments.
图9A至图9B是图示根据一些实施例的用于响应于图标管理输入而调整用于可选用户界面对象的激活区域的方法的流程图。9A-9B are flowcharts illustrating methods for adjusting activation regions for selectable user interface objects in response to icon management inputs, according to some embodiments.
图10A至图10B是图示根据一些实施例的用于响应于图标管理输入而重新配置显示器上的图标的方法的流程图。10A-10B are flowcharts illustrating a method for reconfiguring icons on a display in response to an icon management input, according to some embodiments.
图11A至图11C是图示根据一些实施例的用于更新动态文件夹图标以提供关于与动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容的视觉指示的方法的流程图。11A-11C are flowcharts illustrating a method for updating a dynamic folder icon to provide a visual indication about the contents of a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon, according to some embodiments.
图12A至图12E是图示根据一些实施例的用于结合显示文件夹的内容来提供上下文信息的方法的流程图。12A-12E are flowcharts illustrating a method for providing contextual information in conjunction with displaying the contents of a folder, according to some embodiments.
图13A至图13E是图示根据一些实施例的用于显示多页文件夹和对多页文件夹进行导航的方法的流程图。13A-13E are flowcharts illustrating methods for displaying and navigating multi-page folders, according to some embodiments.
图14是根据一些实施例的电子设备的功能框图。Figure 14 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to some embodiments.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
现在将对实施例进行详细参考，附图中图示了各实施例的示例。在以下详细描述中，列举了多个特定细节，以便提供对本发明的总体理解。然而，对于本领域技术人员来说显而易见的是，在没有这些特定细节也可以实践本发明。在其他实例中，已知的方法、过程、组件、电路和网络并没有被详细描述，以免不必要地混淆实施例的各方面。Reference will now be made in detail to the embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a general understanding of the present invention. It will be apparent, however, to one skilled in the art that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
还应当理解，虽然术语第一、第二等可以在本文中用于描述各个元件，但是这些元件不应当被这些术语所限制。这些称谓仅用于将一个元件与另一元件进行区分。例如，第一接触可以被称作第二接触，并且类似地，第二接触可以被称作第一接触，而并不脱离本发明的范围。第一接触和第二接触均是接触，但它们不是同一接触。It will also be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These designations are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the present invention. Both first contact and second contact are contacts, but they are not the same contact.
本发明的描述中所使用的术语在本文中仅用于描述具体实施例，并非旨在限制本发明。除非上下文以其他方式明确指出，否则当在本发明的描述以及所附权利要求书中使用时，单数形式“一”、“一个”和“所述”旨在也包括复数形式。还应当理解，本文所使用的术语“和/或”是指代并且涵盖相关联的所列条目中的一个或多个条目中的任意条目及其所有可能的组合。进一步应当理解，术语“包括”、“包括有”、“包含”和/或“含有”在本说明书中使用时指定了所陈述的特征、整体、步骤、操作、元件和/或组件的存在，但并不排除一个或多个其他特征、整体、步骤、操作、元件、组件和/或它们的组合的存在或添加。The terminology used in the description of the present invention is used herein to describe specific embodiments only and is not intended to limit the present invention. As used in the description of the invention and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and covers any of one or more of the associated listed items and all possible combinations thereof. It is further to be understood that the terms "comprising", "comprising", "comprising" and/or "comprising" when used in this specification specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements and/or components, But it does not exclude the existence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components and/or combinations thereof.
当在本文中使用时，术语“如果”取决于上下文可以被解释为表示“当…时”或“一旦…则”或者“响应于确定”或“响应于检测”。类似地，短语“如果确定”或“如果检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”取决于上下文可以被解释为表示“一旦确定，则”或“响应于确定”或者“一旦检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”或“响应于检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”。As used herein, the term "if" may be interpreted to mean "when" or "once" or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting" depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if determined" or "if [stated condition or event] is detected" may be interpreted, depending on the context, to mean "once determined, then" or "in response to a determination" or "once detected [stated condition or event]" or "in response to the detection of [stated condition or event]".
当在本文中使用时，显示器的术语“分辨率”指的是沿着显示器的每个轴的或者在显示器的每个维度上的像素数目(也被称作“像素计数”或“像素分辨率”)。例如，显示器可以具有320x480像素的分辨率。此外，当在本文中使用时，多功能设备的术语“分辨率”指的是多功能设备中的显示器的分辨率。术语“分辨率”并不暗示对每个像素的大小或像素间隔的限制。例如，与具有1024x768像素分辨率的第一显示器相比，具有320x480像素分辨率的第二显示器具有较低的分辨率。然而，应当注意到显示器的物理尺寸不仅取决于像素分辨率，而且也取决于许多其他因素，包括像素大小和像素间隔。因此，与第二显示器相比，第一显示器可以具有相同的、较小的或者较大的物理尺寸。As used herein, the term "resolution" of a display refers to the number of pixels along each axis of the display or in each dimension of the display (also referred to as "pixel count" or "pixel resolution"). "). For example, a display may have a resolution of 320x480 pixels. Also, when used herein, the term "resolution" of a multifunction device refers to the resolution of a display in the multifunction device. The term "resolution" does not imply a limitation on the size or pixel spacing of each pixel. For example, a second display with a resolution of 320x480 pixels has a lower resolution than a first display with a resolution of 1024x768 pixels. However, it should be noted that the physical size of a display depends not only on pixel resolution, but also on many other factors, including pixel size and pixel spacing. Thus, the first display may have the same, smaller or larger physical size than the second display.
当在本文中使用时，显示器的术语“视频分辨率”指的是沿着显示器的每个轴或者在显示器的每个维度上的像素密度。视频分辨率经常以每英寸点数(DPI)为单位进行度量，每英寸点数对能够直线放在沿着显示器的相应维度的一英尺跨度内的像素数目进行计数。As used herein, the term "video resolution" of a display refers to the pixel density along each axis of the display or in each dimension of the display. Video resolution is often measured in dots per inch (DPI), which counts the number of pixels that can fit linearly within a one-foot span along the corresponding dimension of the display.
对计算设备、针对此类设备的用户接口以及用于使用此类设备的相关联过程的实施例进行描述。在一些实施例中，计算设备是便携式通信设备，诸如移动电话，该便携式通信设备还包含其他功能，诸如PDA和/或音乐播放器功能。便携式多功能设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于：来自加利福尼亚州、库比蒂诺的Apple公司的iPod设备。也可以使用诸如具有触敏表面(例如，触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的膝上型电脑或平板电脑之类的其他便携式设备。还应当理解的是，在一些实施例中，该设备并不是便携式通信设备，而是具有触敏表面(例如，触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的台式计算机。Embodiments of computing devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the computing device is a portable communication device, such as a mobile phone, that also contains other functionality, such as PDA and/or music player functionality. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, but are not limited to: iPod equipment. Other portable devices such as laptops or tablets with touch-sensitive surfaces (eg, touch screen displays and/or touchpads) can also be used. It should also be appreciated that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (eg, a touchscreen display and/or a touchpad).
在以下论述中，描述了一种包括显示器和触敏表面的计算设备。然而，应当理解的是，该计算设备可以包括一个或多个其他物理用户接口设备，诸如物理键盘、鼠标和/或操纵杆。In the following discussion, a computing device is described that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface. It should be understood, however, that the computing device may include one or more other physical user interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, mouse, and/or joystick.
所述设备支持各种应用，诸如以下应用中的一个或多个应用：绘图应用、呈现应用、文字处理应用、网站创建应用、磁盘创作应用、电子表格应用、游戏应用、电话应用、视频会议应用、电子邮件应用、即时消息传送应用、锻炼支持应用、照片管理应用、数码相机应用、数码录像机应用、网络浏览应用、数字音乐播放器应用和/或数字视频播放器应用。The device supports various applications, such as one or more of the following: drawing application, presentation application, word processing application, website creation application, disk authoring application, spreadsheet application, gaming application, telephony application, video conferencing application , email application, instant messaging application, exercise support application, photo management application, digital camera application, digital video recorder application, web browsing application, digital music player application, and/or digital video player application.
可以在设备上执行的各种应用可以使用至少一个公共物理用户接口设备，诸如触敏表面。触敏表面的一个或多个功能以及显示在设备上的对应信息可以根据应用和/或在各自应用中进行调整和/或改变。通过此方式，设备的公共物理架构(诸如触敏表面)可以通过对于用户而言直观且透明的用户界面来支持各种应用。Various applications that can execute on the device can use at least one common physical user interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or changed according to and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture of a device, such as a touch-sensitive surface, can support various applications through a user interface that is intuitive and transparent to the user.
用户界面可以包括一个或多个软键盘实施例。软键盘实施例可以包括标准(QWERTY)和/或在键盘的所显示图标上的符号的非标准配置，诸如那些在2006年7月24日提交的第11/459,606号美国专利申请“Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices”以及于2006年7月24日提交的第11/459,615号美国专利申请“Touch ScreenKeyboards For Portable Electronic Devices”中描述的配置，上述专利申请的内容通过引用的方式将其整体并入于此。键盘实施例可以包括相对于现有物理键盘的按键数目(诸如打字机的按键数目)而言数目减少的图标(或软键盘)。这可以使用户更容易选择键盘中的一个或多个图标，并因而更容易选择一个或多个对应符号。键盘实施例可以是自适应的。例如，可以根据用户动作，诸如选择一个或多个图标和/或一个或多个对应符号来修改显示的图标。该设备上的一个或多个应用可以利用共同的和/或不同的键盘实施例。因此，可以使所使用的键盘实施例适应于至少一些应用。在一些实施例中，可以使一个或多个键盘实施例适应于相应用户。例如，可以基于相应用户的词语使用历史(词典学、俚语、个人使用)来使一个或多个键盘实施例适应于相应用户。当使用软键盘实施例时，可以在选择一个或多个图标并因而选择一个或多个符号时，调整一些键盘实施例,以减少用户错误的概率。The user interface may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments. Soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (QWERTY) and/or non-standard configurations of symbols on the keyboard's displayed icons, such as those in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/459,606, filed July 24, 2006, "Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices" and configurations described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/459,615, "Touch Screen Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices," filed July 24, 2006, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety . Keyboard embodiments may include a reduced number of icons (or soft keyboards) relative to the number of keys of existing physical keyboards, such as the number of keys of a typewriter. This may make it easier for the user to select one or more icons in the keyboard, and thus one or more corresponding symbols. Keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. For example, displayed icons may be modified according to user actions, such as selection of one or more icons and/or one or more corresponding symbols. One or more applications on the device may utilize common and/or different keyboard embodiments. Thus, the keyboard embodiment used can be adapted to at least some applications. In some embodiments, one or more keyboard embodiments may be adapted to the respective user. For example, one or more keyboard embodiments may be adapted to a respective user based on the respective user's word usage history (lexicography, slang, personal usage). When using soft keyboard embodiments, some keyboard embodiments may be adjusted to reduce the probability of user error when selecting one or more icons, and thus one or more symbols.
现在把注意力转向具有触敏显示器的便携式设备的实施例。图1A和图1B是图示根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示器112的便携式多功能设备100的框图。为了方便，触敏显示器112有时被称作“触摸屏”，并且还可以被认为或被称作触敏显示器系统。设备100可以包括存储器102(其可以包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质)、存储器控制器122、一个或多个处理单元(CPU)120、外围设备接口118、RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、输入/输出(I/O)子系统106、其他输入或控制设备116以及外部端口124。设备100可以包括一个或多个光学传感器164。这些组件可以通过一个或多个通信总线或信号线103进行通信。Attention is now turned to an embodiment of a portable device with a touch sensitive display. 1A and 1B are block diagrams illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch-sensitive display 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes referred to as a "touch screen" for convenience, and may also be considered or referred to as a touch-sensitive display system. Device 100 may include memory 102 (which may include one or more computer-readable storage media), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, Speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input or control devices 116 , and external ports 124 . Device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164 . These components may communicate via one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .
应当理解，设备100仅是便携式多功能设备的一个示例，并且设备100可以具有比所示组件更多或更少的组件，可以组合两个或更多组件，或者可以具有不同的组件配置或布置。图1A和图1B中所示的各个组件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路中的硬件、软件或硬件和软件两者的组合中实施。It should be understood that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration or arrangement of components . The various components shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including in one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
存储器102可以包括高速随机访问存储器，并且还可以包括非易失性存储器，诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储器设备。设备100的其他组件(诸如CPU 120和外围设备接口118)对存储器102的访问可以由存储器控制器122进行控制。Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100, such as CPU 120 and peripherals interface 118, may be controlled by memory controller 122.
外围设备接口118可以用于将设备的输入和输出外围设备耦合至CPU 120和存储器102。一个或多个处理器120运行或执行存储器102中存储的各种软件程序和/或指令集，用于执行针对设备100的各种功能以及用于处理数据。Peripherals interface 118 may be used to couple the device's input and output peripherals to CPU 120 and memory 102. One or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 for performing various functions for device 100 and for processing data.
在一些实施例中，外围设备接口118、CPU 120和存储器控制器122可以实施在单个芯片上，诸如芯片104。在一些其他实施例中，外围设备接口118、CPU 120和存储器控制器122可以在分开的芯片上实施。In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 may be implemented on separate chips.
RF(射频)电路108接收并且发送RF信号，也被称作电磁信号。RF电路108将电信号转换成电磁信号/将电磁信号转换成电信号，并且经由电磁信号与通信网络以及其他通信设备进行通信。RF电路108可以包括用于执行这些功能的已知电路，包括但不限于：天线系统、RF收发机、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、数字信号处理器、CODEC芯片集、订户标识模块(SIM)卡、存储器等。RF电路108可以通过无线通信，与诸如也称为万维网(WWW)的因特网、内联网和/或诸如蜂窝式电话网络、无线局域网(LAN)和/或城域网(MAN)的无线网络以及其他设备进行通信。无线通信可以使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任何一种，包括但不限于：全球移动通信系统(GSM)、增强型数据GSM环境(EDGE)、高速下行链路分组接入(HSDPA)、宽带码分多址(W-CDMA)、码分多址(CDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、蓝牙、无线高保真(Wi-Fi)(例如，IEEE 802.11a、IEEE 802.11b、IEEE 802.11g和/或IEEE802.11n)、因特网协议语音(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、针对电子邮件的协议(例如，因特网消息访问协议(IMAP)和/或邮局协议(POP))、即时消息传送(例如，可扩展消息传递和现场协议(XMPP)、针对即时消息传递和现场平衡扩展的会话发起协议(SIMPLE)、即时消息传递和现场服务(IMPS))和/或短消息服务(SMS)，或者任意其他适当的通信协议，包括在此文档递交日为止尚未开发出的通信协议。RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and transmits RF signals, also referred to as electromagnetic signals. The RF circuit 108 converts/converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with a communication network and other communication devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 may include known circuits for performing these functions, including but not limited to: antenna system, RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, tuner, one or more oscillators, digital signal processor, CODEC chip Set, Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card, memory, etc. The RF circuit 108 may communicate via wireless with the Internet, such as also known as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet, and/or a wireless network such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), among other devices to communicate. Wireless communications can use any of a variety of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to: Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) , Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Hi-Fi (Wi-Fi) (for example, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11 g and/or IEEE802.11n), Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, protocols for email (e.g., Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and/or Post Office Protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g. , Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol Extended for Instant Messaging and Presence Balancing (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)) and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any Other suitable communication protocols, including those that have not been developed as of the filing date of this document.
音频电路110、扬声器111和麦克风113在用户与设备100之间提供音频接口。音频电路110从外围设备接口118接收音频数据，将该音频数据转换成电信号，并且向扬声器111传输该电信号。扬声器111将该电信号转换成人类可听见的声波。音频电路110还接收由麦克风113从声波转换的电信号。音频电路110将电信号转换成音频数据并且向外围设备接口118传输该音频数据，以进行处理。音频数据可以通过外围设备接口118从存储器102和/或RF电路108获取和/或向存储器102和/或RF电路108传输。在一些实施例中，音频电路110还包括耳机插孔(例如，图2中的212)。耳机插孔在音频电路110与可移除音频输入/输出外围设备(诸如仅能输出的头戴式耳机或既能输出(例如，单耳或双耳的头戴式耳机)又能输入(例如，麦克风)的耳机)之间提供接口。Audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100 . The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripheral device interface 118 , converts the audio data into an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111 . The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal into human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted from sound waves by microphone 113 . Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 via peripherals interface 118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headphone jack (eg, 212 in FIG. 2 ). The headphone jack connects audio circuitry 110 with removable audio input/output peripherals such as output-only headphones or both output (e.g. , microphone) to provide an interface between earphones).
I/O子系统106将设备100上的输入/输出外围设备(诸如触摸屏112和其他输入控制设备116)耦合至外围设备接口118。I/O子系统106可以包括显示控制器156以及针对其他输入或控制设备的一个或多个输入控制器160。该一个或多个输入控制器160从其他输入或控制设备116接收电信号/向其他输入或控制设备116发送电信号。其他输入或控制设备116可以包括物理按钮(例如，下压按钮、摇杆按钮等)、拨盘、滑动开关、操纵杆、点击式转盘等。在一些备选实施例中，输入控制器(一个或多个)160可以被耦合至以下各项中的任意项(或着不与其耦合)：键盘、红外端口、USB端口以及诸如鼠标之类的指向器设备。一个或多个按钮(例如，图2中的208)可以包括用于扬声器111和/或麦克风113的音量控制的上/下按钮。所述一个或多个按钮可以包括下压按钮(例如，图2中的206)。对下压按钮的快速按压可以解开触摸屏112的锁定或者开始在触摸屏上使用手势对设备进行解锁的过程，如在2005年12月23日提交的第11/322,549号美国专利申请“Unlocking a Device by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image”所描述，其通过引用的方式整体并入于此。对下压按钮(例如，206)的较长按压可以使设备100通电或断电。用户可能能够自定义按钮中的一个或多个按钮的功能性。触摸屏112被用来实现虚拟按钮或软按钮以及一个或多个软键盘。I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100 , such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116 , to peripherals interface 118 . I/O subsystem 106 may include display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116 . Other input or control devices 116 may include physical buttons (eg, push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slide switches, joysticks, click wheels, and the like. In some alternative embodiments, input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to (or to none of) any of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a computer such as a mouse. Pointer device. The one or more buttons (eg, 208 in FIG. 2 ) may include up/down buttons for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113 . The one or more buttons may include a push button (eg, 206 in FIG. 2 ). A quick press of the push button can unlock the touchscreen 112 or begin the process of using gestures on the touchscreen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device," filed December 23, 2005. by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image", which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (eg, 206 ) can power on or off the device 100 . A user may be able to customize the functionality of one or more of the buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
触敏显示器112在设备与用户之间提供输入接口和输出接口。显示控制器156从触摸屏112接收电信号和/或向触摸屏112发送电信号。触摸屏112向用户显示视觉输出。该视觉输出可以包括图形、文本、图标、视频以及上述各项的任意组合(统称为“图形”)。在一些实施例中，一些或所有视觉输出可以对应于用户界面对象。The touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. The display controller 156 receives electrical signals from the touch screen 112 and/or sends electrical signals to the touch screen 112 . The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination of the foregoing (collectively "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user interface objects.
触摸屏112具有基于触感(haptic)和/或触觉(tactile)接触而接受来自用户的输入的触敏表面、一个传感器或一组传感器。触摸屏112和显示控制器156(连同存储器102中任意相关联的模块和/或指令集)检测触摸屏112上的接触(以及该接触的任意移动或中断)，并且将检测到的接触转换成与显示在触摸屏112上的用户界面对象(例如，一个或多个软按键、图标、网页或图像)的交互。在一个示例性实施例中，触摸屏112与用户之间的接触点对应于用户的手指。The touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, a sensor or a set of sensors that accept input from a user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touchscreen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or instruction sets in memory 102) detect contact on touchscreen 112 (and any movement or interruption of that contact) and translate the detected contact into an Interaction of user interface objects (eg, one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) on the touch screen 112 . In one exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between the touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger.
触摸屏112可以使用LCD(液晶显示屏)技术、LPD(发光聚合物显示器)技术或LED(发光二极管)技术，但在其他实施例中也可以使用其他显示技术。触摸屏112和显示控制器156可以使用现在已知或以后开发的多种触摸感测技术的任何一种来检测接触以及该接触的任何移动或中断，这些触摸感测技术包括但不限于：电容、电阻、红外和表面声波技术，以及用于确定与触摸屏112的一个或多个接触点的其他接近传感器阵列或其他元件。在一个示例性实施例中，使用诸如可以在加利福尼亚州、库比蒂诺的Apple公司的和iPod中发现的投射式互电容感测技术。The touch screen 112 may use LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) technology, LPD (Light Emitting Polymer Display) technology, or LED (Light Emitting Diode) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 can detect contact and any movement or interruption of that contact using any of a variety of touch sensing techniques now known or later developed, including but not limited to: capacitive, Resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with the touch screen 112 . In one exemplary embodiment, using a and iPod The projected mutual capacitance sensing technique found in .
在触摸屏112的一些实施例中的触敏显示器可以类似于以下美国专利中描述的多触摸敏感触摸板：6,323,846(Westerman等人),6,570,557(Westerman等人)、和/或6,677,932(Westerman)，和/或美国专利公开2002/0015024A1，上述专利或者专利申请中每一个均通过引用的方式将其整体并入于此。然而，触摸屏112显示来自便携设备100的视觉输出，而触敏触摸板并不提供视觉输出。The touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be similar to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and and/or US Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from portable device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
在触摸屏112的一些实施例中的触敏显示器可如是以下申请中所描述的触敏显示器：(1)2006年5月2日提交的第11/381,313号美国专利申请“Multipoint Touch Surface Controller”；(2)2004年5月6日提交的第10/840,862号美国专利申请“MultipointTouchscreen”；(3)2004年7月30日提交的第10/903,964号美国专利申请“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices”；(4)2005年1月31日提交的第11/048,264号美国专利申请“Gestures For TouchSensitive Input Devices”；(5)2005年1月18日提交的第11/038,590号美国专利申请“Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For TouchSensitive Input Devices”；(6)2005年9月16日提交的第11/228,758号美国专利申请“Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch ScreenUser Interface”；(7)2005年9月16日提交的第11/228,700号美国专利申请“Operation Of A Computer With A Touch ScreenInterface”；(8)2005年9月16日提交的第11/228,737号美国专利申请“Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard”；以及(9)2006年3月3日提交的第11/367,749号美国专利申请“Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device”。所有这些申请都通过引用的方式整体并入于此。The touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be a touch-sensitive display as described in (1) U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/381,313, "Multipoint Touch Surface Controller," filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen," filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, filed July 30, 2004, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices" (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264, "Gestures For TouchSensitive Input Devices," filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/038,590, filed January 18, 2005, "Mode- Based Graphical User Interfaces For TouchSensitive Input Devices”; (6) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,758, filed September 16, 2005, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface”; (7) September 16, 2005 U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,700, "Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," filed September 16, 2005, U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,737, "Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard ”; and (9) U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/367,749, filed March 3, 2006, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device.” All of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
触摸屏112可以具有超过100dpi的视频分辨率。在一些实施例中，触摸屏具有大约168dpi的视频分辨率。用户可以使用诸如触笔、手指等之类的任何适当对象或附属物与触摸屏112进行接触。在一些实施例中，用户界面被设计成主要通过基于手指的接触和手势来工作，由于手指在触摸屏上的接触面积较大，因此基于手指接触和手势在精度上低于基于触笔的输入。在一些实施例中，该设备将基于手指的粗略输入转换成精确的指针/光标位置或用于执行用户所期望的动作的命令。The touch screen 112 can have a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 168 dpi. A user may make contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, finger, or the like. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily through finger-based contacts and gestures, which are less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger contact area of fingers on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates a rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command to perform a user-desired action.
在一些实施例中，除了触摸屏之外，设备100还可以包括用于激活或去激活特定功能的触摸板(未示出)。在一些实施例中，触摸板是该设备中的与触摸屏不同并不显示视觉输出的触敏区域。触摸板可以是与触摸屏112分离的触敏表面或者由触摸屏形成的触敏表面的延伸部分。In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, the device 100 may further include a touch pad (not shown) for activating or deactivating certain functions. In some embodiments, a touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike a touchscreen, does not display visual output. The touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface separate from the touchscreen 112 or an extension of a touch-sensitive surface formed by the touchscreen.
在一些实施例中，设备100可以包括物理或虚拟转盘(例如，点击转盘)以作为控制设备116。用户可以通过旋转点击转盘或者通过移动与点击转盘的接触点(例如，其中接触点的移动量通过该接触点相对于点击转盘的中心点的角位移来测量)，在触摸屏112中显示的一个或多个图形对象(例如，图标)之中进行导航或者与其交互。点击转盘还可以被用来选择所显示的图标中的一个或多个图标。例如，用户可以在点击转盘的至少一部分或相关联的按钮上向下按压。由用户经由点击转盘提供的用户命令和导航命令可以由输入控制器160以及模块中的一个或多个模块和/或存储器102中的指令集进行处理。对于虚拟点击转盘，点击转盘和点击转盘控制器可以分别是触摸屏112和显示控制器156的一部分。对于虚拟点击转盘，该点击转盘可以是不透明或者半透明的对象，该对象响应于与设备的用户交互而在触摸屏显示器上出现和消失。在一些实施例中，虚拟点击转盘被显示在便携式多功能设备的触摸屏上，并且可通过与触摸屏的用户接触进行操作In some embodiments, device 100 may include a physical or virtual dial (eg, a click dial) as control device 116 . The user can rotate the click wheel or by moving the point of contact with the click wheel (e.g., where the amount of movement of the point of contact is measured by the angular displacement of the point of contact relative to the center point of the click wheel), one or Navigate among or interact with multiple graphical objects (eg, icons). Clicking the dial may also be used to select one or more of the displayed icons. For example, a user may press down on at least a portion of the click wheel or an associated button. User commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel may be processed by the input controller 160 and one or more of the modules and/or the instruction set in the memory 102 . For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of touch screen 112 and display controller 156, respectively. For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel may be an opaque or translucent object that appears and disappears on the touch screen display in response to user interaction with the device. In some embodiments, a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of the portable multifunction device and is operable by user contact with the touch screen
设备100还包括对各种组件供电的电力系统162。电力系统162可以包括电力管理系统、一个或多个电源(例如，电池、交流电(AC))、充电系统、电力故障检测电路、电力转换器或逆变器、电力状态指示器(例如，发光二极管(LED))、以及与便携式设备中的电力生成、管理和分配有关的任何其他组件。Device 100 also includes a power system 162 that provides power to various components. Power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., batteries, alternating current (AC)), a charging system, power failure detection circuitry, power converters or inverters, power status indicators (e.g., light emitting diodes) (LED)), and any other components related to power generation, management, and distribution in portable devices.
设备100还可以包括一个或多个光学传感器164。图1A和图1B示出了与I/O子系统106中的光学传感器控制器158耦合的光学传感器。光学传感器164可以包括电荷耦合器件(CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)光电晶体管。光学传感器164接收通过一个或多个透镜投射的来自环境的光，并且将光转换成代表图像的数据。与成像模块143(也被称作相机模块)相结合，光学传感器164可以捕获静止图像或视频。在一些实施例中，光学传感器位于设备100的背部，与设备正面的触摸屏显示器112相对，以使得触摸屏显示器可以被用作静止和/或视频图像获取的取景器。在一些实施例中，光学传感器位于设备的正面，以使得在用户查看触摸屏显示器上的其他视频会议参与者之时，可以获取视频会议的用户图像在一些实施例中，光学传感器164能够由用户改变(例如，通过旋转设备外壳中的透镜和传感器)，以使得单个光学传感器164可以与触摸屏显示器一起使用，以用于视频会议以及静止和/或视频图像获取两者。Device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164 . 1A and 1B illustrate an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 . Optical sensor 164 may include a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment projected through one or more lenses and converts the light into data representative of an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also referred to as a camera module), optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display can be used as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that an image of the user of the video conference can be captured while the user is viewing other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (eg, by rotating the lens and sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 can be used with a touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
设备100还可以包括一个或多个接近传感器166。图1A和图1B示出了耦合至外围设备接口118的接近传感器166。备选地，接近传感器166可以被耦合至I/O子系统106中的输入控制器160。接近传感器166可以如以下美国专利申请中所述来执行：第11/241,839号，“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”；第11/240,788号，“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”；第11/620,702号，“UsingAmbient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”；第11/586,862号，“Automated Response To And Sensing Of UserActivity In Portable Devices”；以及第11/638,251号，“Methods AndSystems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals”，其通过引用的方式整体并入于此。在一些实施例中，当多功能设备处于用户的耳朵附近时(例如，当用户正在打电话时)，接近传感器关闭并且禁用触摸屏112。Device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166 . FIGS. 1A and 1B show proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118 . Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 . Proximity sensor 166 may be implemented as described in the following U.S. patent applications: Ser. No. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/240,788, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/620,702, " Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Serial No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of UserActivity In Portable Devices”; and Serial No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” by citing The method is incorporated here in its entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor is turned off and the touchscreen 112 is disabled when the multifunction device is near the user's ear (eg, when the user is on the phone).
设备100还可以包括一个或多个加速计168。图1A和图1B示出了耦合至外围设备接口118的加速计168。备选地，加速计168可以被耦合至I/O子系统106中的输入控制器160。加速计168可以如以下美国专利公开中所述来执行：第20050190059号，“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable ElectronicDevices”以及第20060017692号，“Methods And Apparatuses ForOperating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer”，前述两篇专利公开都通过引用的方式整体并入于此。在一些实施例中，基于对从一个或多个加速计接收的数据的分析，以纵向视图或者横向视图在触摸屏显示器上显示信息。除了加速计(一个或多个)168，设备100还可选地包括磁力计(未示出)和GPS(或者GLONASS或其他全球导航系统)接收器(未示出)，以用于获得与设备100的位置和定向(例如，纵向或横向)有关的信息。Device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168 . 1A and 1B show accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118 . Alternatively, accelerometer 168 may be coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 . Accelerometer 168 may be implemented as described in the following U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices" and 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer", supra Both patent publications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on analysis of data received from one or more accelerometers. In addition to accelerometer(s) 168, device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information related to the device 100's position and orientation (eg, portrait or landscape).
在一些实施例中，存储在存储器102中的软件组件包括操作系统126、通信模块(或指令集)128、接触/运动模块(或指令集)130、图形模块(或指令集)132、文本输入模块(或指令集)134、全球定位系统(GPS)模块(或指令集)135以及应用(或指令集)136。此外，如图1A、图1B和图3所示，在一些实施例中，存储器102存储设备/全局内部状态157。设备/全局内部状态157包括以下各项中的一个或多个：活跃应用状态，指示当前活跃的应用(如果有的话)；显示器状态，指示占用触摸屏显示器112各个区域的应用、视图和其他信息；传感器状态，包括从设备的各个传感器和输入控制设备116获得的信息；以及与设备的位置和/或姿态有关的位置信息。In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or instruction set) 128, contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, graphics module (or instruction set) 132, text input Module (or instruction set) 134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135 and application (or instruction set) 136 . Additionally, as shown in FIGS. 1A , 1B and 3 , in some embodiments, memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157 . Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of the following: active application state, indicating the currently active application (if any); display state, indicating the applications, views, and other information occupying various areas of the touchscreen display 112 ; sensor status, including information obtained from various sensors of the device and input control device 116; and location information related to the position and/or posture of the device.
操作系统126(例如，Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、OS X、WINDOWS、或者诸如VxWorks的嵌入式操作系统)包括用于控制和管理一般系统任务(例如，存储器管理、存储设备控制、电力管理等)的各种软件组件和/或驱动器，并且促使各种硬件与软件组件之间的通信。Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes tools for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) ) of various software components and/or drivers, and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
通信模块128通过一个或多个外部端口124促进与其他设备的通信，并且还包括用于处理通过RF电路108和/或外部端口124接收的数据的各种软件组件。外部端口124(例如，通用串行总线(USB)、FIREWIRE等)适于直接地或通过网络(例如，因特网、无线LAN等)间接地耦合至其他设备。在一些实施例中，外部端口是与用在iPod(Apple公司的商标)设备上的30针连接器相同、相似和/或兼容的多针(例如，30针)连接器。Communications module 128 facilitates communications with other devices via one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for processing data received via RF circuitry 108 and/or external ports 124 . External port 124 (eg, Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is suitable for coupling to other devices, either directly or indirectly through a network (eg, Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (eg, 30-pin) connector that is the same, similar, and/or compatible as the 30-pin connector used on the iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) device.
接触/运动模块130可以检测与触摸屏112(与显示控制器156相结合)和其他触敏设备(例如，触摸板或物理点击式转盘)的接触。接触/运动模块130包括各种软件组件，用于执行与接触的检测相关的各种操作，诸如确定是否发生了接触(例如，检测手指向下事件)，确定是否存在接触的移动并且跟踪跨过触敏表面的移动(例如，检测一个或多个手指拖拽事件)，以及确定接触是否已停止(例如，检测手指向上事件或接触中断)。接触/运动模块130从触敏表面接收接触数据。确定接触点的移动(其由一系列接触数据表示)可以包括确定接触点的速率(幅度)、速度(幅度和方向)、和/或加速度(幅度和/或方向上的变化)。这些操作可以应用于单个接触(例如，一个手指接触)，或者多个同时接触(例如，“多触摸”/多手指接触)。在一些实施例中，接触/运动模块130和显示控制器156检测触摸板上的接触。在一些实施例中，接触/运动模块130和控制器160检测点击转盘上的接触。Contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (eg, a touchpad or physical click wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to the detection of contact, such as determining whether a contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining whether there is movement of the contact, and tracking across Movement of the touch-sensitive surface (eg, detecting one or more finger-drag events), and determining whether contact has ceased (eg, detecting a finger-up event or contact break). The contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining the movement of the point of contact (represented by the series of contact data) may include determining the velocity (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or acceleration (change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations can be applied to a single contact (eg, one finger contact), or to multiple simultaneous contacts (eg, "multi-touch"/multi-finger contact). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad. In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and controller 160 detect contact on the click wheel.
接触/运动模块130可以检测由用户输入的手势。触敏表面上不同的手势具有不同的接触模式。因此，手势可以通过检测特定接触模式来检测。例如，检测手指点击(tap)手势包括：检测手指向下事件、随后是在与该手指向下事件的位置(例如，在图标位置)相同的位置(或者基本上相同的位置)检测手指向上(例如，抬起)事件。作为另一示例，检测触摸表面上的手指滑动(swipe)手势包括：检测手指向下事件、随后是检测一个或多个手指拖拽事件、再随后是检测手指向上(例如，抬起)事件。The contact/motion module 130 may detect gestures input by the user. Different gestures on touch-sensitive surfaces have different contact patterns. Thus, gestures can be detected by detecting specific contact patterns. For example, detecting a finger tap (tap) gesture includes detecting a finger down event followed by detecting a finger up ( For example, lift) event. As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch surface includes detecting a finger down event, followed by detecting one or more finger drag events, followed by detecting a finger up (eg, lift) event.
图形模块132包括用于在触摸屏112或其他显示器上渲染和显示图形的各种已知软件组件，包括用于改变所显示图形的亮度的组件。当在本文中使用时的，术语“图形”包括可以向用户显示的任何对象，包括但不限于：文本、网页、图标(诸如包括软按键的用户界面对象)、数字图像、视频、动画等。Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the brightness of displayed graphics. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including but not limited to: text, web pages, icons (such as user interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
在一些实施例中，图形模块132存储表示将被使用的图形的数据。每个图形可以被指派对应的代码。图形模块132从应用等接收指定将要显示的图形的一个或多个代码，连同(如果有需要)坐标数据和其他图形属性数据，然后生成屏幕图像数据以向显示控制器156输出。In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic can be assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives from an application or the like one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed, along with (if necessary) coordinate data and other graphic attribute data, and then generates screen image data for output to display controller 156 .
文本输入模块134(其可以是图形模块132的组件)提供用于将文本输入各种应用中(例如，联系人137、电子邮件140、IM 141、浏览器147和需要文本输入的任何其他应用)的软键盘。Text input module 134 (which may be a component of graphics module 132) provides for entering text into various applications (e.g., contacts 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application requiring text input) soft keyboard.
GPS模块135确定设备的位置，并且提供此信息以供各种应用使用(例如，提供给电话138，以用于在基于位置的拨号中使用，提供给相机143作为图片/视频元数据，以及提供给提供诸如天气小工具、本地黄页小工具、和地图/导航小工具的基于位置的服务的应用)。The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use by various applications (e.g., to the phone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to the camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to the For applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow pages widgets, and maps/navigation widgets).
应用136可以包括以下模块(或指令集)、或其子集或超集：Application 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
·联系人模块137(有时被称作地址簿或联系人列表)；· Contacts module 137 (sometimes referred to as address book or contact list);
·电话模块138；· Telephone module 138;
·视频会议模块139；· Video conferencing module 139;
·电子邮件客户端模块140· Email client module 140
·即时消息传送(IM)模块141；• Instant Messaging (IM) module 141;
·锻炼支持模块142；· Exercise support module 142;
·用于静止和/或视频图像的相机模块143；· Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
·图像管理模块144；· image management module 144;
·视频播放器模块145；· Video player module 145;
·音乐播放器模块146；· Music player module 146;
·浏览器模块147；· Browser module 147;
·日历模块148；· Calendar module 148;
·小工具模块149，其可以包括以下各项中的一个或多个：天气小工具149-1、股票小工具149-2、计算器小工具149-3、闹钟小工具149-4、词典小工具149-5、以及由用户获得的其他小工具，以及用户创建的小工具149-6；Widget module 149, which may include one or more of the following: Weather Widget 149-1, Stock Widget 149-2, Calculator Widget 149-3, Alarm Clock Widget 149-4, Dictionary Widget Tool 149-5, and other gadgets obtained by users, and gadgets 149-6 created by users;
·用于制作用户创建的小工具149-6的小工具创建器模块150；· Widget Creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
·搜索模块151；· Search module 151;
·视频和音乐播放器模块152，其合并视频播放器模块145和音乐播放器模块146；· Video and music player module 152, which incorporates video player module 145 and music player module 146;
·备忘录模块153；Memorandum module 153;
·地图模块154；和/或• Map module 154; and/or
·在线视频模块155。· Online video module 155 .
可以存储在存储器102中的其他应用136的示例包括其他文字处理应用、其他图像编辑应用、绘图应用、呈现应用、支持JAVA的应用、加密、数字权限管理、语音识别和语音复制。Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, rendering applications, JAVA enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, speech recognition, and speech replication.
可以结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，使用联系人模块137以管理地址簿或联系人列表(例如，存储在存储器102或存储器370中的联系人模块137的应用内部状态192中)，包括：将姓名(一个或多个)添加到地址簿中；从地址簿中删除姓名(一个或多个)；将电话号码(一个或多个)、电子邮件地址(一个或多个)、物理地址(一个或多个)或其他信息与姓名相关联；将图像与姓名相关联；对姓名进行分类和排序；提供电话号码或电子邮件地址以发起和/或促进通过电话138、视频会议139、电子邮件140或IM 141的通信等。Contacts module 137 may be used in conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134 to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., contacts stored in memory 102 or memory 370) In the application internal state 192 of module 137), including: add name (one or more) in address book; Delete name (one or more) from address book; Phone number (one or more), electronic Associate mailing address(s), physical address(es), or other information with names; associate images with names; categorize and sort names; provide phone numbers or email addresses to initiate and/or Or facilitate communication by telephone 138, video conferencing 139, email 140 or IM 141, etc.
可以结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，使用电话模块138以录入对应于电话号码的字符序列、访问地址簿137中的一个或多个电话号码、修改已经录入的电话号码、拨打相应的电话号码、进行会话以及当会话完成时断开连接或挂断。如上所述，无线通信可以使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任何一种。Telephone module 138 may be used in conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text entry module 134 to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number 1. Access one or more phone numbers in the address book 137, modify the entered phone number, dial the corresponding phone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, wireless communications may use any of a variety of communications standards, protocols, and techniques.
结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、光学传感器164、光学传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134，联系人列表137和电话模块138，视频会议模块139包括用于根据用户指令发起、进行和终止用户与一个或多个其他参与者之间的视频会议的可执行指令。In conjunction with RF circuit 108, audio circuit 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, touch module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list 137 As with telephony module 138, videoconferencing module 139 includes executable instructions for initiating, conducting, and terminating a videoconference between the user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，电子邮件客户端模块140包括用于响应于用户指令创建、发送、接收和管理电子邮件的可执行指令。结合图像管理模块144，电子邮件客户端模块140使创建和发送带有利用相机模块143拍摄的静止或视频图像的电子邮件变得非常容易。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, email client module 140 includes a programmable Execute instructions. In conjunction with the image management module 144 , the email client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send emails with still or video images captured with the camera module 143 .
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，即时消息传送模块141包括用于录入对应于即时消息的字符序列的可执行指令，以便修改先前录入的字符，以便传输相应的即时消息(例如，使用针对基于电话的即时消息的短消息服务(SMS)或多媒体消息服务(MMS)协议，或者使用针对基于因特网的即时消息的XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS)，以便接收即时消息，以及以便查看接收的即时消息。在一些实施例中，正如MMS和/或增强型消息传输服务(EMS)所支持的那样，所传输和/或所接收的即时消息可以包括图形、照片、音频文件、视频文件和/或其他附件。当在本文中使用时，“即时消息传送”指代基于电话的消息(例如，使用SMS或MMS发送的消息)和基于因特网的消息(例如，使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS的消息)。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions for entering a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message in order to modify the previous Entered characters in order to transmit the corresponding instant message (for example, using the Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephone-based instant messaging, or using XMPP, SIMPLE or IMPS for Internet-based instant messaging ) to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and/or other attachments, as supported by MMS and/or Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS) . As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to phone-based messaging (eg, messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messaging (eg, using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135、地图模块154和音乐播放器模块146，锻炼支持模块142包括用于下述操作的可执行指令：创建锻炼(例如，具有时间、距离和/或卡路里燃烧目标)；与锻炼传感器(运动设备)通信；接收锻炼传感器数据；校准用于检测锻炼的传感器；选择并且播放用于锻炼的音乐；以及显示、存储并且传输锻炼数据。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module 146, exercise support module 142 includes functions for the following operations: Executable instructions for: create a workout (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burn goals); communicate with workout sensors (exercise devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors for detecting workouts; select and play workouts for workouts music; and display, store and transmit workout data.
结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、光学传感器(一个或多个)164、光学传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132和图像管理模块144，相机模块143包括用于下述操作的可执行指令：捕获静止图像或视频(包括视频流)并且将它们存储到存储器102中，修改静止图像或视频的特性，或者从存储器102中删除静止图像或视频。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, touch module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes an executable for Instructions: Capture still images or video (including video streams) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of still images or video, or delete still images or video from memory 102 .
结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和相机模块143，图像管理模块144包括用于布置、修改(例如，编辑)、或以其他方式操纵、标记、删除、呈现(例如，在数字幻灯片演示或相册中)、以及存储静止和/或视频图像的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes functions for arranging, modifying (e.g., editing), or otherwise manipulating, marking, Executable instructions to delete, present (eg, in a digital slideshow or photo album), and store still and/or video images.
结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110以及扬声器111，视频播放器模块145包括用于(例如，在触摸屏112上或在经由外部端口124外部连接的显示器上)显示、呈现或者以其他方式回放视频的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, and speaker 111, video player module 145 includes a ) Executable instructions for displaying, presenting, or otherwise playing back a video.
结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111，RF电路108以及浏览器模块147，音乐播放器模块146包括允许用户下载和回放录制的音乐以及以一个或多个文件格式存储的其他声音文件(诸如MP3或AAC文件)的可执行指令。在一些实施例中，设备100可以包括诸如iPod(Apple公司的商标)的MP3播放器的功能性。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, music player module 146 includes components that allow the user to download and playback recorded music and or other sound files stored in multiple file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files. In some embodiments, device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，浏览器模块147包括用于根据用户指令浏览因特网(包括搜索、链接、接收和显示网页或网页的多个部分以及链接到网页的附件和其他文件)的可执行指令。Combined with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132 and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes a module for browsing the Internet according to user instructions (including searching, linking, receiving and displaying web pages or Portions of web pages and attachments and other files linked to web pages) executable instructions.
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147，日历模块148包括用于根据用户指令创建、显示、修改和存储日历和与日历相关联的数据(例如，日历条目、待办事项列表等)的可执行指令。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, email client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes functions for creating, Executable instructions to display, modify, and store a calendar and data associated with the calendar (eg, calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.).
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147，小工具模块149是可以由用户下载和使用的小型应用(例如，天气小工具149-1、股票小工具149-2、计算器小工具149-3、闹钟小工具149-4和词典小工具149-5)，或者由用户创建的小型应用(例如，用户创建的小工具149-6)。在一些实施例中，小工具包括HTML(超文本标记语言)文件、CSS(层叠样式表)文件和JavaScript文件。在一些实施例中，小工具包括XML(可扩充标记语言)文件和JavaScript文件(例如，Yahoo！小工具)。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget module 149 is a small application (e.g., weather Widget 149-1, Stock Widget 149-2, Calculator Widget 149-3, Alarm Clock Widget 149-4, and Dictionary Widget 149-5), or a small application created by a user (for example, a user-created widget Tool 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) files, CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) files, and JavaScript files. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (eg, Yahoo! widget).
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147，小工具创建器模块150可以由用户用于创建小工具(例如，将网页的用户指定部分转变成小工具)。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, touch module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., User-specified portions of the webpage are turned into gadgets).
结合触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，搜索模块151包括用于根据用户指示搜索存储器102中与一条或多条搜索准则(例如，一个或多个用户指定的搜索项)匹配的文本、音乐、声音、图像、视频和/或其他文件的可执行指令。Combined with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132 and text input module 134, search module 151 includes a method for searching memory 102 according to user instructions and one or more search criteria (for example, one or more User-specified search terms) match executable instructions for text, music, sound, images, video, and/or other files.
结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134，备忘录模块153包括根据用户指示创建并管理备忘录、日程表等的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, memo module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage memos, calendars, etc. according to user instructions.
结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135和浏览器模块147，地图模块154可以用于根据用户指示接收、显示、修改和存储地图以及与地图相关联的数据(例如，驾驶方向；关于在特定位置或附近的商店及其他感兴趣点的数据；以及其他基于位置的数据)。Combined with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135 and browser module 147, map module 154 can be used to receive, display, modify and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data about stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data).
结合触摸屏112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111、RF电路108、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147，在线视频模块155包括允许用户访问、浏览、接收(例如，通过流传输和/或下载)、回放特定在线视频(例如，在触摸屏上或在经由外部端口124外部连接的显示器上)、发送具有至特定在线视频的链接的电子邮件以及管理诸如H.264之类的一个或多个文件格式的在线视频的指令。在一些实施例中，使用即时消息传送模块141而不是电子邮件客户端模块140来发送至特定在线视频的链接。在线视频应用的附加描述可以在以下美国专利申请中找到：2007年6月20日提交的第60/936,562号美国临时专利申请“Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos”，以及2007年12月31日提交的第11/968,067号美国专利申请“PortableMultifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for PlayingOnline Videos,”，其内容通过引用的方式整体并入于此。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, touch module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, email client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 Including allowing the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or downloading), playback (e.g., on a touchscreen or on a display externally connected via external port 124) certain online videos, Linked email with instructions to manage online video in one or more file formats such as H.264. In some embodiments, the instant messaging module 141 is used instead of the email client module 140 to send a link to a particular online video. Additional descriptions of online video applications can be found in the following U.S. patent applications: U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 11/968,067, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
上述模块和应用的每一个均对应于用于执行上文所述的一个或多个功能以及本申请中描述的方法(例如，本文所述的计算机实现方法以及其他信息处理方法)的指令集。这些模块(即，指令集)无需实施为单独的软件程序、过程或模块，因此这些模块的各种子集可以在各实施例中组合或者重新布置。例如，视频播放器模块145可以与音乐播放器模块146结合成单个模块(例如，图1B的视频和音乐播放器模块152)。在一些实施例中，存储器102可以存储上述模块和数据结构的子集。此外，存储器102可以存储上文未描述的其他模块和数据结构。Each of the above-mentioned modules and applications corresponds to a set of instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (eg, computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (ie, sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module 145 may be combined with music player module 146 into a single module (eg, video and music player module 152 of FIG. 1B ). In some embodiments, memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures described above. Additionally, memory 102 may store other modules and data structures not described above.
在一些实施例中，设备100是专门通过触摸屏和/或触摸板来执行设备上的预定义功能集合的操作的设备。通过将触摸屏和/或触摸板用作用于设备100的操作的主要输入控制设备，可以减少设备100上的物理输入控制设备(诸如下压按钮、拨盘等)的数目。In some embodiments, the device 100 is a device dedicated to performing operations of a predefined set of functions on the device through a touch screen and/or a touch pad. By using a touchscreen and/or touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, etc.) on device 100 can be reduced.
可以专门通过触摸屏和/或触摸板执行的预定义功能集合包括用户界面之间的导航。在一些实施例中，当被用户触摸时，触摸板将设备100从可以显示在设备100上的任意用户界面导航到主页、主屏或根菜单。在此类实施例中，触摸板可以被称为“菜单按钮”。在一些其他实施例中，菜单按钮可以是物理下压按钮或其他物理输入控制设备，而不是触摸板。A predefined set of functions that can be performed exclusively through the touchscreen and/or touchpad includes navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 from any user interface that may be displayed on the device 100 to a home page, home screen, or root menu. In such embodiments, the touchpad may be referred to as a "menu button." In some other embodiments, the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input control device rather than a touchpad.
图1C是图示根据一些实施例用于事件处理的示例性组件的框图。在一些实施例中，存储器102(在图1A和图1B中)或370(图3)包括事件分类器170(例如，在操作系统126中)和相应的应用136-1(例如，前述应用137-151、155、380-390中的任意应用)。Figure 1C is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (in FIGS. 1A and 1B ) or 370 (FIG. 3 ) includes event classifier 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and corresponding application 136-1 (e.g., aforementioned application 137 -any application of 151, 155, 380-390).
事件分类器170接收事件信息，并且确定应用136-1以及应用136-1中向其递送该事件信息的应用视图191。事件分类器170包括事件监测器171和事件分派器(event dispatcher)模块174。在一些实施例中，应用136-1包括应用内部状态192，其指示当应用活跃或正在执行时触敏显示器112上显示的当前应用视图(一个或多个)。在一些实施例中，设备/全局内容状态157由事件分类器170用于确定哪个或者哪些应用当前是活跃的，并且应用内部状态192由事件分类器170用于确定向其递送事件信息的应用视图191。The event sorter 170 receives the event information and determines the application 136-1 and the application view 191 in the application 136-1 to which the event information was delivered. The event classifier 170 includes an event monitor 171 and an event dispatcher module 174 . In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes an application internal state 192 that indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global content state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application or applications are currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine the application view to which to deliver event information 191.
在一些实施例中，应用内部状态192包括附加信息，诸如以下各项中的一个或多个：当应用136-1恢复执行时要使用的恢复信息，指示应用136-1正在显示或准备好显示的信息的用户界面状态信息，使用户能够回到应用136-1的前一状态或视图的状态队列，以及用户执行的先前动作的重做/撤销队列。In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of the following: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, indicating that application 136-1 is displaying or is ready to display The user interface state information of the information enables the user to go back to the previous state of the application 136-1 or the state queue of the view, and the redo/undo queue of the previous action performed by the user.
事件监测器171从外围设备接口118接收事件信息。事件信息包括关于子事件(例如，触敏显示器112上的用户触摸，作为多触摸手势的一部分)的信息。外围设备接口118传输其从I/O子系统106或传感器(诸如接近传感器166、加速计(一个或多个)168和/或麦克风113(通过音频电路110))接收的信息。外围设备接口118从I/O子系统106接收的信息包括来自触敏显示器112或触敏表面的信息。Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118 . The event information includes information about sub-events (eg, a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or sensors, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (via audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
在一些实施例中，事件监测器171以预定间隔向外围设备接口118发送请求。作为响应，外围设备接口118发送事件信息。在其他实施例中，只在发生重要事件(例如，接收到超过预定噪声阈值和/或长于预定持续时间的输入)时，外围设备接口118才发送事件信息。In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 sends event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 sends event information only when a significant event occurs (eg, an input is received that exceeds a predetermined noise threshold and/or is longer than a predetermined duration).
在一些实施例中，事件分类器170还包括命中视图确定模块172和/或活跃事件识别器确定模块173。In some embodiments, the event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173 .
命中视图确定模块172提供用于当触敏显示器112显示多于一个视图时，确定子事件在一个或多个视图中发生的位置的软件过程。视图由用户在显示器上可以看到的控件和其他元件组成。Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event occurs in one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views consist of controls and other elements that the user sees on the display.
与应用相关联的用户界面的另一方面是一组视图，有时在本文中被称为应用视图或用户界面窗口，信息在其中显示并且基于触摸的手势在其中发生。在其中检测到触摸的(相应应用的)应用视图可以对应于该应用的程序或视图层次结构中的程序层级。例如，其中检测到触摸的最低层级视图可被称为命中视图，并且可以至少部分基于开始基于触摸的手势的初始触摸的命中视图，来确定被识别为正确输入的事件集。Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is the set of views, sometimes referred to herein as application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and in which touch-based gestures occur. The application view (of the corresponding application) in which the touch is detected may correspond to the application's program or program level in the view hierarchy. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected may be referred to as a hit view, and the set of events identified as correct input may be determined based at least in part on the hit view that initiated the initial touch of the touch-based gesture.
命中视图确定模块172接收与基于触摸的手势的子事件有关的信息。当应用具有以层次结构组织的多个视图时，命中视图确定模块172将该层次结构中应当处理该子事件的最低层视图标识为命中视图。在大部分情况下，命中视图是其中发生了发起子事件(即，子事件序列中形成事件或潜在事件的第一个子事件)的最低层级的视图。一旦命中视图被命中视图确定模块标识，该命中视图通常接收与使其被标识为命中视图的相同触摸或输入源有关的所有子事件。The hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of touch-based gestures. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, the hit view determination module 172 identifies the lowest view in the hierarchy that should handle the sub-event as the hit view. In most cases, the hit view is the lowest-level view in which an initiating sub-event (ie, the first sub-event in a sequence of sub-events forming an event or potential event) occurred. Once a hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source that caused it to be identified as the hit view.
活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定视图层次结构中应当接收特定子事件序列的视图或多个视图。在一些实施例中，活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定只有命中视图应当接收特定子事件序列。在其他实施例中，活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定包括子事件的物理位置的所有视图都是有效涉及(actively involve)的视图，并且因此确定所有有效涉及的视图都应当接收特定子事件序列。在其他实施例中，即使触摸子事件被完全限定到与一个特定视图相关联的区域，层次结构中更高的视图将仍然保持作为有效涉及的视图。Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines the view or views in the view hierarchy that should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only hit views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, the active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of the sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if a touch sub-event is fully confined to the area associated with a particular view, views higher in the hierarchy will still remain as effectively involved views.
事件分派器模块174将事件信息分派至事件识别器(例如，事件识别器180)。在包括活跃事件识别器确定模块173的实施例中，事件分派器模块174将事件信息递送至由活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定的事件识别器。在一些实施例中，事件分派器模块174将事件信息存储在事件队列中，该事件信息由相应的事件接收器模块182进行检索。Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches event information to event recognizers (eg, event recognizer 180 ). In embodiments that include active event recognizer determination module 173 , event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to the event recognizers determined by active event recognizer determination module 173 . In some embodiments, the event dispatcher module 174 stores event information in an event queue, which is retrieved by the corresponding event receiver module 182 .
在一些实施例中，操作系统126包括事件分类器170。备选地，应用136-1包括事件分类器170。在其他实施例中，事件分类器170是单独模块，或者是存储器102中存储的另一模块(诸如接触/运动模块130)的一部分。In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170 . Alternatively, application 136 - 1 includes event sorter 170 . In other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a separate module, or part of another module stored in memory 102 , such as contact/motion module 130 .
在一些实施例中，应用136-1包括多个事件处理机190以及一个或多个应用视图191，其中每一个包括用于处理发生在该应用的用户界面的相应视图内的触摸事件的指令。应用136-1的每个应用视图191包括一个或多个事件识别器180。通常，相应的应用视图191包括多个事件识别器180。在其他实施例中，事件识别器180中的一个或多个事件识别器是分离的模块(诸如用户界面套件(未示出))的一部分，或者是应用136-1从中继承方法和其他属性的更高层对象。在一些实施例中，相应事件处理机190包括以下各项中的一个或多个：数据更新器176、对象更新器177、GUI更新器178和/或从事件分类器170接收的事件数据179。事件处理机190可以利用或调用数据更新器176、对象更新器177或GUI更新器178来更新应用内部状态192。备选地，应用视图191中的一个或多个包括一个或多个相应事件处理机190。同样，在一些实施例中，数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178中的一个或多个包括在相应的应用视图191中。In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events occurring within a corresponding view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of application 136 - 1 includes one or more event recognizers 180 . Typically, a corresponding application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface suite (not shown), or a module from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. higher-level objects. In some embodiments, corresponding event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176 , object updater 177 , GUI updater 178 , and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170 . Event handler 190 may utilize or call data updater 176 , object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update application internal state 192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 includes one or more corresponding event handlers 190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a corresponding application view 191 .
相应的事件识别器180从事件分类器170接收事件信息(例如，事件数据179)，并根据该事件信息标识事件。事件识别器180包括事件接收器182和事件比较器184。在一些实施例中，事件识别器180还包括至少以下各项的子集：元数据183和事件递送指令188(其可以包括子事件递送指令)。A corresponding event recognizer 180 receives event information (eg, event data 179 ) from event classifier 170 and identifies events based on the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183 and event delivery instructions 188 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).
事件接收器182从事件分类器170接收事件信息。该事件信息包括关于子事件(例如，触摸或触摸移动)的信息。取决于子事件，事件信息还包括附加信息，诸如子事件的位置。当子事件涉及触摸的运动时，事件信息还可以包括子事件的速度和方向。在一些实施例中，事件包括设备从一个定向到另一个定向的旋转(例如，从纵向到横向的旋转，或反之亦然)，并且事件信息包括关于设备的当前定向(也被称作设备姿态)的对应信息。Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170 . The event information includes information on sub-events such as touch or touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When the sub-event involves the motion of the touch, the event information may also include the speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes a rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from portrait to landscape, or vice versa), and the event information includes ) corresponding information.
事件比较器184将事件信息与预定义事件或子事件的定义进行比较，并且基于该比较，确定事件或子事件，或者确定或更新事件或子事件的状态。在一些实施例中，事件比较器184包括事件定义186。该事件定义186包含事件(例如，预定义的子事件序列)的定义，例如，事件1(187-1)、事件2(187-2)等等。在一些实施例中，事件187中的子事件例如包括触摸开始、触摸结束、触摸移动、触摸取消和多触摸。在一个示例中，事件1(187-1)的定义是对显示对象的双点击。该双点击例如包括对显示对象的持续预定阶段的第一触摸(触摸开始)、持续预定阶段的第一抬起(触摸结束)、对显示对象的持续预定阶段的第二触摸(触摸开始)以及持续预定阶段的第二抬起(触摸结束)。在另一示例中，事件2(187-2)的定义是对显示对象的拖拽。该拖拽例如包括对显示对象的持续预定阶段的触摸(或接触)、该触摸跨过触敏显示器112的移动以及触摸的抬起(触摸结束)。在一些实施例中，事件还包括针对一个或多个相关联的事件处理机190的信息。The event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined definitions of events or sub-events, and based on the comparison, determines the event or sub-event, or determines or updates the status of the event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186 . The event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (eg, a predefined sequence of sub-events), eg, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and so on. In some embodiments, sub-events in event 187 include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch move, touch cancel, and multi-touch. In one example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is defined as a double click on a display object. The double-click includes, for example, a first touch (touch start) for a predetermined period of time on the display object, a first lift (touch end) for a predetermined period of time, a second touch (touch start) for a predetermined period of time on the display object, and Continue the second lift (touch end) for a predetermined period. In another example, the definition of event 2 ( 187 - 2 ) is a drag on a display object. The drag includes, for example, a touch (or contact) of a displayed object for a predetermined period, movement of the touch across the touch-sensitive display 112 , and lift of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, an event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .
在一些实施例中，事件定义187包括针对相应用户界面对象的事件的定义。在一些实施例中，事件比较器184执行命中测试，以用于确定与子事件相关联的用户界面对象。例如，在触敏显示器112上其中显示有三个用户界面对象的应用视图中，当在触敏显示器112上检测到触摸时，事件比较器184执行命中测试，以确定三个用户界面对象中哪个用户界面对象(如果有的话)与该触摸(子事件)相关联。如果每个显示对象均与相应的事件处理机190相关联，则事件比较器使用命中测试的结果来确定应当激活哪个事件处理机190。例如，事件比较器184选择与触发命中测试的子事件和对象相关联的事件处理机。In some embodiments, event definitions 187 include definitions of events for corresponding user interface objects. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs hit testing for determining user interface objects associated with sub-events. For example, in an application view on touch-sensitive display 112 in which three user interface objects are displayed, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user interface objects the user An interface object (if any) is associated with that touch (sub-event). If each display object is associated with a corresponding event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects the event handler associated with the sub-event and object that triggered the hit test.
在一些实施例中，各事件187的定义还包括延迟动作，其延迟事件信息的递送，直到已经确定子事件序列是否与事件识别器的事件类型相对应。In some embodiments, the definition of each event 187 also includes a delay action that delays the delivery of event information until it has been determined whether the sub-event sequence corresponds to the event recognizer's event type.
当相应事件识别器180确定子事件序列不与事件定义186中的任意事件匹配时，该相应的事件识别器180进入事件不可能、事件失败或者事件结束状态，此后该相应的事件识别器180忽视该基于触摸的手势的后续子事件。在此情况下，对于命中视图保持活跃的其他事件识别器(如果有的话)继续跟踪和处理进行中的基于触摸的手势的子事件。When the corresponding event recognizer 180 determines that the sequence of sub-events does not match any event in the event definition 186, the corresponding event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event end state, after which the corresponding event recognizer 180 ignores Subsequent subevents for this touch-based gesture. In this case, other event recognizers (if any) that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of the touch-based gesture in progress.
在一些实施例中，相应事件识别器180包括具有可配置的属性、标志(flag)和/或列表的元数据183，其指示事件递送系统应当如何执行去往有效涉及的事件识别器的子事件传递。在一些实施例中，元数据183包括可配置的属性、标志和/或列表，其指示事件识别器可以如何进行彼此交互。在一些实施例中，元数据183包括可配置的属性、标志和/或列表，其指示子事件是否被递送到视图或程序层次结构中的不同层级。In some embodiments, a corresponding event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should execute sub-events to effectively involved event recognizers. transfer. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers may interact with each other. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to different levels in the view or program hierarchy.
在一些实施例中，相应事件识别器180在事件的一个或多个子事件被识别时激活与事件相关联的事件处理机190。在一些实施例中，相应事件识别器180向事件处理机190递送与事件相关联的事件信息。激活事件处理机190与向相应的命中视图发送(或延迟发送)子事件截然不同。在一些实施例中，事件识别器180抛出与识别事件相关联的标志，并且与该标志相关联的事件处理机190捕获该标志并执行预定义过程。In some embodiments, the respective event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the event when one or more sub-events of the event are recognized. In some embodiments, the respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to the event handler 190 . Activating the event handler 190 is distinct from sending (or delaying sending) a sub-event to the corresponding hit view. In some embodiments, the event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and the event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
在一些实施例中，事件递送指令188包括子事件递送指令，其递送关于子事件的事件信息而不激活事件处理机。相反，子事件递送指令向与一系列子事件或有效涉及的视图相关联的事件处理机递送事件信息。与一系列子事件或与有效涉及的视图相关联的事件处理机接收该事件信息并执行预定过程。In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about sub-events without activating event handlers. Instead, sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with a series of sub-events or effectively involved views. Event handlers associated with a series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform predetermined procedures.
在一些实施例中，数据更新器176创建并更新应用136-1中使用的数据。例如，数据更新器176更新联系人模块137中使用的电话号码，或者存储视频播放器模块145中使用的视频文件。在一些实施例中，对象更新器177创建并更新应用136-1中使用的数据。例如，对象更新器177创建新的用户界面对象或更新用户界面对象的位置。GUI更新器178更新GUI。例如，GUI更新器178准备显示器信息，并且将其发送至图形模块132以用于在触敏显示器上显示。In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, the data updater 176 updates a phone number used in the contacts module 137 , or stores a video file used in the video player module 145 . In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, the object updater 177 creates new user interface objects or updates the location of user interface objects. The GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
在一些实施例中，(一个或多个)事件处理机190包括或能够访问数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178。在一些实施例中，数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178被包括在相应的应用136-1或应用视图191的单个模块中。在其他实施例中，数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178被包括在两个或更多软件模块中。In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 include or have access to data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 . In some embodiments, the data updater 176, the object updater 177, and the GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of the corresponding application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177 and GUI updater 178 are included in two or more software modules.
应当理解，前面关于触敏显示器上的用户触摸的事件处理的论述也适用以操作具有输入设备的多功能设备100的其他形式的用户输入，其中并非所有用户输入都是在触摸屏上发起的，例如，使鼠标移动和鼠标按钮按压与触控板上的单个或多个键盘按压或保持、用户移动、点击、拖拽、滚动等协作或不与其协作，触笔输入，设备的移动，口头指令，检测到的眼睛运动，生物测定的输入和/或上述各项的任何组合，这些都可用作与定义要被识别的子事件相对应的输入。It should be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user input to operate multifunction device 100 with input devices, where not all user input is initiated on a touch screen, such as , with or without coordination of mouse movements and mouse button presses with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds on the trackpad, user movements, clicks, drags, scrolls, etc., stylus input, movement of the device, verbal commands, Detected eye movements, biometric inputs and/or any combination of the above may be used as inputs corresponding to defining the sub-events to be recognized.
图2例示了根据一些实施例的具有触摸屏112的便携式多功能设备100。触摸屏可以显示用户界面(UI)200内的一个或多个图形。在此实施例以及如下所述的其他实施例中，用户可以通过例如利用一个或多个手指202(在图中未按比例画出)或一个或多个触笔(在图中未按比例画出)与图形接触，来选择一个或多个图形。在一些实施例中，在用户中断与一个或多个图形接触时发生一个或多个图形的选择。在一些实施例中，接触可以包括手势，诸如一个或多个点击、一个或多个滑动(从左到右、从右到左、向上和/或向下)和/或已经与设备100接触的手指的转动(rolling，从右到左、从左到右、向上和/或向下)。在一些实施例中，与图形的无意接触可能不会选择图形。例如，当与选择对应的手势是点击时，扫过应用图标的滑动手势可能不会选择对应的应用。FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen can display one or more graphics within the user interface (UI) 200 . In this embodiment, as well as other embodiments described below, the user can, for example, use one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more stylus (not drawn to scale in the figure). out) to touch the graphics to select one or more graphics. In some embodiments, selection of the one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, a contact may include a gesture, such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (left-to-right, right-to-left, up and/or down), and/or gestures that have been in contact with the device 100. Finger rolling (right to left, left to right, up and/or down). In some embodiments, unintentional contact with a graphic may not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
设备100还可以包括一个或多个物理按钮，诸如“主屏”或菜单按钮204。如前所述，菜单按钮204可以用于导航至可以在设备100上执行的应用集合中的任何应用136。备选地，在一些实施例中，菜单按钮被实施为触摸屏112上显示的GUI中的软按键。Device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as a “home” or menu button 204 . As previously mentioned, the menu button 204 can be used to navigate to any application 136 in the set of applications that can be executed on the device 100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu buttons are implemented as soft keys in a GUI displayed on the touch screen 112 .
在一个实施例中，设备100包括触摸屏112、菜单按钮204、用于打开/关闭设备电源和锁定设备的下压按钮206、以及音量调节按钮(一个或多个)208、订户标识模块(SIM)卡槽210、耳机插孔212和对接/充电外部端口124。下压按钮206可以用于通过压下该按钮并使该按钮保持压下状态预定义的时间间隔来打开/关闭设备电源；通过压下该按钮并在经过预定义的时间间隔之前释放该按钮来锁定设备；和/或解锁设备或发起解锁过程。在一个备选实施例中，设备100还可以通过麦克风113接受用于激活或去激活一些功能的口头输入。In one embodiment, the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering on/off the device and locking the device, and volume adjustment button(s) 208, a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) Card slot 210 , headphone jack 212 and docking/charging external port 124 . The push button 206 can be used to power on/off the device by pressing the button and keeping the button depressed for a predefined time interval; by pressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval elapses lock the device; and/or unlock the device or initiate an unlocking process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 may also accept verbal input through microphone 113 for activating or deactivating some functions.
图3是根据一些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。设备300不需要是便携式的。在一些实施例中，设备300是膝上型计算机、台式计算机、平板计算机、多媒体播放器设备、导航设备、教育设备(诸如儿童学习玩具)、游戏系统或控制设备(例如，家用或工业控制器)。设备300通常包括一个或多个处理单元(CPU)310、一个或多个网络或其他通信接口360、存储器370、以及用于互连这些组件的一个或多个通信总线320。通信总线320可以包括互连和控制系统组件之间通信的电路(有时被称作芯片组)。设备300包括含有显示器340(其通常为触摸屏显示器)的输入/输出接口330。输入/输出接口330还可以包括键盘和/或鼠标(或其他指向设备)350和触摸板355。存储器370包括高速随机访问存储器，诸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其他随机访问固态存储设备；并且可以包括非易失性存储器，诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、光盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器370可以可选地包括远离(一个或多个)CPU 310定位的一个或多个存储设备。在一些实施例中，存储器370存储与存储在便携式多功能设备100(图1)的存储器102中的程序、模块、和数据结构类似的程序、模块、和数据结构或其子集。此外，存储器370可以存储未存在于便携式多功能设备100的存储器102中的附加程序、模块、和数据结构。例如，设备300的存储器370可以存储绘图模块380、呈现模块382、文字处理模块384、网站创建模块386、磁盘创作模块388和/或电子表格模块390，而便携式多功能设备100(图1)的存储器102可以不存储这些模块。3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, according to some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, desktop computer, tablet computer, multimedia player device, navigation device, educational device (such as a children's learning toy), gaming system, or control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller ). Device 300 generally includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communication interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication bus 320 may include circuitry (sometimes referred to as a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes an input/output interface 330 including a display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. Input/output interface 330 may also include keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 . Memory 370 includes high-speed random-access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random-access solid-state storage devices; and may include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile memory devices. Volatile solid-state storage device. Memory 370 may optionally include one or more storage devices located remotely from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures similar to those stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1), or a subset thereof. Additionally, memory 370 may store additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 . For example, memory 370 of device 300 may store drawing module 380, rendering module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1) The memory 102 may not store these modules.
图3中的上述元件的每个元件可以存储在一个或多个前述存储器设备中。上述模块中的每个模块对应于用于执行如上所述功能的指令集。上述模块或程序(即，指令集)不需要实施为单独软件程序、过程或模块，因此这些模块的各种子集可以在各实施例中组合或以其他方式重新布置。在一些实施例中，存储器370可以存储上述模块和数据结构的子集。此外，存储器370可以存储上文未描述的附加模块和数据结构。Each of the aforementioned elements in FIG. 3 may be stored in one or more of the aforementioned memory devices. Each of the above-mentioned modules corresponds to an instruction set for performing a function as described above. The above-described modules or programs (ie, sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 may store a subset of the modules and data structures described above. Furthermore, memory 370 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
现在把注意力转向可以在便携式多功能设备100上实施的用户界面(“UI”)的实施例。Attention is now turned to an embodiment of a user interface (“UI”) that may be implemented on portable multifunction device 100 .
图4A和图4B图示了根据一些实施例的用于便携式多功能设备100上的应用菜单的示例性用户界面。类似用户界面可以在设备300上实施。在一些实施例中，用户界面400A包括以下元件或其子集或超集：4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for an application menu on portable multifunction device 100, according to some embodiments. A similar user interface can be implemented on device 300 . In some embodiments, user interface 400A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
·用于诸如蜂窝信号和Wi-Fi信号的无线通信(一种或多种)的信号强度指示符(一个或多个)402；Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s) such as cellular signal and Wi-Fi signal;
·时间404；time 404;
·蓝牙指示符405；· Bluetooth indicator 405;
·电池状态指示符406；· Battery status indicator 406;
·具有以下频繁使用应用的图标的托盘408，诸如：• A tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications such as:
ο电话138，其可以包括未接呼叫或语音电子邮件消息数目的指示符414；o the phone 138, which may include an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voice email messages;
ο电子邮件客户端140，其可以包括未读电子邮件数目的指示符410；o email client 140, which may include an indicator 410 of the number of unread emails;
ο浏览器147；和o browser 147; and
ο音乐播放器146；以及o music player 146; and
·以下其他应用的图标，诸如：· Icons for other applications such as:
ο IM 141；ο IM 141;
ο图像管理144；ο image management 144;
ο相机143；o camera 143;
ο视频播放器145；o video player 145;
ο天气149-1；ο Weather 149-1;
ο股票149-2；ο stock 149-2;
ο锻炼支持142ο Workout Support 142
ο日历148；ο Calendar 148;
ο计算器149-3；o calculator 149-3;
ο闹钟149-4ο alarm clock 149-4
ο字典149-5；以及ο Dictionary 149-5; and
ο用户创建的小工具149-6。o User Created Widgets 149-6.
在一些实施例中，用户界面400B包括以下元件或其子集或超集：In some embodiments, user interface 400B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
·402、404、405、406、141、148、144、143、149-3、149-2、149-1、149-4、410、414、138、140和147，如上所述；402, 404, 405, 406, 141, 148, 144, 143, 149-3, 149-2, 149-1, 149-4, 410, 414, 138, 140 and 147, as above;
·地图154；· Map 154;
·备忘录153；；· Memorandum 153;
·设置412，其提供对设备100及其各种应用136的设置的访问，如下文进一步描述；• Settings 412, which provides access to the settings of the device 100 and its various applications 136, as further described below;
·视频和音乐播放器模块152，也被称为iPod(苹果公司的商标)模块152；以及· Video and music player module 152, also known as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152; and
·在线视频模块155，也被称作YouTube(Google公司的商标)模块155。• Online video module 155 , also known as YouTube (trademark of Google Inc.) module 155 .
图4C图示了在具有与显示器450(例如，触摸屏显示器112)分离的触敏表面451(例如，平板或触摸板355，图3)的设备(例如，设备300，图3)上的示例性用户界面。虽然以下许多示例将参考在触摸屏显示器112(其中触敏表面与显示器组合在一起)上的输入给出，但是在一些实施例中，设备检测与显示器分离的触敏表面上的输入，如图4C所示。在一些实施例中，触敏表面(例如，图4C中的451)具有对应于显示器(例如，450)上的主轴(例如，图4C中的453)的主轴(例如，图4C中的452)。根据这些实施例，设备检测在对应于显示器上相应位置的位置处(例如，在图4C中，460对应于468，并且462对应于470)与触敏表面451的接触(例如，图4C中的460和462)。通过此方式，当触敏表面与显示器分离时，设备在触敏表面(例如，图4C中的451)上检测到的用户输入(例如，接触460和接触462及其移动)由设备使用以操纵多功能设备的显示器(例如，图4C中的450)上的用户界面。应当理解，类似方法可以用于本文所述的其他用户界面。FIG. 4C illustrates an exemplary display on a device (eg, device 300 , FIG. 3 ) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (eg, tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) separate from a display 450 (eg, touchscreen display 112 ). User Interface. While many of the examples below will be given with reference to input on touchscreen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface is combined with the display), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface separate from the display, as shown in Figure 4C shown. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (eg, 451 in FIG. 4C ) has a major axis (eg, 452 in FIG. 4C ) that corresponds to a major axis (eg, 453 in FIG. 4C ) on the display (eg, 450 ). . According to these embodiments, the device detects contact with touch-sensitive surface 451 (eg, in FIG. 4C ) at a location corresponding to a corresponding location on the display (eg, in FIG. 460 and 462). In this way, user input (e.g., contact 460 and contact 462 and their movement) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4C ) is used by the device to manipulate the A user interface on a display (eg, 450 in FIG. 4C ) of the multifunction device. It should be understood that similar approaches can be used for other user interfaces described herein.
另外，虽然以下示例主要参考手指输入(例如，手指接触、手指点击手势、手指滑动手势)给出，但是应当理解的是在一些实施例中，一个或多个手指输入可以被来自另一输入设备(例如，基于鼠标的输入或触笔输入)的输入代替。例如，滑动手势可以被鼠标点击(例如，而不是接触)随后沿滑动路径移动光标(例如，而不是移动接触)代替。作为另一示例，点击手势可以在光标位于点击手势的位置之上被鼠标点击代替(例如，而不是检测接触随后停止检测该接触)。类似地，当同时检测到多个用户输入时，应当理解可以同时使用多个计算机鼠标，或者可以同时使用鼠标和手指接触。Additionally, while the following examples are primarily given with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger touches, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more finger inputs may be received from another input device. (eg, mouse-based input or stylus input) instead. For example, a swipe gesture may be replaced by a mouse click (eg, instead of a contact) followed by moving the cursor along the swipe path (eg, instead of moving the contact). As another example, a tap gesture may be replaced by a mouse click where the cursor is positioned over the location of the tap gesture (eg, instead of detecting a contact and then ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are detected simultaneously, it should be understood that multiple computer mice may be used simultaneously, or that a mouse and finger contact may be used simultaneously.
现在把注意力转向可以在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(诸如设备300或便携式多功能设备100)上实施的用户界面(“UI”)及相关联过程的实施例。Attention is now turned to embodiments of a user interface ("UI") and associated processes that may be implemented on a multifunction device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device 300 or portable multifunction device 100 .
图5A至图5LLLL图示了根据一些实施例的用于创建和管理包含可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个可选用户界面对象的文件夹的示例性用户界面。这些图中的用户界面被用来图示下文所描述的过程，包括图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、9A至9B、10A至10B、11A至11C、12A至12E以及13A至13E的过程。5A-5LLLL illustrate exemplary user interfaces for creating and managing folders containing one or more of the selectable user interface objects, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including FIGS. the process of.
现在把注意力转向图5A，图5A图示了具有触摸屏(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的112)显示器(例如，触摸屏112的多功能设备(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的100)。在一些实施例中，多功能设备100还包括扬声器(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的111)、麦克风(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的113)、一个或多个光学传感器(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的164)、接近传感器(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的166)、一个或多个加速计(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的168)，如在上文更详细描述的。Turning attention now to FIG. 5A, FIG. 5A illustrates a multifunction device (eg, 112 in FIGS. 5A-5N , 112 in FIGS. , 100 in FIGS. 5P to 5LLLL). In some embodiments, the multifunction device 100 further includes a speaker (for example, 111 in FIGS. 5A to 5N, FIGS. 5P to 5LLLL), a microphone (for example, FIG. , 113 in Figures 5P to 5LLLL), one or more optical sensors (eg, 164 in Figures 5A to 5N, Figures 5P to 5LLLL), proximity sensors (eg, in Figures 5A to 5N, 166), one or more accelerometers (eg, 168 in FIGS. 5A-5N , 5P-5LLLL), as described in more detail above.
在一些实施例中，多功能设备100显示多个通知图标，诸如用于诸如蜂窝信号和Wi-Fi信号的无线通信(一种或多种)的信号强度指示符(一个或多个)(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的402)；时间指示符(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的404)；蓝牙指示符(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的405)；电池状态指示符(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至5LLLL中的406)。根据一些实施例，多功能设备还显示多个可选用户界面对象(例如，图5A至图5LLLL中的应用图标5002和文件夹图标5004)。在一些实施例中，可选用户对象中的一个或多个可选用户对象在托盘中进行显示(例如，图5A至图5N、图5P至图5LLLL中的应用图标5006)，托盘也有时被称作停靠区(dock)。在一些实施例中，托盘之外的可选用户对象(例如，应用图标和/或文件夹图标)是多组/多页可选用户界面对象的一部分，其中每组每/页可选用户界面对象包括不同的多个可选用户界面对象。然而在一些实施例中，当多功能设备从第一组/第一页可选用户界面对象切换至第二组/第二页可选用户界面对象时，托盘5006并不改变。In some embodiments, the multifunction device 100 displays a plurality of notification icons, such as signal strength indicator(s) for wireless communication(s) such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals (e.g. , 402 in FIGS. 5A to 5N, 5P to 5LLLL); time indicator (for example, 404 in FIGS. 5A to 5N, 5P to 5LLLL); Bluetooth indicator (for example, FIG. 405 in 5P-5LLLL); battery status indicator (eg, 406 in FIGS. 5A-5N , 5P-5LLLL). According to some embodiments, the multifunction device also displays a number of selectable user interface objects (eg, application icon 5002 and folder icon 5004 in FIGS. 5A-5LLLL). In some embodiments, one or more of the selectable user objects are displayed in a tray (e.g., application icon 5006 in FIGS. Called the dock. In some embodiments, selectable user objects (e.g., application icons and/or folder icons) outside the tray are part of multiple groups/pages of selectable user interface objects, where each group/page of selectable user interface objects The object includes a different number of selectable user interface objects. In some embodiments, however, the tray 5006 does not change when the multifunction device switches from the first set/page of selectable user interface objects to the second set/page of selectable user interface objects.
现在将注意力转向图5A，该图5A包括多个可选用户界面(userinterface)对象，包括多个动作图标5002和多个文件夹图标5004。例如，在图5A中，动作图标5002包括用于激活相应应用的多个应用图标(例如，照片应用图标5002-1、时钟应用图标5002-2、浏览器应用图标5002-3、纸牌应用图标5002-4、天气应用图标5002-5、备忘录应用图标5002-6、文本应用图标5002-7、地图应用图标5002-8、股票应用图标5002-9、照相机应用图标5002-12、竞速应用图标5002-13、电子邮件应用图标5002-14、电话应用图标5002-15以及iPod应用图标5002-16)、用于启动网络浏览器并显示加书签网页的书签图标5002-10和用于激活文档查看/编辑应用、从而显示与文档图标5002-11相关联的文档的文档图标5002-11。Attention is now turned to FIG. 5A , which includes a number of selectable user interface objects, including a number of action icons 5002 and a number of folder icons 5004 . For example, in FIG. 5A, action icon 5002 includes a plurality of application icons for activating corresponding applications (e.g., photo application icon 5002-1, clock application icon 5002-2, browser application icon 5002-3, card application icon 5002 -4, weather application icon 5002-5, memo application icon 5002-6, text application icon 5002-7, map application icon 5002-8, stock application icon 5002-9, camera application icon 5002-12, racing application icon 5002 -13, email application icon 5002-14, phone application icon 5002-15, and iPod application icon 5002-16), bookmark icon 5002-10 for launching a web browser and displaying bookmarked web pages, and for activating document viewing/ The application is edited to display a document icon 5002-11 for the document associated with the document icon 5002-11.
图5A中的文件夹图标(例如，图5A中的5004-1-a和5004-2)是可以被激活以显示文件夹视图的图标。在一些实施例中，文件夹图标5004每个包括与文件夹相关联的可选对象指示符的多个缩小比例表示(例如，用于文件夹图标5004-1的缩小比例表示“x1”、“x2”、“x3”、“x4”、“x5”和“x6”以及用于文件夹图标5004-2的缩小比例表示“z1”、“z2”、“z3”、“z4”、“z5”和“z6”)。应理解的是根据一些实施例，显示文件夹视图包括显示包括多个可选用户界面图标(例如，动作图标5002)的区域。在图5A中，设备处于正常操作模式。换言之，选择动作图标中的一个将激活一个应用(例如，启动当前并不在设备上运行的应用或显示当前在设备上运行的应用的视图)。在一些实施例中，设备检测用以进入用户界面重新配置模式的请求。例如，在图5A中，设备检测与纸牌应用图标5002-4的接触5008持续超过预定时间段(例如，2秒)，并且作为响应，该设备进入用户界面重新配置模式，如图5B中所示。Folder icons in FIG. 5A (eg, 5004-1-a and 5004-2 in FIG. 5A) are icons that can be activated to display a folder view. In some embodiments, folder icons 5004 each include multiple scaled-down representations of selectable object indicators associated with the folder (e.g., scaled-down representations "x1", "x1" for folder icon 5004-1 x2", "x3", "x4", "x5" and "x6" and scaled down representations "z1", "z2", "z3", "z4", "z5" for folder icon 5004-2 and "z6"). It should be understood that according to some embodiments, displaying the folder view includes displaying an area including a plurality of selectable user interface icons (eg, action icon 5002 ). In Figure 5A, the device is in normal operating mode. In other words, selecting one of the action icons will activate an application (eg, launch an application not currently running on the device or display a view of an application currently running on the device). In some embodiments, the device detects a request to enter a user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5A, the device detects contact 5008 with the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 for more than a predetermined period of time (e.g., 2 seconds), and in response, the device enters a user interface reconfiguration mode, as shown in FIG. 5B .
在图5B中，设备已进入用户界面重新配置模式。在一些实施例中，可选用户界面对象(例如，5002和5004)显示设备处于用户界面重新配置模式的视觉指示。例如，如图5B中所示，可选用户界面对象轻轻摇晃，如同其漂浮在水上一样(例如，每个相应可选用户界面对象在显示器上围绕可选用户界面对象的相应平均位置为进行振荡)。另外，在一些实施例中，在处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，可选用户界面对象中的至少一些与对象移除标志(例如，图5B中的5010)相关联，并且当设备检测到对象移除标志(图5B中点击手势5011)的激活时，与对象移除标志相关联的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5B中的天气应用图标5002-5)被从用户界面中移除(例如，删除)。In Figure 5B, the device has entered user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002 and 5004) display a visual indication that the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, as shown in FIG. 5B , the selectable UI object wobbles gently as if it were floating on water (e.g., each respective selectable UI object's respective average position around the selectable UI object on the display is oscillation). Additionally, in some embodiments, while in user interface reconfiguration mode, at least some of the selectable user interface objects are associated with an object removal flag (eg, 5010 in FIG. 5B ), and when the device detects the object Upon activation of the removal flag (tap gesture 5011 in FIG. 5B ), a selectable user interface object associated with the object removal flag (e.g., weather application icon 5002-5 in FIG. 5B ) is removed from the user interface ( For example, delete).
另外，在一些实施例中，文件夹图标中的一个或多个文件夹图标在设备进入用户界面重新配置模式时改变外观。例如，在图5A中，当设备处于正常操作模式时，用可选用户界面对象的第一组多个缩小尺寸表示(例如图5A中的文件夹图标5004-1-a中的“x1”、“x2”、“x3”、“x4”、“x5”、“x6”)来显示文件夹图标5004-1-a，而在图5B中，在设备进入用户界面重新配置模式之后，在文件夹图标(例如，图5B中的文件夹图标5004-1-b)内显示可选用户界面对象的第二组多个缩小尺寸表示(例如，“x4”、“x5”、“x6”和“x7”)。另外，在一些实施例中，文件夹图标中的一个或多个(例如，图5B中的5004-1-b)包括通知标志5012，其指示与文件夹中的可选用户界面对象中的一个相关联的应用具有通知。在一些实施例中，缩小比例表示中的一个(例如，文件夹图标5004-1-b中的“x7”)具有其自己的通知标志5014，其指示与该缩小比例表示相关联的应用具有通知。通常，通知是应用要求设备用户的关注的指示(例如，由于新消息已经到达，或者已发生新事件，更新可用等)。Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the folder icons changes appearance when the device enters a user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5A, when the device is in the normal operating mode, a first plurality of reduced size representations of selectable user interface objects are represented (e.g., "x1" in folder icon 5004-1-a in FIG. 5A, "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5", "x6") to display the folder icon 5004-1-a, while in Figure 5B, after the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, in the folder Displayed within an icon (e.g., folder icon 5004-1-b in FIG. "). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the folder icons (e.g., 5004-1-b in FIG. 5B ) includes a notification flag 5012 indicating that it is related to one of the selectable user interface objects in the folder. The associated app has notifications. In some embodiments, one of the reduced scale representations (e.g., "x7" in folder icon 5004-1-b) has its own notification flag 5014 indicating that the application associated with that reduced scale representation has a notification . Typically, a notification is an indication that an application requires the device user's attention (eg, because a new message has arrived, or a new event has occurred, an update is available, etc.).
现在注意力转向图5B-5F，其示出根据一些实施例的用于创建新建文件夹的示例性用户界面。在图5B中，设备检测用以将相应可选用户界面对象移动至屏幕边缘的请求。在本示例中，该请求包括触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上的在对应于“竞速”动作图标5002-13的位置处的接触5016-a以及该接触到触敏表面的边缘(例如，到触摸屏112上的接触位置5016-b，如图5C中所示)的后续移动5018。在图5C中，将动作图标5002-13移动至显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的边缘，并保持在显示器的边缘持续超过预定时间阈值(例如，1秒)。响应于在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的边缘处检测到动作图标5002-13持续超过预定时间阈值，设备导航至可选用户界面对象的下一组/下一页(例如，如图5D中所示)。Attention now turns to FIGS. 5B-5F , which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for creating a new folder, according to some embodiments. In FIG. 5B, the device detects a request to move a corresponding selectable user interface object to an edge of the screen. In this example, the request includes a contact 5016-a on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) at a location corresponding to the “Racing” action icon 5002-13 and the contact touches an edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., , to a contact location 5016-b on the touch screen 112, as shown in FIG. 5C ), subsequent movement 5018. In FIG. 5C, action icon 5002-13 is moved to the edge of the display (eg, touch screen 112) and remains at the edge of the display for more than a predetermined time threshold (eg, 1 second). In response to detecting action icon 5002-13 at an edge of the display (e.g., touch screen 112) for more than a predetermined time threshold, the device navigates to the next set/page of selectable user interface objects (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5D Show).
在一些实施例中，该设备在设备处于正常操作模式之时保持可选用户界面对象的多个页面。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，当设备进入用户界面重新配置模式时，该设备创建新建空文件夹的附加页面。例如，在图5D中不存在动作图标5002且不存在已填充文件夹，因此设备显示用于空文件夹(例如，不包含可选用户界面对象的文件夹)的文件夹图标5004-3。在一些实施例中，用于空文件夹的文件夹图标(例如，5004-3)具有与用于已填充文件夹(例如，包含一个或多个可选用户界面对象的文件夹)的文件夹图标不同的外观。In some embodiments, the device maintains multiple pages of selectable user interface objects while the device is in a normal operating mode. In some of these embodiments, when the device enters user interface reconfiguration mode, the device creates an additional page that creates a new empty folder. For example, in Figure 5D there is no action icon 5002 and there are no populated folders, so the device displays folder icon 5004-3 for an empty folder (eg, a folder that does not contain selectable user interface objects). In some embodiments, a folder icon (e.g., 5004-3) for an empty folder has the same folder icon for a populated folder (e.g., a folder containing one or more selectable user interface objects) Icons have different appearances.
在图5D中，设备检测用以将可选用户界面对象5002-13移动至用于空文件夹5004-3的文件夹图标的请求。在图5D中所示的示例，该请求包括接触5016从接近显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的边缘的接触位置5016-b到接近于用于新建空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3的接触位置(例如，图5E中的5016-c)的移动5020。响应于用以移动可选用户界面对象的请求，该设备将可选用户界面对象从接近显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的边缘的位置(例如，图5D中的5002-13)移动到接近于用于新建空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3或用于文件夹图标5004-3的激活区域或与其重叠的位置。In Figure 5D, the device detects a request to move selectable user interface object 5002-13 to the folder icon for empty folder 5004-3. In the example shown in FIG. 5D, the request includes contact 5016 from a contact position 5016-b near the edge of the display (e.g., touch screen 112) to a contact position near the folder icon 5004-3 for creating a new empty folder. Movement 5020 of (eg, 5016-c in FIG. 5E ). In response to the request to move the selectable user interface object, the device moves the selectable user interface object from a position (e.g., 5002-13 in FIG. The folder icon 5004-3 for creating an empty folder or the activation area for the folder icon 5004-3 or a position overlapping with it.
在一些实施例中，在可选用户界面对象5002-13接近于用于空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3或与其重叠之时，设备检测用以请求移动可选用户界面对象5002-13的输入的终止(例如，接触5016-c从触摸屏112的抬起)。响应于检测到该输入的终止，即接触从触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)的抬起，设备向与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹添加可选用户界面对象5002-13，如图5F中所示。在一些实施例中，当设备向与文件夹图标5004-3相关联文件夹添加可选用户界面对象时，设备改变文件夹图标的外观。例如，在图5F中，文件夹图标5004-3显示被添加到与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹的可选用户界面对象5002-13的缩小比例表示。In some embodiments, the device detects a request to move selectable user interface object 5002-13 when selectable user interface object 5002-13 is adjacent to or overlaps folder icon 5004-3 for an empty folder. Termination of input (eg, lift of contact 5016-c from touch screen 112). In response to detecting the termination of the input, i.e., the lift of the contact from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112), the device adds optional user interface object 5002-13 to the folder associated with folder icon 5004-3, such as shown in Figure 5F. In some embodiments, when the device adds a selectable user interface object to a folder associated with folder icon 5004-3, the device changes the appearance of the folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5F, folder icon 5004-3 displays a scaled-down representation of selectable user interface object 5002-13 added to the folder associated with folder icon 5004-3.
在一些实施例中，设备在处于用户界面重新配置模式之时始终显示空文件夹。例如，在图5F中，一旦先前空的文件夹(例如，与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹)被填充(例如，在可选用户界面对象5002-13已被加到该文件夹之后，如图5C-5E中所示)，设备创建后续新建空文件夹并在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示与后续新建空文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如，图5F中的5004-4)。因此，可以由用户通过简单地填充先前空的文件夹来创建新建空文件夹。在一些实施例中，当设备恢复到正常操作模式时，与空文件夹相关联的何文件夹图标(例如，文件夹图标5004-4)不再被设备显示。例如，在图5F中，设备检测用以返回到正常操作模式的请求(例如图5F中在主屏按钮204上的按压输入5022)。响应于用以返回到正常操作模式的请求，设备恢复到正常操作模式并停止在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示空文件夹(例如，图5F中的5004-4)，如图5G中所示。In some embodiments, the device always displays empty folders while in user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5F, once a previously empty folder (e.g., the folder associated with folder icon 5004-3) is populated (e.g., after selectable user interface object 5002-13 has been added to the folder Afterwards, as shown in FIGS. 5C-5E ), the device creates a subsequent new empty folder and displays a folder icon (for example, 5004 in FIG. 5F ) associated with the subsequent new empty folder on the display (for example, touch screen 112 -4). Thus, new empty folders can be created by the user by simply filling previously empty folders. In some embodiments, any folder icons associated with empty folders (eg, folder icon 5004-4) are no longer displayed by the device when the device returns to normal operating mode. For example, in FIG. 5F, the device detects a request to return to the normal operating mode (eg, press input 5022 on home button 204 in FIG. 5F). In response to a request to return to normal operating mode, the device reverts to normal operating mode and stops displaying an empty folder (e.g., 5004-4 in FIG. 5F ) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112 ), as shown in FIG. 5G Show.
现在将注意力转向图5H-5L，图5H-5L示出了根据一些实施例的用于创建新建文件夹的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备进入用户界面重新配置模式(例如，如上文参考图5A更详细地描述的那样)。在一些实施例中，当设备进入用户界面重新配置模式时，在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示新建文件夹创建元件(例如，图5H中的新建文件夹创建区域5024)。在一些实施例中，当设备进入用户界面重新配置模式时，在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的可选用户界面图标朝着彼此移动(例如，沿着诸如垂直轴之类的至少一个轴减小可选用户界面对象之间的空白空间的量)，从而为新建文件夹创建元件(一个或多个)让出空间。在一些实施例中，设备检测用以添加新建文件夹的请求(例如，在对应于新建文件夹创建区域5024的触摸屏112上的位置处的点击手势5026)。响应于用以创建新文件夹的请求，设备创建新文件夹并在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示文件夹图标(例如，图5I中的5004-5)。在一些实施例中，按照可选用户界面对象的预定义布置，在第一可用位置处显示用于新建文件夹的文件夹图标(例如，图5I中的5004-5)。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5H-5L , which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for creating a new folder in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device enters a user interface reconfiguration mode (eg, as described in more detail above with reference to FIG. 5A ). In some embodiments, a new folder creation element (eg, new folder creation area 5024 in FIG. 5H ) is displayed on a display (eg, touch screen 112 ) when the device enters a user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, selectable user interface icons on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) are moved toward each other (e.g., along at least one axis, such as a vertical axis minus Amount of empty space between small optional user interface objects) to make room for the new folder creation element(s). In some embodiments, the device detects a request to add a new folder (eg, a tap gesture 5026 at a location on the touchscreen 112 corresponding to the new folder creation area 5024). In response to the request to create a new folder, the device creates the new folder and displays a folder icon (eg, 5004-5 in FIG. 51 ) on the display (eg, touch screen 112). In some embodiments, a folder icon (eg, 5004-5 in FIG. 51 ) for creating a new folder is displayed at the first available location following a predefined arrangement of selectable user interface objects.
在一些实施例中，新建文件夹创建元件被表示为区域(例如，图5I中的区域5028)，该区域包含在视觉上类似于新建文件夹图标的文件夹创建图标(例如，图5I中的5030)。在一些实施例中，设备检测用以创建文件文件夹的请求。例如，如图5I中所示，设备在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上检测在与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹创建图标5030的位置相对应位置处的接触5032和该接触离开文件夹创建区域的后续移动5034。在一些实施例中，设备显示文件夹根据接触的移动5034而移动离开文件夹创建元件的动画。换言之，其看起来如同新建文件夹图标(例如，图5J中的5004-6)已被从文件夹创建区域5028拖曳出来一样。响应于检测到用以创建新建文件夹的请求，设备创建新建文件夹并使新建文件夹与从文件夹创建区域被拖曳出来的文件夹图标5004-6相关联。In some embodiments, the New Folder creation element is represented as a region (e.g., region 5028 in FIG. 5I ) that contains a folder creation icon (e.g., 5030). In some embodiments, the device detects a request to create a folder of files. For example, as shown in FIG. 51 , the device detects a contact 5032 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of folder creation icon 5030 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) and the contact Subsequent movement 5034 out of the folder creation area. In some embodiments, the device displays an animation of the folder moving 5034 away from the folder creation element in accordance with the movement 5034 of the contact. In other words, it looks as if the new folder icon (eg, 5004-6 in FIG. 5J ) has been dragged from the folder creation area 5028 . In response to detecting the request to create a new folder, the device creates the new folder and associates the new folder with the folder icon 5004-6 that was dragged from the folder creation area.
在一些实施例中，设备接收用以向新建文件夹其中之一添加可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个(例如，动作图标5002-6)的请求。例如，在图5J中，设备检测与动作图标5002-6的接触5035和该接触向新建文件夹5004-5其中之一的后续移动5036。在一些实施例中，响应于用以向新建文件夹添加可选用户界面对象的请求，设备向文件夹添加可选用户界面对象并从显示器移除除该可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，在向文件夹添加可选用户界面对象之后，设备修改与添加了可选用户界面对象的文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。例如，在图5K中，设备已将动作图标5002-6添加到与文件夹图标5004-5相关联的文件夹，并且文件夹图标5004-5已被更新成显示被添加到文件夹的动作图标5002-6的缩小比例表示(例如，文件夹图标5004-5中的“N”)。In some embodiments, the device receives a request to add one or more of the selectable user interface objects (eg, action icon 5002-6) to one of the new folders. For example, in Figure 5J, the device detects contact 5035 with action icon 5002-6 and subsequent movement 5036 of the contact to one of the new folders 5004-5. In some embodiments, in response to the request to add a selectable user interface object to the newly created folder, the device adds the selectable user interface object to the folder and removes the selectable user interface object from the display. In some embodiments, after adding the optional user interface object to the folder, the device modifies the folder icon associated with the folder to which the optional user interface object was added. For example, in Figure 5K, the device has added action icon 5002-6 to the folder associated with folder icon 5004-5, and folder icon 5004-5 has been updated to display the action icon added to the folder A reduced scale representation of 5002-6 (eg, "N" in folder icon 5004-5).
在一些实施例中，当设备恢复到正常操作模式时，与空文件夹相关联的何文件夹图标(例如，文件夹图标5004-6)不再被设备显示。例如，在图5K中，设备检测用以返回到正常操作模式的请求(例如，图5K中在主屏按钮204上的按压输入5038)。响应于用以返回到正常操作模式的请求，设备恢复到正常操作模式并停止在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示空文件夹(例如，图5K中的5004-6)，如图5L中所示。然而，应理解的是，根据一些实施例，继续显示代表已添加一个或多个可选用户界面对象的文件夹的任何文件夹图标。例如，在图5L中，在设备已返回正常操作模式之后，继续显示文件夹5004-5。另外，在一些实施例中，当设备恢复到正常操作模式时，可选用户界面对象被重新布置，从而消除该布置中的任何空隙。例如，在图5K中，可选用户界面对象处于第一布置，具有其中曾经是备忘录应用图标5004-6所定位的位置的空隙(例如，如图5J中所示)，而在图5L中，可选用户界面对象已被重新布置从而消除该空隙。In some embodiments, any folder icons associated with empty folders (eg, folder icon 5004-6) are no longer displayed by the device when the device returns to normal operating mode. For example, in FIG. 5K, the device detects a request to return to the normal operating mode (eg, press input 5038 on home button 204 in FIG. 5K). In response to a request to return to normal operating mode, the device reverts to normal operating mode and stops displaying an empty folder (e.g., 5004-6 in FIG. 5K ) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112 ), as shown in FIG. 5L Show. However, it should be understood that, according to some embodiments, any folder icons representing folders to which one or more selectable user interface objects have been added continue to be displayed. For example, in Figure 5L, folder 5004-5 continues to be displayed after the device has returned to normal operating mode. Additionally, in some embodiments, when the device returns to a normal operating mode, the selectable user interface objects are rearranged, eliminating any gaps in the arrangement. For example, in FIG. 5K the selectable user interface objects are in a first arrangement, with a void in which the memo application icon 5004-6 was located (eg, as shown in FIG. 5J ), while in FIG. 5L , Optional user interface objects have been rearranged to eliminate this gap.
现在将注意力转向图5M-5O，图5M-5O示出根据一些实施例的用于创建新文件夹的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备在处于用户界面重新配置模式之时接收文件夹创建请求，其对应于可选用户界面对象其中之一向可选用户界面对象其中另一个的移动。例如，在图5M中，设备检测触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上在与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标(例如，纸牌应用图标5002-4)的位置相对应的位置处的接触(例如，5040-a)并检测该接触的后续移动(例如，从触摸屏112上的图5M中的第一位置5040-a向图5N中的第二位置5040-b的移动)，这对应于第一动作图标5002-4向第二动作图标5002-13上的移动，如图5N中所示。在一些实施例中，设备显示即将创建文件夹的指示(例如，通过突出显示第二动作图标5002-13，如图5N中所示)。在一些实施例中，设备在检测到该输入的终止(例如，检测到接触5040-b的抬起)之后，创建包括第一动作图标和第二动作图标的文件夹。在一些实施例中，设备在检测到该输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则(例如，在第一动作图标5002-4邻近于第二动作图标5002-13或在其顶部上之时，接触暂停持续超过预定时间段)之后创建包括第一动作图标和第二动作图标的文件夹。Attention is now turned to Figures 5M-5O, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for creating a new folder, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device receives a folder creation request corresponding to a movement of one of the selectable user interface objects to another of the selectable user interface objects while in the user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5M , the device detects a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to the location of the first action icon (e.g., Solitaire application icon 5002-4) on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112). a contact at (e.g., 5040-a) at and detecting subsequent movement of the contact (e.g., movement from a first location 5040-a in FIG. 5M to a second location 5040-b in FIG. 5N on the touch screen 112), This corresponds to a movement of the first action icon 5002-4 onto the second action icon 5002-13, as shown in Figure 5N. In some embodiments, the device displays an indication that the folder is about to be created (eg, by highlighting the second action icon 5002-13, as shown in Figure 5N). In some embodiments, the device creates a folder including the first action icon and the second action icon after detecting termination of the input (eg, detecting lifting of contact 5040-b). In some embodiments, the contact pause continues while the device detects that the input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria (e.g., when the first action icon 5002-4 is adjacent to or on top of the second action icon 5002-13). A folder including the first action icon and the second action icon is created after a predetermined time period has elapsed.
在一些实施例中，与创建文件夹相结合，设备显示与文件夹相关联的新建文件夹图标。在一些实施例中，新建文件夹图标包括被添加到文件夹的用户界面对象的缩小比例表示。在一些实施例中，基于第一可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-4)和/或第二可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-13)的描述符，对文件夹进行命名。例如，图5O示出设备接收包括用以创建包括第一动作图标(例如，纸牌应用图标5002-4)和第二动作图标(例如，竞速应用图标5002-13)的文件夹的请求的输入，该输入包括在触敏表面上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标5002-4的位置相对应(例如，触摸屏112)的位置处的接触5044以及该接触5044向接近于第二动作图标5002-13(或在其顶部上)的位置的后续移动5046。响应于此输入，设备创建新建文件夹并显示用于新建文件夹的“游戏”文件夹图标5004-7，该文件夹图标包括第一可选用户界面对象和第二可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，分别为“O”and“R”)。作为另一示例，图5O示出设备接收包括用以创建包括包括第一动作图标(例如，汽车竞速应用图标5002-17)和第二动作图标(例如，航空竞速应用图标5002-18)的文件夹的请求的输入，该输入包括触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标5002-4的位置相对应的位置处的接触5048以及该接触5048向接近于第二动作图标5002-18(或在其顶部上)的位置的后续移动5050。响应于此输入，设备创建新建文件夹并显示用于新建文件夹的“竞速游戏”文件夹图标5004-8，该新建文件夹包括第一可选用户界面对象和第二可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，分别为“r1”和“r2”)。作为另一示例，图5O还示出设备接收包括用以创建包括包括第一动作图标(例如，电子邮件应用图标5002-14)和第二动作图标(例如，电话应用图标5002-15)的文件夹的请求的输入，该输入包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标5002-14的位置相对应的位置处的接触5052以及该接触5052向接近于第二动作图标5002-15(或在其顶部上)的位置的后续移动5054。响应于此输入，设备创建新建文件夹并显示用于新建文件夹的“通信”文件夹图标5004-9，该文件夹图标包括第一可选用户界面对象和第二可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，分别为“E”和“P”)。In some embodiments, in conjunction with creating a folder, the device displays a new folder icon associated with the folder. In some embodiments, the new folder icon includes a scaled-down representation of the user interface object added to the folder. In some embodiments, folders are sorted based on descriptors of a first selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-4) and/or a second selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-13). name. For example, FIG. 50 shows that the device receives input including a request to create a folder that includes a first action icon (eg, the Solitaire application icon 5002-4) and a second action icon (eg, the Racing application icon 5002-13). , the input includes a contact 5044 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding (eg, touchscreen 112) to a location of the first action icon 5002-4 on the display (eg, touchscreen 112) and the contact 5044 is directed toward the proximity of the first action icon 5002-4. Subsequent movement 5046 of the position of the two action icon 5002-13 (or on top of it). In response to this input, the device creates a new folder and displays a "Games" folder icon 5004-7 for the new folder, the folder icon including a scaled-down version of the first selectable user interface object and the second selectable user interface object Proportional representation (eg, "O" and "R" respectively). As another example, FIG. 50 shows that a device receives a command to create a first action icon (for example, a car racing application icon 5002-17) and a second action icon (for example, an air racing application icon 5002-18). An input of a request for a folder of , the input comprising contact 5048 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of first action icon 5002-4 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) and the Subsequent movement 5050 of the contact 5048 to a position close to (or on top of) the second action icon 5002-18. In response to this input, the device creates a new folder and displays a "Racing Games" folder icon 5004-8 for the new folder including the first selectable user interface object and the second selectable user interface object scaled representations of (for example, 'r1' and 'r2' respectively). As another example, FIG. 5O also shows that the device receives a file including a first action icon (eg, an email application icon 5002-14) and a second action icon (eg, a phone application icon 5002-15). input of a request for a clip, the input comprising contact 5052 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of first action icon 5002-14 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) and the contact 5052 Subsequent movement 5054 to a location close to (or on top of) the second action icon 5002-15. In response to this input, the device creates a new folder and displays a "Communications" folder icon 5004-9 for the new folder, the folder icon including a scaled-down version of the first selectable user interface object and the second selectable user interface object Proportional representation (eg, "E" and "P" respectively).
作为另一示例，图5O还示出设备接收包括用以创建包括第一动作图标(例如，照相机应用图标5002-12)和第二动作图标(例如，股票应用图标5002-9)的文件夹的请求的输入，该输入包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标5002-12的位置相对应的位置处的接触5056以及该接触5056向接近于第二动作图标5002-9(或在其顶部上)的位置的后续移动5058。响应于此输入，设备创建新建文件夹并显示用于新建文件夹的“摄影”文件夹图标5004-10，该文件夹图标包括第一可选用户界面对象和第二可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，分别为“C”和“S”)。作为另一示例，图5O还示出设备接收包括用以创建包括包括第一动作图标(例如，股票应用图标5002-9)和第二动作图标(例如，照相机应用图标5002-12)的文件夹的请求的输入，该输入包括在的触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一动作图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5060以及该接触5060向接近于第二动作图标5002-12(或在其顶部上)的位置的后续移动5062。响应于此输入，设备创建新建文件夹并显示用于新建文件夹的“实用工具”文件夹图标5004-11，该文件夹图标包括第一可选用户界面对象和第二可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，分别为“S”和“C”)。As another example, FIG. 5O also shows that the device receives an application that includes a file to create a folder including a first action icon (eg, a camera application icon 5002-12) and a second action icon (eg, a stock application icon 5002-9). A requested input comprising a contact 5056 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of the first action icon 5002-12 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) and the contact 5056 to Subsequent movement 5058 close to the location of the second action icon 5002-9 (or on top of it). In response to this input, the device creates a new folder and displays a "Photography" folder icon 5004-10 for the new folder, the folder icon including a scaled-down version of the first selectable user interface object and the second selectable user interface object Scale representation (eg, "C" and "S" respectively). As another example, FIG. 50 also shows that the device receives a file to create a folder including a first action icon (for example, a stock application icon 5002-9) and a second action icon (for example, a camera application icon 5002-12). Input of the request of , the input comprising contact 5060 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) of 5060 Subsequent movement 5062 to a location close to (or on top of) the second action icon 5002-12. In response to this input, the device creates a new folder and displays a "Utilities" folder icon 5004-11 for the new folder, the folder icon including the first selectable user interface object and the second selectable user interface object. Reduced scale representation (for example, "S" and "C" respectively).
现在注意力转向图5P-5R，其示出根据一些实施例的用于对新文件夹重命名的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，在创建新建文件夹之后自动地对其进行命名，如上文参考图5O所述。在一些实施例中，在创建文件夹之后，设备立即显示名称确认对话(例如，图5P中的5064)。响应于检测器确认输入(例如，图5P中对应于触摸屏112上的“确认”图标的位置处的点击手势5066)，设备确认文件夹的创建和自动生成的名称，如图5S中所示。响应于检测器取消输入(例如，对应于图5P中的触摸屏112上的“取消”图标的位置处的点击手势5068)，设备取消文件夹的创建，如图5M中所示。响应于检测到重命名输入(例如，图5P中对应于触摸屏112上的“重命名”图标的位置处的点击手势5070)，设备显示对话5072，该对话5072用于改变新建文件夹的名称(例如，图5Q所示从“游戏”至“娱乐”)以及用于确认名称改变(例如，通过检测与触摸屏112上的“确认”图标的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5074)。该设备显示与用于新建文件夹的新名称相关联的文件夹图标(例如，图5R中的5004-7)。Attention now turns to Figures 5P-5R, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for renaming a new folder, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the new folder is named automatically after it is created, as described above with reference to FIG. 50 . In some embodiments, immediately after the folder is created, the device displays a name confirmation dialog (eg, 5064 in Figure 5P). In response to the detector confirmation input (e.g., tap gesture 5066 in FIG. 5P at the location corresponding to the "confirm" icon on touchscreen 112), the device confirms the creation of the folder and the automatically generated name, as shown in FIG. 5S. In response to the detector cancel input (eg, tap gesture 5068 at the location corresponding to the "cancel" icon on touchscreen 112 in Figure 5P), the device cancels the creation of the folder, as shown in Figure 5M. In response to detecting a rename input (e.g., tap gesture 5070 in FIG. 5P at a location corresponding to the "rename" icon on touchscreen 112), the device displays dialog 5072 for changing the name of the newly created folder ( For example, from "Games" to "Entertainment" shown in FIG. The device displays a folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5R) associated with the new name for the newly created folder.
现在注意力转向图5S-5Q，图5S-5Q示出根据一些实施例的用于显示文件夹视图的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备响应于检测到用以激活文件夹图标的请求(例如，图5S中的点击手势5076)而显示与文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图。响应于检测到该请求，该设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示文件夹视图(例如，如图5T、5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y中的任何一个所示)。在一些实施例中，设备在创建文件夹之后自动地显示文件夹视图(例如，从图5N直接地过渡至图5T，5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y中的任何一个)，或在对新建文件夹重命名之后自动地显示文件夹视图(例如，直接地从图5Q过渡至图5T、5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y)。Attention now turns to FIGS. 5S-5Q , which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying folder views in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device displays the files for the folder associated with the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) in response to detecting a request to activate the folder icon (e.g., tap gesture 5076 in FIG. 5S). clip view. In response to detecting the request, the device displays a folder view (eg, as shown in any of Figures 5T, 5U, 5V-5W, or 5X-5Y) on a display (eg, touch screen 112). In some embodiments, the device automatically displays the folder view after creating the folder (e.g., transitioning directly from FIG. Folder views are automatically displayed after folder renaming (eg, transitioning directly from FIG. 5Q to FIG. 5T, 5U, 5V-5W, or 5X-5Y).
在图5T中，文件夹视图5078包括覆盖图，该覆盖图覆盖触摸屏112的至少一部分，使在触摸屏112上显示的可选用户界面对象变得朦胧(例如，隐藏或不再强调)。在一些实施例中，并未在文件夹中的可选用户界面对象被至少部分地渐淡，从而将注意力吸引到文件夹视图(例如图5T中的5078)，同时通过指示在文件夹视图(例如，图5T中的5078)外面的可选用户界面对象的布置来提供上下文反馈。在一些实施例中，文件夹视图(例如，图5T中的5078)包括被添加到与新建文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-4和5002-13)。In FIG. 5T , folder view 5078 includes an overlay that covers at least a portion of touchscreen 112 , obscuring (eg, hiding or deemphasizing) selectable user interface objects displayed on touchscreen 112 . In some embodiments, selectable user interface objects that are not in folders are at least partially faded to draw attention to the folder view (e.g., 5078 in FIG. (eg, 5078 in FIG. 5T ) the placement of optional user interface objects outside to provide contextual feedback. In some embodiments, the folder view (eg, 5078 in FIG. 5T ) includes selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-4 and 5002- 13).
在图5U中，文件夹视图5080包括半透明覆盖图，该覆盖图覆盖全部或基本上全部的触摸屏112，使在触摸屏112上显示的可选用户界面对象变得朦胧并将注意力吸引到文件夹视图(例如，图5U中的5080)，同时通过指示在文件夹外面的可选用户界面对象的布置(例如，包括该布置内的用于文件夹的文件夹图标5004-7的位置)而提供上下文反馈。文件夹视图(例如，图5U中的5080)包括被添加到与新建文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-4和5002-13)。In FIG. 5U, folder view 5080 includes a semi-transparent overlay that covers all or substantially all of touch screen 112, obscuring selectable user interface objects displayed on touch screen 112 and drawing attention to the file A folder view (e.g., 5080 in FIG. 5U ), while indicating the arrangement of selectable user interface objects outside the folder (e.g., including the location of the folder icon 5004-7 for the folder within the arrangement) Provide contextual feedback. The folder view (eg, 5080 in Figure 5U) includes selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-4 and 5002-13) that are added to the folder associated with the new folder icon 5004-7.
现在注意力转向图5V-5Y，图5V-5Y示出根据一些实施例的用于显示向文件夹的动画过渡的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，该设备显示从显示文件夹图标过渡至显示文件夹视图的过渡动画。例如，在图5V中，设备响应于接收到用以显示文件夹视图的请求(例如，在触摸屏112上与图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5076)而显示动画。图5V中的示例性动画包括显示多个可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-7、5002-8 5002-10、5002-11等)通过朝着显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的边缘移动而从显示器(例如，触摸屏112)分散开。与分散开多个可选用户界面对象相结合，设备显示所选文件夹图标5004-7扩大以填充触摸屏112，如图5W中所示，从而显示包括与所选文件夹图标(例如，图5S中的5004-7)所代表的文件夹相关联的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5W中的5002-4、5002-13)的文件夹视图5082。Attention now turns to FIGS. 5V-5Y , which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying animated transitions to folders, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device displays a transition animation from displaying the folder icon to displaying the folder view. For example, in FIG. 5V, the device responds to receiving a request to display a folder view (eg, tap gesture 5076 at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to the location of folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5S ). Instead, the animation is displayed. The exemplary animation in FIG. 5V includes displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-10, 5002-11, etc.) The display (eg, touch screen 112) is spread out. In conjunction with spreading out multiple selectable user interface objects, the device displays the selected folder icon 5004-7 expanding to fill the touch screen 112, as shown in FIG. Folder view 5082 of selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-4, 5002-13 in FIG. 5W ) associated with the folder represented by 5004-7 in FIG. 5W .
作为动画过渡的另一示例，在图5X中，设备响应于接收到用以显示文件夹视图的请求(例如，检测图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7上的点击手势5076)而显示动画。图5X中的示例性动画包括将壁纸划分成第一部分5084和第二部分5086并远离第一部分移动第二部分(例如，如图5Y中所示)。在一些实施例中，第一部分具有边缘5088，该边缘5088具有与第二部分的边缘5090的轮廓互补的轮廓。例如，在图5X中，第一部分5084的边缘5088与第二部分5086的边缘5090互补。As another example of an animated transition, in Figure 5X, the device displays an animation in response to receiving a request to display a folder view (eg, detecting tap gesture 5076 on folder icon 5004-7 in Figure 5S). The example animation in FIG. 5X includes dividing the wallpaper into a first portion 5084 and a second portion 5086 and moving the second portion away from the first portion (eg, as shown in FIG. 5Y ). In some embodiments, the first portion has an edge 5088 having a profile that is complementary to the profile of the edge 5090 of the second portion. For example, in FIG. 5X , edge 5088 of first portion 5084 is complementary to edge 5090 of second portion 5086 .
应理解的是，在一些实施例中，第一部分远离第二部分移动或者第一部分和第二部分远离彼此移动。在图5Y中，在第一部分5084与第二部分5086之间的区域中显示文件夹视图5092。与第一部分5084和第二部分5086的移动相结合，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示与文件夹视图(例如，图5Y中的5092)内的所选文件夹图标(例如，图5S中的5004-7)所代表的文件夹相关联的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13)。在一些实施例中，该动画包括如同壁纸是滑开以从壁纸后面显示与文件夹相关联的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13)的滑动门那样，显示壁纸分裂以显现文件夹中的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13)。在一些实施例中，在显示文件夹视图5092之时继续显示与文件夹视图5092相关联的所选文件夹图标5004-7，如图5Y中所示。在一些实施例中，使文件夹图标5004-7在视觉上与其他可选用户界面对象(例如，图5Y中的5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5004-1-b、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12)区别开。在一些实施例中，调整第一部分的边缘5088的轮廓或第二部分的边缘的轮廓，以使得边缘的轮廓不再是互补的。例如，在图5X中，第一部分5084的边缘5088和第二部分5086的边缘5090是互补的，具有剪开凹口5094。然而，继续本示例，在该部分已如图5Y中所示地相互移开之后，第一部分5084的边缘5088仍具有剪开凹口5094，而第二部分5086的边缘5090是笔直的，并且因此边缘不再是互补的。在一些实施例中，剪开凹口5094提供了可选用户界面对象的布置内的所选文件夹图标(图5X和5Y中的5004-7)的位置的视觉指示，如图5Y中所示。It should be understood that in some embodiments, the first portion moves away from the second portion or the first portion and the second portion move away from each other. In FIG. 5Y , folder view 5092 is displayed in the area between first section 5084 and second section 5086 . In conjunction with the movement of the first portion 5084 and the second portion 5086, the device displays on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the same folder icon (e.g., FIG. 5S ) within the folder view (e.g., 5092 in FIG. 5Y ). Selectable user interface objects (for example, 5002-4, 5002-13 in FIG. 5Y ) associated with folders represented by 5004-7 in FIG. 5Y . In some embodiments, the animation includes as if the wallpaper were a sliding door that slid open to reveal selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-4, 5002-13 in FIG. 5Y ) associated with the folder from behind the wallpaper, A wallpaper split is displayed to reveal selectable user interface objects in the folder (eg, 5002-4, 5002-13 in Figure 5Y). In some embodiments, the selected folder icon 5004-7 associated with the folder view 5092 continues to be displayed while the folder view 5092 is displayed, as shown in Figure 5Y. In some embodiments, the folder icon 5004-7 is made to visually interact with other selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-9, 5004-1-b, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12) are distinguished. In some embodiments, the profile of the edge 5088 of the first portion or the profile of the edge of the second portion is adjusted such that the profiles of the edges are no longer complementary. For example, in FIG. 5X , edge 5088 of first portion 5084 and edge 5090 of second portion 5086 are complementary, with cutout notch 5094 . However, continuing with the example, after the parts have been moved away from each other as shown in FIG. Edges are no longer complementary. In some embodiments, the cut-out notch 5094 provides a visual indication of the location of the selected folder icon (5004-7 in FIGS. 5X and 5Y ) within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects, as shown in FIG. 5Y .
在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹视图退出输入(例如，检测到在触摸屏112上与图5Y中的文件夹视图5092外面的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5096)，并且响应于文件夹退出输入，设备停止显示文件夹视图(例如，如图5S中所示)。在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹重命名输入(例如，在诸如按钮或文本条目区或文件夹的名称的文件夹重命名区域上检测到点击手势5098)，并且响应于文件夹重命名输入，该设备提供可以用来对文件夹重命名的重命名界面(例如，从触摸屏的底部向上滑动的软键盘)。In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view exit input (e.g., detects tap gesture 5096 at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to a location outside folder view 5092 in FIG. On exiting the input, the device stops displaying the folder view (eg, as shown in Figure 5S). In some embodiments, the device detects a folder rename input (e.g., detects a tap gesture 5098 on a folder rename area such as a button or text entry area or the name of a folder) and responds to the folder rename input , the device provides a renaming interface (for example, a soft keyboard that slides up from the bottom of the touch screen) that can be used to rename the folder.
现在将注意力转向图5Y-5CC，图5Y-5CC示出根据一些实施例的用于取消新文件夹的创建的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，如果接收到取消输入，则取消文件夹创建操作。在一些实施例中，取消输入包括在用一个或多个可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-4和5002-13)来创建新建文件夹之后立即从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象中的一个。在一些实施例中，设备检测对应于用以将可选用户界面对象其中一个从文件夹移出的请求的输入。例如，在图5Y中，设备检测包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与文件夹中的可选用户界面对象5002-4其中一个相对应的位置处的接触5100以及该接触的后续移动5102(例如，从图5Y中在触摸屏112上的文件夹视图5092内部的第一接触位置5100-a向图5Z中在触摸屏112上的文件夹视图5092外面的第二接触位置5100-b的移动)的输入。响应于检测到该输入，设备将可选用户界面对象从文件夹移出并删除文件夹。例如，在图5Z中，可选用户界面对象5002-4在文件夹外面，并且在图5AA中，在检测到接触的终止之后，在文件夹外面显示可选用户界面对象5002-4。Attention is now turned to Figures 5Y-5CC, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for canceling the creation of a new folder, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the folder creation operation is canceled if a cancel input is received. In some embodiments, canceling the input includes removing the selectable user interface objects from the folder immediately after creating the new folder with one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-4 and 5002-13) one of the. In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to move one of the selectable user interface objects from the folder. For example, in FIG. 5Y, the device detection includes a contact 5100 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to one of selectable user interface objects 5002-4 in a folder and subsequent movement of the contact. 5102 (e.g., movement from a first contact location 5100-a inside the folder view 5092 on the touch screen 112 in FIG. 5Y to a second contact location 5100-b outside the folder view 5092 on the touch screen 112 in FIG. 5Z )input of. In response to detecting the input, the device moves the selectable user interface object out of the folder and deletes the folder. For example, in Figure 5Z, selectable user interface object 5002-4 is outside the folder, and in Figure 5AA, selectable user interface object 5002-4 is displayed outside the folder after detection of termination of contact.
在一些实施例中，还更新文件夹图标以反映文件夹内容的改变。例如，在图5Y中，文件夹图标5004-7包括在文件夹内的两个可选用户界面对象(5002-4和5002-13)的缩小比例表示(例如，“O”和“R”)，而在图5AA中，在可选用户界面对象中的一个(例如，5002-4)已经从文件夹中移出之后，在文件夹图标(例如，图5AA中的5004-7)中仅显示仍然在文件夹中的可选用户界面对象(例如，5004-13)的缩小比例表示(例如，“R”)。In some embodiments, the folder icons are also updated to reflect changes to the folder contents. For example, in FIG. 5Y, folder icon 5004-7 includes scaled-down representations (e.g., "O" and "R") of two selectable user interface objects (5002-4 and 5002-13) within the folder , while in FIG. 5AA, after one of the selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-4) has been removed from the folder, only the still A scaled-down representation (eg, "R") of an optional user interface object (eg, 5004-13) in a folder.
在一些实施例中，由于这是文件夹创建取消操作，所以停止显示文件夹图标，并且在文件夹视图外面重新显示剩余可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-13)(例如，如图5CC中所示)。在一些实施例中，显示动画过渡，该动画过渡示出文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)变成剩余可选用户界面对象(例如，仍然在文件夹中的可选用户界面对象5002-13)，如图5BB中所示，其中，在触摸屏112上显示动画的中间阶段5104(例如，在文件夹图标与剩余可选用户界面对象5002-13之间的动画帧)。在一些实施例中，剩余可选用户界面对象替换触摸屏上的文件夹图标。例如，在图5AA中，在可选用户界面对象的布置的第一列中第四行显示文件夹图标5004-7，而在图5CC中，在可选用户界面对象的第一列上第四行显示剩余可选用户界面对象5002-13。In some embodiments, since this is a folder creation cancel operation, the folder icon ceases to be displayed, and the remaining selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-13) are redisplayed outside of the folder view (e.g., as in FIG. 5CC shown). In some embodiments, an animated transition is displayed showing the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) changing to the remaining selectable user interface object (e.g., selectable user interface object 5002-13 still in the folder ), as shown in FIG. 5BB , where an intermediate stage 5104 of the animation (eg, the animation frame between the folder icon and the remaining selectable user interface objects 5002 - 13 ) is displayed on the touch screen 112 . In some embodiments, the remaining selectable user interface objects replace folder icons on the touch screen. For example, in FIG. 5AA, folder icon 5004-7 is displayed on the fourth row in the first column of the arrangement of selectable user interface objects, while in FIG. Row shows remaining selectable user interface objects 5002-13.
现在将注意力转向图5DD-5JJ，其示出根据一些实施例的用于删除文件夹的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，在创建新建文件夹之后(例如，如上文参考图5M-5O更详细地描述的那样)，设备自动地显示文件夹的文件夹视图。例如，在图5DD中，设备显示包括两个可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-4和5002-13)的文件夹视图5106。在一些实施例中，当显示文件夹视图时，设备还显示用于对文件夹重命名的文件夹重命名区域。例如，在图5DD中，设备显示具有文件夹重命名区域5108的文件夹视图5106，其中设备已接收到重命名输入(例如，来自物理键盘、键区、软键盘或其他字母数字字符输入设备的文本输入)而将文件夹的名称从“游戏”变成“玩耍”。响应于重命名输入，设备根据重命名输入而改变文件夹的名称并改变文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)的外观(例如，在接收到重命名输入之后将图5DD中的“游戏”变成图5EE中的“玩耍”)。Attention is now turned to Figures 5DD-5JJ, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for deleting folders, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, after a new folder is created (eg, as described in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 5M-50 ), the device automatically displays a folder view for the folder. For example, in Figure 5DD, the device displays a folder view 5106 that includes two selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-4 and 5002-13). In some embodiments, when displaying the folder view, the device also displays a folder renaming area for renaming folders. For example, in FIG. 5DD, the device displays folder view 5106 with folder rename area 5108 where the device has received rename input (e.g., from a physical keyboard, keypad, soft keyboard, or other alphanumeric character input device). text input) and change the name of the folder from "Games" to "Play". In response to the rename input, the device changes the name of the folder and changes the appearance of the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) according to the rename input (e.g., changes "game" in FIG. into "play" in Figure 5EE).
在一些实施例中，通过将壁纸背景划分成第一部分(例如，5108)和第二部分(例如，5110)并将壁纸背景的第一部分(例如，5108)远离壁纸背景的第二部分(例如，5110)进行移位以在第一部分5108与第二部分5110之间的区域中显示文件夹视图5106，来显示文件夹视图。In some embodiments, by dividing the wallpaper background into a first portion (e.g., 5108) and a second portion (e.g., 5110) and moving the first portion (e.g., 5108) of the wallpaper background away from the second portion of the wallpaper background (e.g., 5110) to display the folder view 5106 in the area between the first portion 5108 and the second portion 5110 to display the folder view.
在一些实施例中，在已经确认文件夹的创建之后(例如，通过将文件夹重命名，打开和关闭文件夹，向文件夹添加附加可选用户界面对象等)，当从文件夹移除单个项目时并不删除文件夹。相反地，在一些实施例中，只有当所有项目都被从文件夹移除之后才由设备删除文件夹。例如，在图5EE中，设备检测用以从文件夹视图移除可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-4)的请求(例如，检测到接触5112以及该接触5112在触摸屏112上朝向文件夹视图5106外面的位置并进入桌面背景的第一部分5108中的后续移动5114)。响应于用以从文件夹视图5106移除可选用户界面对象例如5002-4的请求，该设备从文件夹视图5106移除可选用户界面对象5002-4并在文件夹视图5106外面显示可选用户界面对象5002-4，如图5FF中所示。继续本示例，在图5FF中，设备检测用以从文件夹视图移除最后的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-13)的请求，包括检测接触5116和该接触的后续移动5118(例如，从图5FF中在触摸屏112上的文件夹视图5106内部的第一接触位置5116-a向图5GG中在触摸屏112上的文件夹视图5106外面的第二接触位置5116-b的移动)。在一些实施例中，响应于该请求，响应于检测到对应于该请求的输入的终止而从文件夹移除最后的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5GG中的5002-13)。在一些实施例中，当该设备检测到该输入的终止(例如，接触的抬起)时，根据接触5116-b的位置而在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示最后的可选用户界面对象。In some embodiments, after the creation of the folder has been confirmed (e.g., by renaming the folder, opening and closing the folder, adding additional optional user interface objects to the folder, etc.), when removing a single Folders are not deleted when projecting. Conversely, in some embodiments, the folder is deleted by the device only after all items have been removed from the folder. For example, in FIG. 5EE, the device detects a request to remove a selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-4) from the folder view (e.g., a contact 5112 is detected and the contact 5112 is on the touch screen 112 toward the folder view 5106 and subsequent movement 5114 into the first portion 5108 of the desktop background). In response to a request to remove selectable user interface object 5002-4 from folder view 5106, the device removes selectable user interface object 5002-4 from folder view 5106 and displays selectable user interface object 5002-4 outside folder view 5106. User interface object 5002-4, as shown in Figure 5FF. Continuing with the example, in FIG. 5FF, the device detects a request to remove the last selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-13) from the folder view, including detecting contact 5116 and subsequent movement 5118 of the contact (e.g., Movement from the first contact location 5116-a inside the folder view 5106 on the touch screen 112 in FIG. 5FF to the second contact location 5116-b outside the folder view 5106 on the touch screen 112 in FIG. 5GG). In some embodiments, in response to the request, the last selectable user interface object (eg, 5002-13 in Figure 5GG) is removed from the folder in response to detecting termination of input corresponding to the request. In some embodiments, when the device detects termination of the input (e.g., lift-off of the contact), the last selectable user interface object is displayed on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) based on the location of contact 5116-b .
在一些实施例中，在从文件夹视图(例如，图5GG中的5106)移除最后的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5GG中的5002-13)，从文件夹图标移除可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，“R”)。例如，在图5HH中，文件夹图标5004-7不包括可选用户界面对象的任何缩小比例表示(例如，由于与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹不包含任何可选用户界面对象)。In some embodiments, after removing the last selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-13 in FIG. 5GG) from the folder view (e.g., 5106 in FIG. 5GG), the selectable user interface object is removed from the folder icon. A scaled-down representation of the interface object (for example, "R"). For example, in FIG. 5HH, folder icon 5004-7 does not include any scaled-down representations of selectable user interface objects (eg, because the folder associated with the folder icon does not contain any selectable user interface objects).
在一些实施例中，一旦最后的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5GG中的5002-13)已被从文件夹视图5106移除时，如在图5GG中所示，则删除文件夹且停止显示关联文件夹视图。例如，在图5II中，设备已停止显示文件夹视图(例如，图5GG中的5106)以及与文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如，图5GG中的5004-7)。在一些实施例中，设备显示文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)消失的动画。例如，在图5HH中，文件夹显示不具有可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示的文件夹图标5004-7并开始缩小文件夹图标5004-7，如图5HH中的箭头所示。继续此动画，在图5II中，完全停止显示文件夹图标。在停止显示文件夹图标之后，在一些实施例中，设备重新布置可调整用户界面对象，从而消除因删除文件夹图标而在可选用户界面图标的预定义布置中而留下的空隙。例如，在图5JJ中，将与纸牌应用相关联的可选用户界面对象5002-4向左移动，以填充因文件夹图标(例如，图5HH中的5004-7)留下的空隙。In some embodiments, once the last selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-13 in FIG. 5GG) has been removed from the folder view 5106, as shown in FIG. 5GG, delete the folder and stop Displays the Associated Folders view. For example, in Figure 5II, the device has ceased displaying the folder view (eg, 5106 in Figure 5GG) and the folder icon associated with the folder (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5GG). In some embodiments, the device displays an animation in which the folder icon (eg, 5004-7) disappears. For example, in FIG. 5HH, the folder displays folder icon 5004-7 without a scaled-down representation of selectable user interface objects and begins shrinking folder icon 5004-7, as indicated by the arrow in FIG. 5HH. Continuing with this animation, in Figure 5II, the display of folder icons stops altogether. After ceasing to display the folder icon, in some embodiments, the device rearranges the adjustable user interface object to eliminate the gap left in the predefined arrangement of selectable user interface icons by removing the folder icon. For example, in Figure 5JJ, selectable user interface object 5002-4 associated with the Solitaire application is moved to the left to fill the gap left by the folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5HH).
现在将注意力转向图5KK-5PP，图5KK-5PP示出根据一些实施例的用于向文件夹添加可选用户界面对象的示例性用户界面。在图5KK中，设备显示包括多个动作图标(例如，5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-09、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15并5002-16)和多个文件夹图标(例如，5004-1-b、5004-7并5004-2)的多个可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，设备检测与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的用以移动相应可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-9)的请求相对应的输入或输入的开始(例如，图5KK中在触摸屏112上的接触5120-a)。在一些实施例中，其他可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有默认激活区域(例如，5122-1-a、5122-2-a、5122-3-a、5122-4-a、5122-5-a、5122-6-a、5122-7-a、5122-8-a、5122-9-a、5122-10-a、5122-11-a、5122-12-a、5122-13-a、5122-14-a、5122-15-a、5122-16-a、5122-17-a)，其中，用于相应可选用户界面对象的每个激活区域用于执行与相应可选用户界面对象相关联的动作。在一些实施例中，用于相应动作图标的相应激活区域与创建包括相应动作图标的文件夹的动作相关联。在一些实施例中，用于相应文件夹图标的相应激活区域与向与相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹添加可选用户界面对象的动作相关联。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到触敏表面上对应于第一可选用户界面对象(例如，图5KK中的5002-9)的移动的输入，相应激活区域中的一个或多个从默认尺寸变成经过调整的尺寸(例如，图5LL中的5122-1-b、5122-2-b、5122-3-b、5122-4-b、5122-5-b、5122-6-b、5122-7-b、5122-8-b、5122-9-b、5122-10-b、5122-11-b、5122-12-b、5122-13-b、5122-14-b、5122-15-b、5122-16-b、5122-17-b)。在一些实施例中，基于从相应激活区域(例如，图5KK中的5122-13-a)到显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一各可选用户界面对象(例如，图5KK中的5002-9)的距离，来确定相应激活区域(例如，图5LL中的5122-13-b)的经过调整的尺寸。Attention is now turned to Figures 5KK-5PP, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for adding selectable user interface objects to folders, in accordance with some embodiments. In Figure 5KK, the device display includes multiple action icons (e.g., 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-09, 5002-10 , 5002-11, 5002-12, 5002-14, 5002-15, and 5002-16) and multiple selectable user folder icons (for example, 5004-1-b, 5004-7, and 5004-2) interface object. In some embodiments, the device detects an input or initiation of an input corresponding to a request on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) to move a corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-9) (e.g., in FIG. 5KK A contact 5120-a) on the touch screen 112. In some embodiments, one or more of the other selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) have default activation regions (e.g., 5122-1-a, 5122-2-a, 5122 -3-a, 5122-4-a, 5122-5-a, 5122-6-a, 5122-7-a, 5122-8-a, 5122-9-a, 5122-10-a, 5122-11 -a, 5122-12-a, 5122-13-a, 5122-14-a, 5122-15-a, 5122-16-a, 5122-17-a), where for the corresponding optional user interface object Each active region of is used to perform the action associated with the corresponding selectable user interface object. In some embodiments, a respective activation area for a respective action icon is associated with the action of creating a folder including the respective action icon. In some embodiments, a respective activation region for a respective folder icon is associated with an action of adding a selectable user interface object to the folder associated with the respective folder icon. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to movement of a first selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-9 in FIG. The size becomes the adjusted size (e.g., 5122-1-b, 5122-2-b, 5122-3-b, 5122-4-b, 5122-5-b, 5122-6-b, 5122-7-b, 5122-8-b, 5122-9-b, 5122-10-b, 5122-11-b, 5122-12-b, 5122-13-b, 5122-14-b, 5122- 15-b, 5122-16-b, 5122-17-b). In some embodiments, each selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002 in FIG. 5KK) from a corresponding activation area (e.g., 5122-13-a in FIG. -9) to determine the adjusted size of the corresponding activation region (eg, 5122-13-b in Figure 5LL).
作为向文件夹添加可选用户界面对象的一个示例，设备检测对应于用以将可选用户界面对象移动至与文件夹图标相关联的激活区域的请求的输入。例如，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上对应于相应可选用户界面对象5002-9的位置处的接触5120，并检测该接触跨过触敏表面的后续移动5121(例如，在触摸屏112上从图5KK中的第一接触位置5120-a向第二接触位置5120-b，向图5MM中的第三接触位置5120-c的移动)。响应于检测到该输入，设备根据接触5120的移动而跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动相应可选用户界面对象5002-9，如图5KK-5MM中所示。在一些实施例中，设备随着相应可选用户界面对象5002-9跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动而自动地重新布置可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，设备直到已满足预定条件(例如，在触摸屏112上检测不到接触5120)时才重新布置可选用户界面对象。例如，在图5LL-5MM中，即使已跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动相应可选用户界面对象5002-9，也并不立即重新布置其他可选用户界面对象。As one example of adding a selectable user interface object to a folder, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to move the selectable user interface object to an activation area associated with the folder icon. For example, the device detects a contact 5120 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to a corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-9, and detects subsequent movement 5121 of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., at The movement on the touch screen 112 from the first contact position 5120-a in FIG. 5KK to the second contact position 5120-b, to the third contact position 5120-c in FIG. 5MM). In response to detecting the input, the device moves the corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-9 across the display (eg, touch screen 112) according to the movement of the contact 5120, as shown in FIGS. 5KK-5MM. In some embodiments, the device automatically rearranges selectable user interface objects as respective selectable user interface objects 5002-9 are moved across the display (eg, touch screen 112). In some embodiments, the device does not rearrange selectable user interface objects until a predetermined condition has been met (eg, no contact 5120 detected on touch screen 112). For example, in FIGS. 5LL-5MM, other selectable user interface objects are not immediately rearranged even though the corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-9 has been moved across the display (eg, touch screen 112).
在一些实施例中，设备在相应可选用户界面对象5002-9至少部分地在用于其他可选用户界面对象中的一个(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域(例如，5122-13-b)内之时，检测输入的终止(例如，图5MM中的接触5120-c的抬起)。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入的终止，设备向与可选用户界面对象(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹添加相应可选用户界面对象5002-9。在一些实施例中，在已将相应可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-9)添加到与可选用户界面对象(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹之后，设备对文件夹图标(例如，图5NN中的5004-7)进行修改以包括动作图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5NN中的文件夹图标5004-7中的“S”)，如图5NN中所示。在一些实施例中，在已将动作图标5002-9添加到与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹之后，设备重新布置显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的可选用户界面对象，从而填充该布置中的任何空隙，如图5OO中所示，其中，因动作图标5002-9向文件夹中的移动留下的空隙被填充。In some embodiments, the corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-9 of the device is at least partially within the activation area (eg, 5122- When within 13-b), the termination of the input (eg, lifting of contact 5120-c in FIG. 5MM ) is detected. In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of the input, the device adds the respective selectable user interface object 5002-9 to the folder associated with the selectable user interface object (eg, folder icon 5004-7). In some embodiments, after the corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-9) has been added to the folder associated with the selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7), the device The folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5NN) is modified to include a scaled-down representation of the action icon (eg, the "S" in folder icon 5004-7 in Figure 5NN), as shown in Figure 5NN. In some embodiments, after action icon 5002-9 has been added to the folder associated with folder icon 5004-7, the device rearranges selectable user interface objects on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) to populate the Any gaps in the arrangement are filled as shown in Figure 500, where the gap left by the movement of action icon 5002-9 into the folder is filled.
在图5OO中，设备检测的另一输入，该另一输入包括在与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的动作图标5002-8图标的位置相对应的位置处的触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上的接触5124以及该接触的后续移动5126(例如，在触摸屏112上从图5OO中的第一接触位置5124-a向图5PP中的第二接触位置5124-b的移动)。在一些实施例中，其他可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有激活区域(例如，5128-1、5128-2、5128-3、5128-4、5128-5、5128-6、5128-7、5128-8、5128-9、5128-10、5128-11、5128-12、5128-13、5128-14、5128-15)，其中，用于相应可选用户界面对象的每个激活区域用于执行与相应可选用户界面对象相关联的动作。在一些实施例中，用于相应动作图标的相应激活区域(例如，5128-1、5128-2、5128-3、5128-4、5128-5、5128-6、5128-8、5128-9、5128-10、5128-11、5128-12或5128-13)与创建包括相应动作图标的文件夹的动作相关联。在一些实施例中，用于相应动作图标的相应激活区域(例如，5128-7、5128-11或5128-15)与向与相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹添加相应可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-8)的动作相关联。在一些实施例中，基于激活区域与相应可选用户对象(例如，5002-8)的距离来确定激活区域的尺寸。在一些实施例中，并不在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示激活区域。In FIG. 500, another input detected by the device includes a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of the action icon 5002-8 icon on the display (eg, touchscreen 112). ) and subsequent movement 5126 of the contact (eg, movement on the touch screen 112 from the first contact location 5124-a in FIG. 5OO to the second contact location 5124-b in FIG. 5PP). In some embodiments, one or more of the other selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) have activation regions (e.g., 5128-1, 5128-2, 5128-3, 5128- 4, 5128-5, 5128-6, 5128-7, 5128-8, 5128-9, 5128-10, 5128-11, 5128-12, 5128-13, 5128-14, 5128-15), among them, use Each activation region associated with a corresponding selectable user interface object is used to perform an action associated with the corresponding selectable user interface object. In some embodiments, corresponding activation regions (e.g., 5128-1, 5128-2, 5128-3, 5128-4, 5128-5, 5128-6, 5128-8, 5128-9, 5128-10, 5128-11, 5128-12, or 5128-13) is associated with an action that creates a folder that includes the corresponding action icon. In some embodiments, a corresponding activation region (e.g., 5128-7, 5128-11, or 5128-15) for a corresponding action icon is associated with adding a corresponding selectable user interface object ( For example, the actions of 5002-8) are associated. In some embodiments, the size of the activation area is determined based on the distance of the activation area from a corresponding selectable user object (eg, 5002-8). In some embodiments, the activation area is not displayed on the display (eg, touch screen 112).
响应于检测到该输入(例如，图5OO-5PP中触摸屏112上的接触5124的移动5126)，设备根据接触5124的移动而跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动相应可选用户界面对象5002-8，如图5OO-5PP中所示。在一些实施例中，设备直至已满足预定条件才重新布置可选用户界面对象，如上文参考图5LL-5MM更详细地描述的那样。在一些实施例中，设备随着相应可选用户界面对象5002-8跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动而自动地重新布置可选用户界面对象，如图5PP中所示。例如，在图5OO-5PP中，即使相应可选用户界面对象5002-8仍在跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动，其他可选用户界面对象也已被重新布置成填充因相应可选用户界面对象5002-8跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动所留下的空隙。In response to detecting the input (e.g., movement 5126 of contact 5124 on touch screen 112 in FIGS. 500-5PP), the device moves a corresponding selectable user interface object 5002- 8, as shown in Figure 500-5PP. In some embodiments, the device does not rearrange the selectable user interface objects until a predetermined condition has been met, as described in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 5LL-5MM. In some embodiments, the device automatically rearranges selectable user interface objects as respective selectable user interface objects 5002-8 are moved across the display (eg, touch screen 112), as shown in Figure 5PP. For example, in Figures 500-5PP, even though the corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-8 is still moving across the display (e.g., touch screen 112), other selectable user interface objects have been Interface object 5002-8 moves across the gap left by movement of the display (eg, touch screen 112).
在一些实施例中，设备检测接触的附加移动5130(例如，从图5PP中的第二接触位置5124-b向在用于相应文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5128-11内的接触位置的移动)。在一些实施例中，设备在相应可选用户界面对象5002-8至少部分地在用于其他可选用户界面对象其中一个(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域(例如，5128-11)内之时检测输入的终止(例如，接触5124从触摸屏112的抬起)。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入的终止，设备向与可选用户界面对象(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹添加相应可选用户界面对象5002-8。在一些实施例中，在已将相应可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-8)添加到与可选用户界面对象(例如，文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹之后，设备对文件夹图标(例如，图5QQ中的5004-7)进行修改以包括动作图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5QQ中的文件夹图标5004-7中的“M”)，如图5QQ中所示。In some embodiments, the device detects additional movement 5130 of the contact (e.g., from the second contact location 5124-b in FIG. move). In some embodiments, the device selectable user interface object 5002-8 is at least partially within the activation region (eg, 5128-11) for one of the other selectable user interface objects (eg, folder icon 5004-7). Termination of input (eg, lift of contact 5124 from touch screen 112 ) is detected while within . In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of the input, the device adds a respective selectable user interface object 5002-8 to the folder associated with the selectable user interface object (eg, folder icon 5004-7). In some embodiments, after the corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-8) has been added to the folder associated with the selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7), the device deletes the file The folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5QQ) is modified to include a scaled-down representation of the action icon (eg, the "M" in folder icon 5004-7 in Figure 5QQ), as shown in Figure 5QQ.
现在将注意力转向图5QQ-5SS，图5QQ-5SS示出根据一些实施例的用于移动文件夹图标的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，可以响应于所述触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹重新定位输入而使文件夹图标在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上到处移动。例如，在图5QQ中，设备检测包括在与触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上的相应文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的接触51313的输入，并且检测接触5132跨过触敏表面的后续移动5134(例如，跨过触摸屏112从图5QQ中的第一接触位置5132-a向图5RR中的第二接触位置5132-b的移动)。响应于检测到该输入，设备根据输入将相应文件夹图标5004-7移动至显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的新位置，如图5RR中所示。在一些实施例中，在检测到预定条件(例如，输入的终止或移动暂停持续超过预定时间段)之后，设备重新布置可选用户界面对象，从而为响应于检测到该输入而移动的相应文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)让出空间，如图5SS中所示。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5QQ-5SS, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for moving folder icons, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, folder icons may be displayed on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) in response to a folder repositioning input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) while the device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode. ) to move around. For example, in Figure 5QQ, the device detects an input comprising contact 51313 at a location corresponding to the location of the corresponding folder icon 5004-7 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112), and detects contact 5132 across the touchscreen. Subsequent movement 5134 of the sensitive surface (eg, movement across touch screen 112 from first contact location 5132-a in FIG. 5QQ to second contact location 5132-b in FIG. 5RR). In response to detecting the input, the device moves the corresponding folder icon 5004-7 to a new location on the display (eg, touch screen 112) according to the input, as shown in FIG. 5RR. In some embodiments, upon detection of a predetermined condition (e.g., termination of input or suspension of movement for more than a predetermined period of time), the device rearranges selectable user interface objects so that corresponding files moved in response to detection of the input A clip icon (eg, 5004-7) makes room, as shown in Figure 5SS.
现在将注意力转向图5QQ-5VV，图5QQ-5VV示出根据一些实施例的用于在文件夹重新布置可选用户界面对象的示例性用户界面。在图5SS中，设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，在触摸屏112上与文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5136)。响应于文件夹视图显示输入，设备显示文件夹视图(例如，图5TT-5UU中的5138)，该文件夹视图包括与文件夹图标5004-7所代表的文件夹相关联的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-4、5002-13、5002-9、5002-8)。在一些实施例中，文件夹视图(例如，5138)内的可选用户界面对象具有预定空间布置，并且可以基于所检测的重新布置输入而进行重新布置。例如，在图5TT中，设备检测重新布置输入(例如，接触5140以及该接触5140跨触摸屏112的后续移动5142)。响应于检测到重新布置输入，设备根据重新布置输入而将文件夹视图内的一个或多个相应可选用户界面对象从文件夹视图的空间布置内的第一位置移动至文件夹视图的空间布置内的第二位置。例如，在图5TT中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的股票应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140，并检测接触5140向触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上对应于显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的空间布置的最左侧的位置的后续移动5142。响应于该移动，该设备将股票应用图标5002-9移动至文件夹视图5138的空间布置内的最左位置，如图5UU中所示。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5QQ-5VV, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for rearranging selectable user interface objects in folders, in accordance with some embodiments. In FIG. 5SS, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5136 at a location on touchscreen 112 corresponding to the location of folder icon 5004-7). In response to the folder view display input, the device displays a folder view (e.g., 5138 in FIGS. 5TT-5UU) that includes selectable user interface objects associated with the folder represented by folder icon 5004-7 (eg, action icons 5002-4, 5002-13, 5002-9, 5002-8). In some embodiments, selectable user interface objects within a folder view (eg, 5138) have a predetermined spatial arrangement and can be rearranged based on the detected rearrangement input. For example, in FIG. 5TT, the device detects a rearrangement input (eg, a contact 5140 and subsequent movement 5142 of the contact 5140 across the touchscreen 112). In response to detecting the rearrangement input, the device moves one or more corresponding selectable user interface objects within the folder view from a first position within the folder view's spatial arrangement to the folder view's spatial arrangement according to the rearrangement input within the second position. For example, in FIG. 5TT, the device detects contact 5140 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of stock application icon 5002-9 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112), and detects the contact A subsequent movement 5140 of 5140 to a leftmost position on the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112 ) corresponds to the spatial arrangement on the display (eg, touchscreen 112 ). In response to this movement, the device moves stock application icon 5002-9 to the leftmost position within the spatial arrangement of folder view 5138, as shown in Figure 5UU.
另外，在一些实施例中，与文件夹视图(例如，5138)相关联的文件夹图标(例如，5004-7)被更新以反映对文件夹视图(例如，5138)内的图标的空间布置的修改。例如，在图5TT中(例如，在文件夹视图内的可选用户界面对象的空间布置已改变之前)，设备按照对应于可选用户界面对象的空间布置的第一顺序(例如，按照从左至右、自上而下的顺序，为纸牌应用图标5002-4、竞速应用图标5002-13、股票应用图标5002-9、地图应用图标5002-8)来显示文件夹视图5138中的可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，按照从左至右、自上而下的顺序“O”、“R”、“S”、“M”)。相反，在图5UU中(例如，在空间布置已改变之后)，设备按照对应于可选用户界面对象的新空间布置的第二顺序(例如，按照从左至右、自上而下的顺序，为股票应用图标5002-9、纸牌应用图标5002-4、竞速应用图标5002-13、地图应用图标5002-8)来显示文件夹视图5138中的可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，按照从左至右、自上而下的顺序“S”、“O”、“R”、“M”)。Additionally, in some embodiments, the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) associated with the folder view (e.g., 5138) is updated to reflect changes to the spatial arrangement of the icons within the folder view (e.g., 5138). Revise. For example, in FIG. 5TT (e.g., before the spatial arrangement of selectable user interface objects within the folder view has changed), the devices follow a first order corresponding to the spatial arrangement of selectable user interface objects (e.g., in order from left to right). To the right, in order from top to bottom, are the Solitaire application icon 5002-4, the Racing application icon 5002-13, the Stocks application icon 5002-9, and the Maps application icon 5002-8) to display the selectable options in the folder view 5138 A scaled-down representation of a user interface object (eg, "O", "R", "S", "M" in left-to-right, top-to-bottom order). In contrast, in FIG. 5UU (e.g., after the spatial arrangement has changed), the devices are in a second order corresponding to the new spatial arrangement of selectable user interface objects (e.g., in left-to-right, top-down order, A scaled-down representation of selectable user interface objects in the folder view 5138 is displayed for the stocks application icon 5002-9, the poker application icon 5002-4, the racing application icon 5002-13, the maps application icon 5002-8) (e.g., Follow the order from left to right, top to bottom "S", "O", "R", "M").
在一些实施例中，响应于文件夹视图退出输入，设备停止显示文件夹视图。例如，在图5UU中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图外面的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5144。响应于检测到点击手势5144，设备停止显示文件夹视图，如图5VV中所示。在一些实施例中，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示文件夹视图关闭(例如，在文件夹视图5138内的可选用户界面对象上的背景壁纸关闭)的动画。In some embodiments, in response to the folder view exit input, the device stops displaying the folder view. For example, in FIG. 5UU, the device detects tap gesture 5144 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112) corresponding to a location outside the folder view on the display (eg, touchscreen 112). In response to detecting tap gesture 5144, the device stops displaying the folder view, as shown in Figure 5VV. In some embodiments, the device displays an animation on the display (eg, touchscreen 112) of the folder view closing (eg, background wallpaper closing on selectable user interface objects within folder view 5138).
现在将注意力转向图5VV-5BBB，图5VV-5BBB示出根据一些实施例的用于从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，该设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，在图5VV中在触摸屏112上对应于文件夹图标5004-1-b的位置处的点击手势5146)。响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入，设备显示包括文件夹的内容的文件夹视图5148(例如，触摸屏112上的动作图标5002-19、5002-20、5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24和5002-25)，如图5WW中所示。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5VV-5BBB, which illustrate an exemplary user interface for removing a selectable user interface object from a folder, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5146 on touch screen 112 at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-1-b in FIG. 5VV). In response to detecting a folder view display input, the device displays a folder view 5148 that includes the contents of the folder (e.g., action icons 5002-19, 5002-20, 5002-21, 5002-22, 5002-23 on the touch screen 112 , 5002-24 and 5002-25), as shown in Figure 5WW.
在一些实施例中，可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个包括通知标志(例如，图5WW中的5150)，该通知标志指示与可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-25)相关联的应用(例如，应用-7)要求设备用户的关注。在一些实施例中，还在与包含可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-25)的文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如，5004-1-b)上显示一个或多个附加通知标志(例如，5012和/或5014)。在一些实施例中，随着可选用户界面对象上的通知标志被更新而更新附加通知标志(例如，当通知标志5150出现、消失或改变时从而指示通知的数目已改变时)。In some embodiments, one or more of the selectable user interface objects includes a notification flag (e.g., 5150 in FIG. Connected applications (eg, App-7) require the device user's attention. In some embodiments, one or more additional notifications are also displayed on the folder icon (e.g., 5004-1-b) associated with the folder containing the selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-25) Flags (for example, 5012 and/or 5014). In some embodiments, additional notification badges are updated as notification badges on selectable user interface objects are updated (eg, when notification badge 5150 appears, disappears, or changes to indicate that the number of notifications has changed).
在一些实施例中，设备检测可选用户界面对象移除输入，并且响应于检测到可选用户界面对象移除输入，设备从文件夹视图移除可选用户界面对象。例如，在图5WW中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的应用图标5002-19的位置相对应的位置处的接触5152以及该接触5152跨过触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)朝向显示器(例如，触摸屏112)中对应于在文件夹视图5148外面的一部分的位置的后续移动5154。在一些实施例中，输入是不指定在文件夹外面的特定位置的快速手势(例如，该手势是弹开手势或快速点击手势和并不包括在文件夹视图外面的暂停的拖曳手势)，并且设备将可选用户界面对象移动至显示器上在文件夹视图外面(例如，触摸屏112)的自动确定位置。继续以上示例，响应于检测到接触5152和该接触的后续移动5154，设备从文件夹视图5148移除动作图标5002-19，关闭文件夹视图，并在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的可选用户界面对象的布置中的第一打开位置处显示动作图标5002-19。在本示例中，在显示器(例如，图5XX中的触摸屏112)上的可选用户界面对象的三乘四阵列的右下角处显示动作图标5002-19。In some embodiments, the device detects a selectable user interface object removal input, and in response to detecting the selectable user interface object removal input, the device removes the selectable user interface object from the folder view. For example, in FIG. 5WW, the device detects contact 5152 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the location of application icon 5002-19 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) and the contact 5152 crosses the Subsequent movement 5154 of the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112 ) toward a location in the display (eg, touchscreen 112 ) that corresponds to a portion outside folder view 5148 . In some embodiments, the input is a quick gesture that does not specify a specific location outside of the folder (e.g., the gesture is a flick gesture or a quick tap gesture and a drag gesture that does not include a pause outside the folder view), and The device moves the selectable user interface object to an automatically determined location on the display outside of the folder view (eg, touch screen 112). Continuing with the above example, in response to detection of contact 5152 and subsequent movement 5154 of the contact, the device removes action icon 5002-19 from folder view 5148, closes the folder view, and selects an icon on the display (e.g., touch screen 112). Action icon 5002-19 is displayed at a first open position in the arrangement of user interface objects. In this example, action icon 5002-19 is displayed in the lower right corner of a three by four array of selectable user interface objects on a display (eg, touch screen 112 in Figure 5XX).
在一些实施例中，当已从与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹移除可选用户界面对象时，设备更新与该文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。例如，在图5WW中，与所显示文件夹视图5148相关联的文件夹图标5004-1-b包括包含在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内的可选用户界面对象的四个缩小比例表示(例如，“x4”、“x5”、“x6”和“x7”)。在一些实施例中，文件夹图标中的空白空间指示文件夹视图包括用以添加更多可选用户界面对象的空间，如图5WW中的文件夹图标5004-1-b所示。然而，在从与文件夹图标(例如，5004-1-b)相关联的文件夹移除可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-19)之后，设备改变文件夹图标(例如，图5XX中的5004-1-b)的外观，从而指示该可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-19)已被从文件夹移除。例如，在图5XX中，文件夹图标5004-1-b示出文件夹中的缩小比例表示(例如，显示“x2”、“x3”、“x4”、“x5”、“x6”和“x7”)，所述缩小比例表示被重新布置以指示在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹中少一个可选用户界面对象。In some embodiments, the device updates the folder icon associated with the folder when the selectable user interface object has been removed from the folder associated with the folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5WW, the folder icon 5004-1-b associated with the displayed folder view 5148 includes options for selectable user interface objects contained within the folder associated with the folder icon 5004-1-b. Four scaled representations (for example, "x4", "x5", "x6", and "x7"). In some embodiments, empty space in a folder icon indicates that the folder view includes room to add more selectable user interface objects, as shown by folder icon 5004-1-b in FIG. 5WW. However, after removing a selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-19) from the folder associated with the folder icon (e.g., 5004-1-b), the device changes the folder icon (e.g., FIG. 5XX 5004-1-b) in , indicating that the optional user interface object (eg, 5002-19) has been removed from the folder. For example, in FIG. 5XX, folder icon 5004-1-b shows a scaled-down representation of folders (e.g., displaying "x2," "x3," "x4," "x5," "x6," and "x7"). ”), the scaled-down representation is rearranged to indicate that there is one less selectable user interface object in the folder associated with folder icon 5004-1-b.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时，设备检测动作图标选择输入(例如，图5XX中对应于触摸屏112上的动作图标5002-12的位置处的点击手势5155)，并且响应于在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时的动作图标选择输入，设备并不激活与该动作图标(例如，照相机应用图标5002-12)相关联的应用(例如，照相机应用)。在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，图5XX中在对应于文件夹图标5004-1-b的位置处的点击手势5156)。响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示包括文件夹的内容(例如，触摸屏112上的动作图标5002-20、5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24和5002-25)的文件夹视图5158，如图5YY中所示。In some embodiments, while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detects an action icon selection input (e.g., tap gesture 5155 in FIG. On an action icon selection input while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device does not activate the application (eg, camera application) associated with the action icon (eg, camera application icon 5002-12). In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5156 in Figure 5XX at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-1-b). In response to detecting a folder view display input, the device displays content (e.g., action icons 5002-20, 5002-21, 5002-22, 5002-23 on touchscreen 112) including folders on a display (e.g., touchscreen 112). , 5002-24, and 5002-25) folder view 5158, as shown in FIG. 5YY.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，设备检测对应于用以基于与动作图标中其中一个相关联的应用的请求的输入(例如，点击手势5156，其对应于用以激活对应于应用-7应用图标5002-25的应用-7应用的请求)。然而，根据一些实施例，响应于检测到该输入，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时设备并不激活应用图标。In some embodiments, while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to based an application associated with one of the action icons (e.g., tap gesture 5156, which corresponds to A request to activate the App-7 application corresponding to the App-7 application icon 5002-25). However, according to some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device does not activate the application icon while the device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode.
在一些实施例中，设备检测可选用户界面对象移除输入，并且响应于检测到可选用户界面对象移除输入，设备从文件夹视图移除可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，当可选对象移除输入满足预定义条件时，可选用户界面对象根据可选对象移除输入而在可选用户界面对象的布置内进行定位。例如，在图5YY中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的应用图标5002-22的位置相对应的位置处的接触5162以及该接触5152跨过触敏表面的后续移动(例如，跨触摸屏112从图5YY中的文件夹视图5158内的接触位置5162-a向图5ZZ中对应于触摸屏112中在文件夹视图5158外面的一部分的接触位置的移动)。在一些实施例中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上在文件夹视图5158外面的位置对应的位置处的接触(例如，接触位置5162-b)超过阈值时间段，并且作为响应，设备停止显示文件夹视图，如图5AAA中所示。In some embodiments, the device detects a selectable user interface object removal input, and in response to detecting the selectable user interface object removal input, the device removes the selectable user interface object from the folder view. In some embodiments, when the selectable object removal input satisfies a predefined condition, the selectable user interface object is positioned within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects according to the selectable object removal input. For example, in FIG. 5YY, the device detects contact 5162 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of application icon 5002-22 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) and the contact 5152 across Subsequent movement of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., across touchscreen 112 from contact location 5162-a within folder view 5158 in FIG. move). In some embodiments, the device detects contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) that corresponds to a location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) that is outside folder view 5158 (e.g., contact location 5162-b ) exceeds the threshold time period, and in response, the device stops displaying the folder view, as shown in FIG. 5AAA.
在一些实施例中，在停止显示文件夹视图之后，设备继续检测接触5162的移动5166(例如，从图5AAA中的触摸屏112上的第二接触位置5162-b向图5BBB中的触摸屏112上对应于触摸屏112上的可选用户界面对象的布置内的位置的第三接触位置5162-c的移动)。响应于继续移动5166，设备根据接触的移动而在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上移动可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-22)。在一些实施例中，根据可选用户界面对象输入来放置以此方式从文件夹移除的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002)。从上文继续该示例，设备检测与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上在可选用户界面对象的布置内的位置相关联的输入的终止(例如，在图5BBB中接触5162在接触位置5162-c处从触摸屏112的抬起)。如图5BBB中所示，接触5161-c和动作图标5002-22位于其他可选用户界面对象中的两个可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-6和5004-7)之间，并且在检测到该输入的终止(例如，图5BBB中的接触5162-c的抬起)时，在输入所指示的可选用户界面对象的布置内的位置处，显示可选用户界面对象(例如，在图5CCC中的触摸屏112上的备忘录动作图标5002-6与游戏文件夹图标5004-7之间，显示应用-4动作图标5002-22)。In some embodiments, after ceasing to display the folder view, the device continues to detect movement 5166 of contact 5162 (e.g., from second contact location 5162-b on touch screen 112 in FIG. movement of the third contact location 5162-c at a location within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects on the touch screen 112). In response to continued movement 5166, the device moves selectable user interface objects (eg, action icons 5002-22) on the display (eg, touchscreen 112) according to the movement of the contact. In some embodiments, a selectable user interface object (eg, action icon 5002 ) removed from a folder in this manner is placed according to the selectable user interface object input. Continuing the example from above, the device detects the termination of an input associated with a position on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects (e.g., contact 5162 at contact location 5162-c in FIG. lift from the touch screen 112). As shown in FIG. 5BBB, contact 5161-c and action icon 5002-22 are located between two selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-6 and 5004-7) among other selectable user interface objects, and upon detection Upon termination of the input (e.g., lifting of contact 5162-c in FIG. 5BBB), a selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG. Between the memo action icon 5002-6 and the game folder icon 5004-7 on the touch screen 112 in the CCC, an application-4 action icon 5002-22 is displayed).
在一些实施例中，当已从与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹移除可选用户界面对象时，设备更新与该文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。例如，在图5YY中，与所显示文件夹视图5158相关联的文件夹图标5004-1-b显示包含在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内的可选用户界面对象的六个缩小比例表示(例如，“x2”、“x3”、“x4”、“x5”、“x6”和“x7”)。然而，在从与文件夹图标(例如，5004-1-b)相关联的文件夹移除可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-22)之后，设备改变文件夹图标的外观(例如，从图5XX-5ZZ中的5004-1-b改变为图5AAA中的5004-1-b)，从而指示该可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-22)已被从文件夹移除。例如，在图5AAA中，文件夹图标5004-1-b示出被重新布置的文件夹中的所有缩小比例表示(例如，仅显示“x2”、“x3”、“x5”、“x6”和“x7”)，从而指示在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹中少一个可选用户界面对象。另外，在一些实施例中，停止在文件夹图标内显示已移除可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示。例如，在图5CCC中的文件夹图标5004-1-b中不再显示缩小比例表示“x4”，因为动作图标5002-22已从文件夹中移除。In some embodiments, the device updates the folder icon associated with the folder when the selectable user interface object has been removed from the folder associated with the folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5YY, folder icon 5004-1-b associated with displayed folder view 5158 displays a list of selectable user interface objects contained within the folder associated with folder icon 5004-1-b. Six scaled representations (for example, "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5", "x6", and "x7"). However, after removing a selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-22) from the folder associated with the folder icon (e.g., 5004-1-b), the device changes the appearance of the folder icon (e.g., Changed from 5004-1-b in Figures 5XX-5ZZ to 5004-1-b) in Figure 5AAA, indicating that the selectable user interface object (eg, 5002-22) has been removed from the folder. For example, in FIG. 5AAA, folder icon 5004-1-b shows reduced scale representations of all of the rearranged folders (e.g., only "x2," "x3," "x5," "x6," and "x7"), thereby indicating that there is one less selectable user interface object in the folder associated with folder icon 5004-1-b. Additionally, in some embodiments, display of the scaled-down representation of the removed selectable user interface object within the folder icon ceases. For example, the reduced scale representation "x4" is no longer displayed in folder icon 5004-1-b in FIG. 5CCC because action icon 5002-22 has been removed from the folder.
现在将注意力转向图5CCC-5EEE，图5CCC-5EEE示出根据一些实施例的用于对可选用户界面对象的多个页面进行导航的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，图5CCC中在触摸屏112上的与触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-2的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5168)。响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示包括文件夹的内容(例如，动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)的文件夹视图5170，如图5EEE中所示。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5CCC-5EEE, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating multiple pages of selectable user interface objects, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5168 in FIG. 5CCC at a location on touchscreen 112 corresponding to the location of folder icon 5004-2 on touchscreen 112). In response to detecting a folder view display input, the device displays content (e.g., action icons 5002-26, 5002-27, 5002-28, 5002-29, 5002-30) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) including folders. , 5002-31, 5002-32, 5002-33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36, and 5002-37) folder view 5170, as shown in FIG. 5EEE.
在一些实施例中，当文件夹视图显示输入是用以显示针对在用户界面的托盘(例如，图5CCC中的5006)中的文件夹图标(例如，5004-2)的文件夹视图的请求时，设备显示从停靠区开始扩大的文件夹视图的动画。例如，在图5CCC中，设备检测在托盘5006中的文件夹图标5004-2上的点击手势5168，并且在图5EEE中显示文件夹的文件夹视图5170。在一些实施例中，设备在显示文件夹视图之前显示过渡动画，如图5DDD中所示。例如，响应于检测到点击手势5168，设备将壁纸背景划分成第一部分5712和第二部分5174，并显示壁纸背景向后滑动的动画(例如，第二部分5174远离第一部分5172移动)，从而显现看起来位于壁纸背景下面的可选用户界面对象(例如，图5DDD中的5002-34、5002-35、5002-36、5002-37)。在动画结束时，在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5170中显示文件夹的内容或内容的一部分。In some embodiments, when the folder view display input is a request to display a folder view for a folder icon (e.g., 5004-2) in a tray (e.g., 5006 in FIG. 5CCC) of the user interface , the device displays an animation of the folder view expanding from the dock. For example, in Figure 5CCC, the device detects a tap gesture 5168 on folder icon 5004-2 in tray 5006, and displays folder view 5170 for the folder in Figure 5EEE. In some embodiments, the device displays a transition animation prior to displaying the folder view, as shown in Figure 5DDD. For example, in response to detecting tap gesture 5168, the device divides the wallpaper background into a first portion 5712 and a second portion 5174, and displays an animation of the wallpaper background sliding back (e.g., second portion 5174 moves away from first portion 5172), thereby revealing Optional user interface objects (eg, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36, 5002-37 in FIG. 5DDD) that appear to be located below the wallpaper background. At the end of the animation, the contents or a portion of the contents of the folder are displayed in the folder view 5170 on the display (eg, touch screen 112).
在一些实施例中，文件夹包括比在文件夹视图(例如，图5EEE中的5170)中能够显示的可选用户界面对象更多的可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，文件夹具有能够添加到文件夹的可选用户界面对象的最大数目，其中，该最大数目是基于在用于文件夹的文件夹视图中能够显示的可选用户界面对象的最大数目。例如，在图5EEE中，只有12个可选用户界面对象可以被添加到与文件夹视图5170相关联的文件夹。然而，在一些实施例中，文件夹视图包含多个“页面”或多组的可选用户界面对象，并且文件夹可以通过显示作为可选用户界面对象的后续集合的一部分的附加可选用户界面对象而容纳附加可选用户界面对象，所述可选用户界面对象并未适合于第一组可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)中。例如，在图5EEE中，设备检测包括接触5176和该接触跨触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)的后续移动5178的下一页输入。响应于检测到下一页输入，设备在用于文件夹的文件夹视图5170内显示第二组可选用户界面对象(例如，图5FFF中的动作图标5002-38、5002-39、5002-40、5002-41、5002-42和5002-43)。换言之，文件夹包括十八个可选用户界面对象，其中，十二个可选用户界面对象在第一页面中且六个可选用户界面对象在第二页面中。In some embodiments, a folder includes more selectable user interface objects than can be displayed in a folder view (eg, 5170 in FIG. 5EEE). In some embodiments, folders have a maximum number of selectable user interface objects that can be added to the folder, wherein the maximum number is based on the selectable user interface objects that can be displayed in the folder view for the folder maximum number. For example, in FIG. 5EEE, only 12 selectable user interface objects can be added to the folder associated with folder view 5170. However, in some embodiments, a folder view contains multiple "pages" or groups of selectable UI objects, and folders can display additional selectable UI objects as part of subsequent collections of selectable UI objects. object to accommodate additional optional user interface objects that do not fit into the first set of optional user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-26, 5002-27, 5002-28, 5002-29, 5002-30, 5002-31, 5002-32, 5002-33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36 and 5002-37). For example, in FIG. 5EEE, the device detects a next page input that includes a contact 5176 and subsequent movement 5178 of the contact across a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch screen 112). In response to detecting the next page input, the device displays a second set of selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-38, 5002-39, 5002-40 in FIG. , 5002-41, 5002-42 and 5002-43). In other words, the folder includes eighteen selectable user interface objects, of which twelve selectable user interface objects are in the first page and six selectable user interface objects are in the second page.
现在将注意力转向图5GGG-5MMM，图5GGG-5MMM示出根据一些实施例的用于从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，图5CCC中在对应于触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-2的位置处的点击手势5168)。响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入，设备显示包括文件夹的内容(例如，动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)的文件夹视图5182，如图5GGG中所示。Attention is now turned to FIG. 5GGG-5MMM, which illustrate an exemplary user interface for removing a selectable user interface object from a folder, in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5168 in FIG. 5CCC at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-2 on touchscreen 112). In response to detecting a folder view display input, the device displays content including folders (e.g., action icons 5002-26, 5002-27, 5002-28, 5002-29, 5002-30, 5002-31, 5002-32, 5002-33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36, and 5002-37) folder view 5182, as shown in FIG. 5GGG.
在一些实施例中，文件夹视图(例如，5182)在这些实施例中的一些实施例中包括显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的全部或基本上全部，设备显示可选用户界面对象移除区域(例如，图5GGG中的5184)。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到对应于用以将相应可选用户界面对象移动到可选用户界面对象移除区域5184中的请求的移除请求，设备从文件夹移除相应可选用户界面对象。例如，在图5GGG中，设备检测接触5186和该接触的移动5188(例如，从图5GGG中与触摸屏112上的相应可选用户界面对象5002-32的位置相对应的第一接触位置5168-a向图5HHH中在触摸屏112上与接近于可选用户界面对象移除区域5184或在其内部的位置相对应的第二接触位置5186-b的移动)。继续本示例，设备将各可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-32)移动至可选用户界面对象移除区域5184。在一些实施例中，响应于将确定输入的终止(例如，图5HHH中的接触5186-b的抬起)，设备停止显示来自文件夹视图5182的相应可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-32)，并且自动地重新布置文件夹视图5182内的可选用户界面对象，从而消除可选用户界面对象的布置中的任何空隙。例如，在图5III中，可选用户界面对象已被重新布置，从而填充在从文件夹视图移除相应可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-32)之后仍留在图5HHH中的空隙。In some embodiments, the folder view (e.g., 5182) includes all or substantially all of the display (e.g., touch screen 112) in some of these embodiments, and the device displays an optional user interface object removal area ( For example, 5184 in Figure 5GGG). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a remove request corresponding to a request to move the corresponding selectable user interface object into selectable user interface object removal area 5184, the device removes the corresponding selectable user interface object from the folder. interface object. For example, in FIG. 5GGG, the device detects contact 5186 and movement 5188 of that contact (e.g., from first contact location 5168-a in FIG. Movement toward second contact location 5186-b on touch screen 112 in FIG. 5HHH corresponding to a location proximate to or within selectable user interface object removal region 5184). Continuing with the example, the device moves each selectable user interface object (eg, action icon 5002 - 32 ) to selectable user interface object removal area 5184 . In some embodiments, in response to termination of the determination input (e.g., lifting of contact 5186-b in FIG. -32), and automatically rearrange the selectable user interface objects within the folder view 5182, thereby eliminating any gaps in the arrangement of the selectable user interface objects. For example, in FIG. 5III, the selectable user interface objects have been rearranged to fill the gaps left in FIG. 5HHH after the corresponding selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002-32) were removed from the folder view .
在一些实施例中，在从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-32)之后自动地停止显示文件夹视图(例如，设备自动地从图5III中所显示的用户界面切换至在图5JJJ中所显示的用户界面)。在一些实施例中，设备检测退出文件夹视图输入(例如，图5III中在文件夹视图5182的右上角中的“退出文件夹”图标上的点击手势5190)。响应于检测到退出文件夹视图输入，设备停止显示文件夹视图并重新显示主屏屏幕，如图5JJJ中所示。在一些实施例中，在主屏屏幕上显示被从文件夹移除的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-32)，如图5JJJ中所示。In some embodiments, the folder view is automatically ceased to be displayed after a selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-32) is removed from the folder (e.g., the device automatically switches from the user interface shown in FIG. 5III to the user interface shown in Figure 5JJJ). In some embodiments, the device detects an exit folder view input (eg, tap gesture 5190 on the "Exit Folder" icon in the upper right corner of folder view 5182 in Figure 5III). In response to detecting the exit folder view input, the device stops displaying the folder view and redisplays the home screen, as shown in FIG. 5JJJ. In some embodiments, selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-32) that were removed from the folder are displayed on the home screen, as shown in Figure 5JJJ.
在一些实施例中，设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如，图5JJJ中在对应于文件夹图标5004-2的位置处的点击手势5192)。响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入，设备重新显示包括文件夹的已修改内容(例如，动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)的文件夹视图5182，如图5KKK中所示。在一些实施例中，作为上述可选用户界面对象移除区域的替代或除此之外，设备显示与可选用户界面对象中的一个或多个相关联的对象修改目标。例如，在图5KKK中，可选用户界面对象中的每一个具有与其相关联的对象修改目标(例如，动作图标5002-37具有相应对象修改目标5194)。In some embodiments, the device detects a folder view display input (eg, tap gesture 5192 in FIG. 5JJJ at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-2). In response to detecting a folder view display input, the device redisplays the modified content including the folder (e.g., action icons 5002-26, 5002-27, 5002-28, 5002-29, 5002-30, 5002-31, 5002 -33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36, and 5002-37) folder view 5182, as shown in Figure 5KKK. In some embodiments, instead of or in addition to the selectable user interface object removal area described above, the device displays object modification targets associated with one or more of the selectable user interface objects. For example, in Figure 5KKK, each of the selectable user interface objects has an object modification target associated therewith (eg, action icons 5002-37 have corresponding object modification targets 5194).
在一些实施例中，当设备检测到用以激活用于相应可选用户界面对象的对象修改目标的请求(例如，在触摸屏112上与用于动作图标5002-37的对象修改区域的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5196)时，设备显示对象修改对话框。例如，在图5LLL中，设备显示为用户提供用于修改可选用户界面对象的选项(例如，删除动作图标5002-37、从文件夹移除动作图标5002-37或取消对象修改操作)的弹出对话框5198。在本示例中，响应于对应于用以删除可选用户界面对象的请求的输入(例如，删除按钮上的点击手势5200)，设备删除可选用户界面对象(例如，从与文件夹视图相关联的文件夹且从设备完全地移除动作图标5002-37，以使得其不在主屏屏幕或任何其他文件夹视图上显示，如图5MMM中所示)。在一些实施例中，当可选用户界面被删除时，从设备删除与可选用户界面对象相关联的应用。在本示例中，响应于对应于用以取消对象修改操作的请求的输入(例如，取消图标上的点击手势5202)，设备在并不修改可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002-37)的情况下停止显示对象修改对话框5198，从而返回到图5KKK中所显示的用户界面。在本示例中，响应于对应于用以从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象的请求的输入(例如，移除按钮上的点击手势5204)，设备从文件夹移除可选用户界面对象(例如，如图5MMM中所示)，而不从设备移除可选用户界面对象(例如，从与文件夹视图相关联的文件夹移除动作图标5002-37且主屏上显示动作图标5002-37，如图5NNN中所示)。In some embodiments, when the device detects a request to activate an object modification target for a corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., corresponding to the location of the object modification area for action icon 5002-37 on touch screen 112 When a tap gesture 5196) at the location of , the device displays the object modification dialog box. For example, in FIG. 5LLL, the device display provides the user with an option to modify a selectable user interface object (e.g., delete action icon 5002-37, remove action icon 5002-37 from folder, or cancel object modification operation). Dialog 5198. In this example, in response to input corresponding to a request to delete a selectable user interface object (e.g., a tap gesture 5200 on a delete button), the device deletes the selectable user interface object (e.g., from folder and completely removes the action icon 5002-37 from the device so that it is not displayed on the home screen or any other folder view, as shown in FIG. 5MMM). In some embodiments, when the selectable user interface is deleted, the application associated with the selectable user interface object is deleted from the device. In this example, in response to input corresponding to a request to cancel the object modification operation (eg, tap gesture 5202 on the cancel icon), the device does not modify the selectable user interface object (eg, action icon 5002-37) If the object modification dialog box 5198 is displayed, the display of the object modification dialog box 5198 is stopped, thereby returning to the user interface shown in FIG. 5KKK. In this example, in response to an input corresponding to a request to remove a selectable user interface object from the folder (e.g., a tap gesture 5204 on a remove button), the device removes the selectable user interface object from the folder ( For example, as shown in FIG. 5MMM ), without removing the selectable user interface object from the device (e.g., removing the action icon 5002-37 from the folder associated with the folder view and displaying the action icon 5002-37 on the home screen , as shown in Figure 5NNN).
现在将注意力转向图5NNN-5OOO，图5NNN-5OOO示出根据一些实施例的用于在处于正常操作模式之时显示文件夹视图的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备检测对应于用以退出用户界面重新配置模式并返回到正常操作模式的请求的输入。例如，在图5NNN中，设备检测到返回到正常操作模式的请求(例如，图5NNN中的主屏按钮204上的按压输入5206)。响应于返回到正常操作模式的请求，设备返回到正常操作模式，使得不能够再重新布置图5OOO-5PPP中的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)(但是在一些实施例中，可以在一个或两个维度上滚动可选用户界面对象的布置)。Attention is now turned to FIG. 5NNN-5000, which illustrates an exemplary user interface for displaying a folder view while in a normal mode of operation, according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to exit the user interface reconfiguration mode and return to a normal operating mode. For example, in FIG. 5NNN, the device detects a request to return to normal operating mode (eg, press input 5206 on home button 204 in FIG. 5NNN). In response to a request to return to normal operating mode, the device returns to normal operating mode such that the optional user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) in FIGS. In an embodiment, the arrangement of selectable user interface objects can be scrolled in one or two dimensions).
在一些实施例中，在设备处于正常操作模式之时，相应动作图标5002的选择导致激活与相应动作图标相关联的应用。例如，在图5OOO中，响应于检测到对照片动作图标的选择(例如，检测到在触敏表面上与照片动作图标5002-1相对应的位置处的点击手势5208)，设备显示照片应用(例如，如果照片应用未在运行，则启动照片应用，或者如果照片应用已在运行，则简单地显示照片应用)。相反，在一些实施例中，响应于检测到对相应文件夹图标5004的选择导致显示显示用于文件夹的文件夹视图。例如，在图5OOO中，在检测到对游戏文件夹图标的选择之后(例如，检测到在触敏表面上与游戏文件夹图标5004-7相对应的位置处的点击手势5210)，设备显示用于游戏文件夹的文件夹视图5212。在一些实施例中，在设备处于正常操作模式之时，对文件夹视图(例如，文件夹视图5212)内的相应动作图标5002的选择导致激活与相应动作图标相关联的应用。例如，响应于检测到对照片动作图标的选择(例如，检测到在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与股票动作图标5002-9相对应的位置处的点击手势5214)，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示照片应用(例如，如果股票应用未在运行，则启动股票应用，或者如果股票应用已在运行，则简单地显示股票应用)。In some embodiments, selection of a respective action icon 5002 results in activation of an application associated with the respective action icon while the device is in a normal operating mode. For example, in FIG. 5000 , in response to detecting selection of a photo action icon (e.g., detection of tap gesture 5208 at a location corresponding to photo action icon 5002-1 on the touch-sensitive surface), the device displays a photo application ( For example, launching the Photos application if it is not running, or simply displaying the Photos application if it is already running). Instead, in some embodiments, responsive to detecting selection of a corresponding folder icon 5004 results in displaying a folder view for the folder. For example, in FIG. 5000, after detecting selection of the game folder icon (e.g., detecting tap gesture 5210 at a location corresponding to game folder icon 5004-7 on the touch-sensitive surface), the device displays a Folder view 5212 for the game folder. In some embodiments, selection of a corresponding action icon 5002 within a folder view (eg, folder view 5212 ) results in activation of an application associated with the corresponding action icon while the device is in a normal operating mode. For example, in response to detecting a selection of a photo action icon (e.g., detecting a tap gesture 5214 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to stock action icon 5002-9), the device displays ( For example, a photo application is displayed on the touch screen 112 (eg, launching the stock application if it is not running, or simply displaying the stock application if it is already running).
现在注意力转向图5QQQ-5TTT，图5QQQ-5TTT示出根据一些实施例的用于在处于正常操作模式之时显示文件夹视图的示例性用户界面。在图5QQQ中，设备正在主屏屏幕上显示多个可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)。在一些实施例中，设备检测请求选择文件夹图标的输入。例如，在图5QQQ中，设备检测文件夹图标5004-12上的接触5216。文件夹图标5004-12包括与文件夹相关联的可选图标的多个缩小比例表示(例如，可选图标的缩小比例表示“y1”、“y2”、“y3”、“y4”、“y5”、“y6”、“y7”、“y8”和“y9”)。如下面所解释的，在一些实施例中，包括在文件夹图标5004-12中的可选图标的缩小比例表示与在对应于文件夹图标5004-12的文件夹内的可选图标的子集相对应。Attention now turns to Figures 5QQQ-5TTT, which illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying a folder view while in a normal operating mode, according to some embodiments. In Figure 5QQQ, the device is displaying a number of selectable user interface objects (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) on the home screen. In some embodiments, the device detects an input requesting selection of a folder icon. For example, in Figure 5QQQ, the device detects contact 5216 on folder icon 5004-12. Folder icon 5004-12 includes multiple scaled-down representations of selectable icons associated with the folder (e.g., scaled-down representations of selectable icons "y1", "y2", "y3", "y4", "y5 ", "y6", "y7", "y8", and "y9"). As explained below, in some embodiments, the reduced scale representation of the selectable icons included in the folder icon 5004-12 is a subset of the selectable icons within the folder corresponding to the folder icon 5004-12. Corresponding.
图5QQQ-图5TTT示出在图5QQQ中所示的主屏屏幕(例如，应用启动用户界面)与对应于图5TTT中所示的文件夹图标5004-12的文件夹视图之间的动画过渡。具体地，在本示例中，在主屏屏幕中按照相应布置显示所述多个可选用户界面对象，并且动画将相应布置扩大，以使得文件夹图标5004-12被扩大并朝着显示器的中心移动(例如，在图5QQQ-5RRR中，设备将布置扩大以使得文件夹图标5004-12被扩大且朝着触摸屏112的中心移动；在图5RRR-5SSS中，设备将布置扩大以使得文件夹图标5004-12被扩大且朝着触摸屏112的中心移动；并且在图5SSS-5TTT中，设备将布置扩大以使得文件夹图标5004-12被扩大且朝着触摸屏112的中心移动)。在动画期间，设备停止显示除文件夹图标5004-12之外的可选用户界面对象的扩大表示，因为他们“离开了”显示器。在对文件夹图标5004-12进行放大之后，利用文件夹视图来替换被扩大的文件夹图标5004-12的显示，如图5TTT中所示。在一些实施例中，响应于用以退出图5TTT中所示的文件夹视图的请求(例如，响应于主屏按钮204的激活)，设备使图5QQQ-5TTT中所示的动画过渡逆向(例如，通过从图5TTT逐步后退至图5SSS并后退至图5RRR至图5QQQ)。5QQQ-FIG. 5TTT illustrate animated transitions between the home screen (eg, application launch user interface) shown in FIG. 5QQQ and the folder view corresponding to folder icon 5004-12 shown in FIG. 5TTT. Specifically, in this example, the plurality of selectable user interface objects are displayed in a corresponding arrangement in the home screen, and the animation expands the corresponding arrangement such that the folder icon 5004-12 is enlarged and moved toward the center of the display (For example, in Figure 5QQQ-5RRR, the device expands the arrangement so that folder icon 5004-12 is enlarged and moves toward the center of touch screen 112; in Figure 5RRR-5SSS, the device expands the arrangement such that folder icon 5004 -12 is enlarged and moved toward the center of the touchscreen 112; and in Figures 5SSS-5TTT, the device enlarged the arrangement such that the folder icon 5004-12 was enlarged and moved toward the center of the touchscreen 112). During the animation, the device stops displaying enlarged representations of selectable user interface objects other than the folder icon 5004-12 because they "off" the display. After the folder icon 5004-12 is enlarged, the display of the enlarged folder icon 5004-12 is replaced with a folder view, as shown in FIG. 5TTT. In some embodiments, in response to a request to exit the folder view shown in FIG. 5TTT (e.g., in response to activation of the home button 204), the device reverses the animated transitions shown in FIGS. By stepping back from Fig. 5TTT to Fig. 5SSS and back to Fig. 5RRR to Fig. 5QQQ).
现在将注意力转向图5TTT-5VVV，图5TTT-5VVV图示用于在文件夹视图中显示页面指示符图标5217并根据文件夹视图的所显示页面来更新其外观的示例性用户界面。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5TTT-5VVV, which illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying a page indicator icon 5217 in a folder view and updating its appearance according to the displayed pages of the folder view.
如图5TTT中所示，与文件夹图标5004-12相关联的文件夹视图(图5QQQ-5SSS)显示包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集的第一页。在一些实施例中，文件夹视图包括用以同时地显示不超过特定数目的可选图标的空间，该特定数目小于文件夹内的可选图标的总数。例如，与文件夹图标5004-12相关联的文件夹包括在文件夹视图的第一页(图5TTT)中所显示的动作图标(例如，应用图标)5002-51、5002-52、5002-53、5002-54、5002-55、5002-56、5002-57、5002-58、5002-59，而且还至少包括在文件夹视图的第二页(图5VVV)中所显示的动作图标5002-60、5002-61、5002-62、5002-63、5002-64、5002-65、5002-66、5002-67、5002-68。在本示例中，文件夹视图包括用以在每个页面中显示九个或更少的可选图标的空间。As shown in FIG. 5TTT, the folder view (FIGS. 5QQQ-5SSS) associated with folder icon 5004-12 displays a first page that includes a first subset of selectable icons in the folder. In some embodiments, the folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a specified number of selectable icons that is less than the total number of selectable icons within the folder. For example, the folder associated with folder icon 5004-12 includes action icons (e.g., application icons) 5002-51, 5002-52, 5002-53 displayed in the first page (FIG. 5TTT) of the folder view , 5002-54, 5002-55, 5002-56, 5002-57, 5002-58, 5002-59, and also at least include the action icon 5002-60 displayed on the second page (FIG. 5VVV) of the folder view , 5002-61, 5002-62, 5002-63, 5002-64, 5002-65, 5002-66, 5002-67, 5002-68. In this example, the folder view includes space to display nine or fewer selectable icons per page.
在一些实施例中，与文件夹图标5004-12相关联的文件夹视图还显示页面指示符图标5217，页面指示符图标5217指示文件夹中的可选图标在其之间被划分的可选图标的截然不同的页面的数目。例如，在图5TTT中，文件夹视图显示三个页面指示符(例如，对应于文件夹中的可选图标的第一页面的页面指示符5217-1、对应于文件夹中的可选图标的第二页面的5217-2、对应于文件夹中的可选图标的第三页面的5217-3)，所述三个页面指示符指示文件夹中的可选图标在三个页面之间进行划分。在一些实施例中，以与用于未被选择页面的一个或多个页面指示符不同的方式显示用于当前选择页面的页面指示符。例如，在图5TTT中，利用第一外观(例如，作为黑色实线)来显示对应于当前所选页面(例如，第一页面)的页面指示符5217-1，而利用第二外观(例如，作为未填充圆形)来显示对应于未选择页面的页面指示符5217-2和5217-3，以使得用户能够确定他或她在多个页面内的位置。In some embodiments, the folder view associated with the folder icon 5004-12 also displays a page indicator icon 5217 that indicates the selectable icons in the folder between which the selectable icons are divided The number of distinct pages. For example, in FIG. 5TTT, the folder view displays three page indicators (e.g., page indicator 5217-1 corresponding to the first page of selectable icons in the folder, page indicator 5217-1 corresponding to the first page of selectable icons in the folder). 5217-2 on the second page, 5217-3 on the third page corresponding to the optional icons in the folder), the three page indicators indicate that the optional icons in the folder are divided between three pages . In some embodiments, the page indicator for the currently selected page is displayed differently than the one or more page indicators for the non-selected pages. For example, in FIG. 5TTT, a page indicator 5217-1 corresponding to the currently selected page (e.g., the first page) is displayed using a first appearance (e.g., as a solid black line), while a second appearance (e.g., Page indicators 5217-2 and 5217-3 corresponding to unselected pages are displayed as unfilled circles) to enable the user to determine his or her position within the plurality of pages.
在一些实施例中，设备检测对应于用以显示文件夹视图的下一页面的请求的输入。例如，在图5TTT中，设备检测文件夹视图的预定义区域上的5218-a处的接触5218(例如，在并不对应于用以发起与动作图标相关联的动作的请求的区域)。在一些实施例中，对应于用以显示文件夹视图的下一页面的请求的输入包括预定义手势。例如，在图5TTT中，连续地检测跨过显示器的手势5220中的5218。如图5UUU中所示，在一些实施例中，设备显示手势5220导致从第一页面到第二页面的动画移位的拖曳效果(例如，设备显示在第一页面和第二页面之间“滚动”或“滑动”图标)。进一步如图5UUU中所示，设备检测接触5218在5218-b处的释放(或抬起)，并且响应于检测到接触5218的抬起，设备显示第二页面的可选图标，如图5VVV中所示。In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to display a next page of the folder view. For example, in FIG. 5TTT, the device detects contact 5218 at 5218-a on a predefined area of the folder view (eg, in an area that does not correspond to a request to initiate an action associated with an action icon). In some embodiments, the input corresponding to the request to display the next page of the folder view includes a predefined gesture. For example, in FIG. 5TTT, 5218 of gestures 5220 across the display are continuously detected. As shown in FIG. 5UUU, in some embodiments, device display gesture 5220 results in a drag effect that animates shifting from the first page to the second page (e.g., the device displays a "scroll" effect between the first page and the second page ” or the “swipe” icon). As further shown in FIG. 5UUU, the device detects the release (or lift) of contact 5218 at 5218-b, and in response to detecting the lift of contact 5218, the device displays selectable icons for the second page, as in FIG. 5VVV shown.
图5VVV-5YYY示出文件夹视图的第二页面与应用视图之间的动画过渡。在一些实施例中，设备检测对应于用以发起与可选用户界面对象相关联的动作的请求的输入。例如，在图5VVV中，在动作图标5002-66上检测包括接触5222的点击手势，其被设备解释为用以启动“应用y16”的请求。在检测到该输入之前，在本示例中，在第二页面中以相应布置显示多个可选用户界面对象。在启动“应用y16”之时，如图5WWW中所示，动画相应布置扩大，使得动作图标5002-6被扩大且朝着显示器的中心移动。如图5XXX中所示，在动画期间，设备停止显示除动作图标5002-66之外的可选用户界面对象的扩大表示，因为他们“离开了”显示器。在对动作图标5002-66进行放大之后，利用应用视图5224来替换扩大动作图标5002-55的显示，如图5YYY中所示。在一些实施例中，响应于用以退出图5YYY中所示的应用视图5224的请求(例如，响应于主屏按钮204的激活)，设备使图5VVV-5YYY中所示的动画过渡逆向(例如，通过从图5YYY逐步后退至图5XXX并推后至图5WWW至图5VVV)。5VVV-5YYY illustrate animated transitions between the second page of the folder view and the application view. In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to initiate an action associated with the selectable user interface object. For example, in Figure 5VVV, a tap gesture including contact 5222 is detected on action icon 5002-66, which is interpreted by the device as a request to launch "application y16." Before this input is detected, in this example, a plurality of selectable user interface objects are displayed in a corresponding arrangement in the second page. Upon launching "Application y16", as shown in FIG. 5WWW, the corresponding arrangement of the animation expands so that the action icon 5002-6 is enlarged and moved toward the center of the display. As shown in Figure 5XXX, during the animation, the device stops displaying enlarged representations of selectable user interface objects other than action icons 5002-66 because they "walk off" the display. After action icon 5002-66 is enlarged, the display of enlarged action icon 5002-55 is replaced with application view 5224, as shown in FIG. 5YYY. In some embodiments, in response to a request to exit the application view 5224 shown in FIG. 5YYY (e.g., in response to activation of the home button 204), the device reverses the animated transitions shown in FIGS. 5VVV-5YYY (e.g., By stepping back from Figure 5YYY to Figure 5XXX and back to Figure 5WWW to Figure 5VVV).
现在将注意力转向图5ZZZ-5CCCC，该图5ZZZ-5CCCC示出用于从文件夹移除相应图标的示例性用户界面。图5ZZZ类似于图5VVV。然而，在图5ZZZ中，设备检测对应于用以进入用户界面重新配置模式的请求的输入5226。在一些实施例中，基于预定义准则，对应于用以进入用户界面重新配置模式的请求的输入不同于用以发起动作图标的请求。例如，当在动作图标上检测到接触持续预定时间量(例如，0.5、1或2秒)时，设备将该接触解释为用于进入用户界面重新配置模式的请求。而当在动作图标上检测到接触持续小于预定时间量时(例如，设备检测到点击手势而不是长按压手势)，设备启动应用(例如，如图5VVV-5YYY中所示)而不是进入用户界面重新配置模式(例如，如图5ZZZ-5CCCC中所示)。Attention is now turned to Figure 5ZZZ-5CCCC, which shows an exemplary user interface for removing a corresponding icon from a folder. Figure 5ZZZ is similar to Figure 5VVV. However, in Figure 5ZZZ, the device detects input 5226 corresponding to a request to enter user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, the input corresponding to the request to enter the user interface reconfiguration mode differs from the request to initiate the action icon based on predefined criteria. For example, when contact is detected on the action icon for a predetermined amount of time (eg, 0.5, 1, or 2 seconds), the device interprets the contact as a request to enter user interface reconfiguration mode. And when contact is detected on the action icon for less than a predetermined amount of time (e.g., the device detects a tap gesture rather than a long-press gesture), the device launches the application (e.g., as shown in Figures 5VVV-5YYY) instead of entering the user interface Reconfiguration mode (eg, as shown in Figure 5ZZZ-5CCCC).
在图5AAAA中，设备已进入用户界面重新配置模式。在一些实施例中，可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002)显示设备处于用户界面重新配置模式的视觉指示。例如，如图5AAAA中所示，动作图标轻轻摇晃，如同其漂浮在水上一样(例如，每个相应动作图标在显示器上微软动作图标的相应平均位置振动)。另外，在一些实施例中，在处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，动作图标中的至少一些与对象移除标志(例如，图5AAAA中的5010)相关联，并且当设备检测到对象移除标志的激活时，与对象移除标志相关联的动作图标被从文件夹视图的页面中移除(例如，删除)。在一些实施例中，删除动作图标删除与动作图标相关联的应用。在一些实施例中，删除动作图标删除图标而不删除与动作图标相关联的应用。In Figure 5AAAA, the device has entered user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, a selectable user interface object (eg, action icon 5002) displays a visual indication that the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, as shown in FIG. 5AAAA, the action icon shakes slightly as if it is floating on water (eg, each corresponding action icon vibrates at the corresponding average position of the action icon on the display). Additionally, in some embodiments, at least some of the action icons are associated with an object removal flag (e.g., 5010 in FIG. 5AAAA) while in user interface reconfiguration mode, and when the device detects an object removal flag When activated, the action icon associated with the object removal flag is removed (eg, deleted) from the page in the folder view. In some embodiments, deleting the action icon deletes the application associated with the action icon. In some embodiments, deleting the action icon deletes the icon without deleting the application associated with the action icon.
在一些实施例中，设备检测对应于用以将相应图标从文件夹视图的页面移动至显示器上的在文件夹外面的相应位置的请求的输入。例如，在图5AAAA中，设备在5228-a处检测到接触5228，并且在连续地检测接触5228之时，检测对应于将动作图标5002-66移动至显示器的底部区域的请求的手势5230(例如，拖曳手势)。如图5BBBB中所示，将动作图标5002-66移动(例如，拖曳)至显示器的底部区域，该底部区域在本示例中是预定图标移除区域。接触5226在5226-b处被释放(例如，检测到接触5226的抬起)，导致动作图标5002-66“落在”图标移除区域5231中。在一些实施例中，根据相应位置在预定图标移除区域内的确定，从文件夹视图移除动作图标。在一些实施例中，从文件夹视图移除动作图标导致将动作图标放置在用户界面内的不同位置上。例如，如图5CCCC中所示，动作图标5002-66现在位于主屏屏幕中，同时设备仍处于用户界面重新配置模式。In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to move a corresponding icon from a page of the folder view to a corresponding location on the display outside the folder. For example, in FIG. 5AAAA, the device detects contact 5228 at 5228-a, and while continuously detecting contact 5228, detects gesture 5230 corresponding to a request to move action icon 5002-66 to the bottom area of the display (e.g. , drag gesture). As shown in Figure 5BBBB, the action icon 5002-66 is moved (eg, dragged) to the bottom area of the display, which in this example is the intended icon removal area. Contact 5226 is released at 5226-b (eg, lift-off of contact 5226 is detected), causing action icon 5002-66 to "drop" in icon removal area 5231. In some embodiments, the action icon is removed from the folder view based on a determination that the corresponding location is within a predetermined icon removal area. In some embodiments, removing the action icon from the folder view results in the action icon being placed in a different location within the user interface. For example, as shown in Figure 5CCCC, action icon 5002-66 is now located in the home screen while the device is still in user interface reconfiguration mode.
现在将注意力转向图5ZZZ和5DDDD-5FFFF，5ZZZ和5DDDD-5FFFF示出用于响应于检测到图标向页面改变区域(例如，页面改变区域5233-1或下一页区域5233-2)中的移动而改变文件夹视图内的相应图标的页面的示例性用户界面。图5DDDD类似于图5AAAA，但是并非接触5226从5226-a移动至5226-b并在图标区域移除区域5231中释放动作图标5002-66，接触5226从5226-c(图5DDDD)开始移动，并且在位置5226-c处(例如，在页面改变区域5233-2内)检测到接触5226持续超过预定时间量(例如，0.1、0.2、0.3、0.4或0.5秒)之后，设备如图5EEEE中所示，显示文件夹视图的下一页面(例如，文件夹视图的第三页面)，并且当设备在显示文件夹视图的下一页之时检测接触5226的抬起时，图标5002-66移动至下一页(例如，文件夹视图的第三页面)。在一些实施例中，设备响应于动作图标5002-66的移动而来重新布置第二页中的其他动作图标5002(例如，他们并不是动作图标5002-66)的布置。在一些实施例中，所显示页面根据页面改变区域上的动作图图标5002-66的移动而改变。例如，在图5EEEE中，页面改变区域5233-2是下一改变区域，并且设备因此响应于检测到图标向页面改变区域5233-2中的移动而从显示第二页面(图5EEEE)过渡至显示第三页面(图5FFFF)；当页面改变区域5233-1是前一页改变区域时，并且设备将响应于检测到图标向页面改变区域5233-1中的移动，而从显示第二页(图5EEEE)过渡至显示第一页面(图5CCCC)。在本示例中，文件夹视图的第三页面包括原先存在于文件夹视图的第三页面中的动作图标5002-69和5002-70，。Turning attention now to FIGS. 5ZZZ and 5DDDD-5FFFF, 5ZZZ and 5DDDD-5FFFF illustrate a method for responding to the detection of an icon in a page change area (e.g., page change area 5233-1 or next page area 5233-2). An exemplary user interface for moving pages that change corresponding icons within a folder view. Figure 5DDDD is similar to Figure 5AAAA, but instead of contact 5226 moving from 5226-a to 5226-b and releasing action icon 5002-66 in icon area removal area 5231, contact 5226 begins moving from 5226-c (Figure 5DDDD), and After contact 5226 is detected at location 5226-c (e.g., within page change region 5233-2) for more than a predetermined amount of time (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, or 0.5 seconds), the device is shown in FIG. 5EEEE , the next page of the folder view (e.g., the third page of the folder view) is displayed, and when the device detects a lift of contact 5226 while displaying the next page of the folder view, the icon 5002-66 moves to the next page One page (for example, the third page of a folder view). In some embodiments, the device rearranges the arrangement of other action icons 5002 (eg, they are not action icons 5002-66) in the second page in response to movement of action icon 5002-66. In some embodiments, the displayed page changes according to the movement of the action figure icon 5002-66 on the page change area. For example, in FIG. 5EEEE, page change area 5233-2 is the next change area, and the device therefore transitions from displaying the second page (FIG. 5EEEE) to displaying Third page (FIG. 5FFFF); when the page change area 5233-1 is the previous page change area, and the device will switch from displaying the second page (FIG. 5EEEE) transition to displaying the first page (FIG. 5CCCC). In this example, the third page of the folder view includes action icons 5002-69 and 5002-70, which were previously present in the third page of the folder view.
图5FFFF还示出接触5226的释放(例如，位置5266-c处的接触5266的抬起)，这在本示例中被设备解释为用以使动作图标5002-66落在文件夹视图的第三页中的请求。如图5GGGG中所示，在仍处于用户界面重新配置模式，设备在文件夹视图的第三页面中动态地重新布置动作图标5002的布置以适应动作图标5002-66的添加。FIG. 5FFFF also shows the release of contact 5226 (e.g., the lifting of contact 5266 at location 5266-c), which in this example is interpreted by the device to cause action icon 5002-66 to fall on the third folder view of the folder view. page requests. As shown in Figure 5GGGG, while still in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device dynamically rearranges the arrangement of action icons 5002 in the third page of the folder view to accommodate the addition of action icons 5002-66.
在一些实施例中，在处于重新配置模式之时，设备检测对应于用以退出重新配置模式的请求的输入。例如，响应于检测到图5GGGG中的主屏按钮204被接触5234激活，设备退出重新配置模式并返回到正常操作模式(例如，非重新配置操作模式)且显示文件夹视图，如图5HHHH中所示。In some embodiments, while in reconfiguration mode, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to exit reconfiguration mode. For example, in response to detecting that home button 204 in FIG. 5GGGG is activated by contact 5234, the device exits reconfiguration mode and returns to normal mode of operation (e.g., non-reconfiguration mode of operation) and displays a folder view, as shown in FIG. 5HHHH .
现在将注意力转向图5HHHH-5JJJJ，图5HHHH-5JJJJ示出用于使从文件夹视图的相应页面向主屏屏幕过渡的动画的示例性用户界面。Attention is now turned to FIGS. 5HHHH-5JJJJ, which illustrate exemplary user interfaces for animating transitions from corresponding pages of folder views to home screens.
在一些实施例中，在显示文件夹视图的第三页面(或第二页等)之时，设备检测对应于用以关闭文件夹视图(例如，主屏按钮的激活)的请求的输入。响应于检测到对应于用以关闭文件夹视图的请求的输入，设备停止显示文件夹视图，并替代地显示主屏屏幕。例如，在图5HHHH中，设备检测到主屏按钮204被接触5236激活。响应于用以关闭文件夹视图的请求，在图5III中，设备显示主屏屏幕的页面，该页面包括对应于文件夹视图的文件夹图标5004-12。在一些实施例中，在显示主屏之时，用于文件夹的文件夹图标包括文件夹视图的现已离开页面中的动作图标的缩小比例表示。在一些示例中，设备显示在图5HHHH与5IIII之间的动画过渡，其类似于在图5QQQ-5TTT中所显示的动画的逆向，只是文件夹视图具有不同的外观，因为其具有在文件夹视图的第三页面上显示的不同缩小比例表示，并且因此文件夹图标的外观由于其是尺寸缩小时包括图5IIII中所示的缩小比例表示。例如，图5HHHH示出包括动作图标5002-69、5002-70、5002-66的文件夹视图的第三页面。在从第三页面离开文件夹视图向主屏屏幕(图5IIII)导航时，文件夹图标5004-12包括动作图标5002-69、5002-70、5002-66的缩小比例表示。In some embodiments, while displaying the third page (or second page, etc.) of the folder view, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to close the folder view (eg, activation of a home button). In response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to close the folder view, the device stops displaying the folder view and displays the home screen instead. For example, in FIG. 5HHHH, the device detects that the home button 204 is activated by contact 5236 . In response to the request to close the folder view, in Figure 5III, the device displays a page of the home screen that includes a folder icon 5004-12 corresponding to the folder view. In some embodiments, when the home screen is displayed, the folder icon for the folder includes a scaled-down representation of the action icon in the now-leaved page of the folder view. In some examples, the device displays an animated transition between Figures 5HHHH and 5IIII, which is similar to the reverse of the animation shown in Figures 5QQQ-5TTT, except that the folder view has a different appearance because it has The different reduced scale representations shown on the third page of , and thus the appearance of the folder icon due to its reduced size include the reduced scale representation shown in Figure 5IIII. For example, Figure 5HHHH shows a third page of a folder view that includes action icons 5002-69, 5002-70, 5002-66. When navigating away from the folder view from the third page to the home screen (FIG. 5III), folder icon 5004-12 includes scaled-down representations of action icons 5002-69, 5002-70, 5002-66.
在一些实施例中，如图5JJJJ中所示，设备过渡至在文件夹图标5004-12中显示动作图标的第一页面的缩小比例表示而不是文件夹中的动作图标的第三页面的缩小比例表示。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5JJJJ, the device transitions to displaying a reduced scale representation of the first page of action icons in the folder icon 5004-12 instead of a reduced scale representation of the third page of action icons in the folder express.
现在将注意力转向图5JJJJ-5LLLL，图5JJJJ-5LLL示出用于向可选择用户界面对象的不同页面导航的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中，设备检测到对应于用以显示可选用户界面对象的多个截然不同的分开显示页面中的不同页面的可选用户界面对象的请求的输入。例如，图5JJJJ示出检测到手势5238在5238-a处开始。图5KKKK示出手势5238在5238-b处结束(例如，通过检测到手势的抬起)。同样如图5KKKK中所示，响应于该手势，其在本示例中是滑动手势，设备显示在第三页面与第二页面之间的动画过渡，并且可选地，如果该过渡在检测到接触5238的抬起时被未完成，则设备完成动画过渡，从而停止显示第三页面并替代地显示第二页面(在图5LLLL中示出)。Attention is now turned to Figures 5JJJJ-5LLLL, which illustrate an exemplary user interface for navigating to different pages of selectable user interface objects. In some embodiments, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to display the selectable user interface object for a different one of the plurality of distinct separately displayed pages of the selectable user interface object. For example, Figure 5JJJJ shows that gesture 5238 is detected beginning at 5238-a. Figure 5KKKK shows gesture 5238 ending at 5238-b (eg, by detecting a lift of the gesture). Also as shown in Figure 5KKKK, in response to the gesture, which in this example is a swipe gesture, the device displays an animated transition between the third page and the second page, and optionally, if the transition is detected when a contact When the lift of 5238 is not completed, the device completes the animated transition, ceasing to display the third page and displaying the second page instead (shown in FIG. 5LLLL).
图6A-图6E是示出根据一些实施例的创建新建文件夹的方法600的流程图。方法600在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，设备300，图3，或者便携式多功能设备100，图1)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器(例如，图5A-5N、5P-5LLLL中的112)且触敏表面位于显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器与触敏表面分离。可以将方法600中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。6A-6E are flowcharts illustrating a method 600 of creating a new folder according to some embodiments. Method 600 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display (eg, 112 in FIGS. 5A-5N , 5P-5LLLL) and the touch-sensitive surface is located on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 600 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下面所述，方法600提供了用以创建新建文件夹的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在创建新建文件夹时的认知负担，从而创建更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备而言，使得用户能够更快且更高效地创建新建文件夹节省了电力，且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 600 provides an intuitive way to create new folders. This approach reduces the cognitive load on the user when creating new folders, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to create new folders faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(602)多个可选用户界面对象(例如，在图5M中，设备在触摸屏112上显示多个动作图标5002和多个文件夹图标5004)。在一些实施例中，可选用户界面对象是(604)动作图标5002。例如，动作图标5002可以包括表示软件程序的一个或多个可激活图标(例如，照片应用图标5002-1、时钟应用图标5002-2、浏览器应用图标5002-3、纸牌应用图标5002-4、天气应用图标5002-5、备忘录应用图标5002-6、文本应用图标5002-7、地图应用图标5002-8、股票应用图标5002-9、照相机应用图标5002-12、竞速应用图标5002-13、电子邮件应用图标5002-14、电话应用图标5002-15以及iPod应用图标5002-16)、文件(例如，文档动作图标5002-11)、书签(例如，书签动作图标5002-10)等。同样地，第一文件夹图标5004-1-b与第一文件夹相关联，而第二文件夹图标5004-2与第二文件夹相关联。The device displays (602) a plurality of selectable user interface objects on the display (eg, in FIG. 5M, the device displays a plurality of action icons 5002 and a plurality of folder icons 5004 on the touch screen 112). In some embodiments, the selectable user interface object is ( 604 ) the action icon 5002 . For example, action icons 5002 may include one or more activatable icons representing software programs (e.g., photo application icon 5002-1, clock application icon 5002-2, browser application icon 5002-3, poker application icon 5002-4, Weather application icon 5002-5, memo application icon 5002-6, text application icon 5002-7, map application icon 5002-8, stock application icon 5002-9, camera application icon 5002-12, racing application icon 5002-13, Email application icon 5002-14, phone application icon 5002-15, and iPod application icon 5002-16), file (eg, document action icon 5002-11), bookmark (eg, bookmark action icon 5002-10), and the like. Likewise, a first folder icon 5004-1-b is associated with a first folder, and a second folder icon 5004-2 is associated with a second folder.
响应于检测到对应于对相应可选用户界面对象的选择的输入，设备激活(606)与相应可选用户界面对象相关联的应用。在一些实施例中，应用仅在设备处于正常操作模式时被激活。例如，选择图5A中的纸牌应用图标5002-1(例如，在设备处于正常操作模式之时)将启动纸牌游戏应用。应理解的是，当动作图标5002表示文件时，检测到对应于对动作图标的选择的输入显示用来查看和/或编辑文件的应用。例如，如果设备检测到对应于对与标记书签的网页相关联的书签图标(例如，图5A中的5002-10)的选择的输入(例如，点击手势)，则设备将启动网络浏览器并导航至标记书签的网页。作为另一示例，如果设备检测到对应于对与电子数据表文档相关联的文档图片(例如，图5A中的5002-11)的选择的输入，则设备将启动电子数据表编辑/查看应用，并在电子数据表编辑/查看应用内显示电子数据表文档。在一些实施例中，动作图标是应用启动图标，并且如果应用当前未在运行，则选择动作图标启动应用，或者如果应用当前在运行但被从视图隐藏，则显示应用。换言之，响应于检测到对动作图标的选择，设备显示应用的视图，然而，如果应用在检测到该输入时未在运行，则设备必须首先启动应用，而如果应用在检测到该输入时已在运行，则设备可以简单地显示应用的视图且不需要启动应用。In response to detecting an input corresponding to a selection of a respective selectable user interface object, the device activates (606) an application associated with the respective selectable user interface object. In some embodiments, the application is only activated when the device is in normal operating mode. For example, selection of the poker application icon 5002-1 in FIG. 5A (eg, while the device is in a normal operating mode) will launch the poker application. It should be appreciated that when action icon 5002 represents a file, detection of an input corresponding to selection of the action icon displays an application for viewing and/or editing the file. For example, if the device detects an input (e.g., a tap gesture) corresponding to selection of a bookmark icon (e.g., 5002-10 in FIG. 5A ) associated with a bookmarked webpage, the device will launch a web browser and navigate To the bookmarked web page. As another example, if the device detects an input corresponding to selection of a document picture (e.g., 5002-11 in FIG. 5A ) associated with a spreadsheet document, the device will launch a spreadsheet editing/viewing application, And display the spreadsheet document inside the spreadsheet editing/viewing app. In some embodiments, the action icon is an application launch icon, and selecting the action icon launches the application if the application is not currently running, or displays the application if the application is currently running but is hidden from view. In other words, in response to detecting selection of the action icon, the device displays the application's view, however, if the application is not running when the input is detected, the device must first launch the application, whereas if the application is already running when the input is detected run, the device can simply display the app's view without launching the app.
设备检测到(608)第一输入。例如，如图5M中所示，设备在触敏表面上与第一对象(例如，纸牌应用图标5002-4)相对应的位置(例如，图5M中的第一位置5040-a)处检测到手指接触5040且检测到该手指接触跨过触敏表面的后续移动5042(例如，移动至图5N中的第二位置5040-b)。在一些实施例中，第一输入是(610)在触敏表面上检测到的手势(例如，手指拖曳手势)。在一些实施例中，触敏表面与显示器截然不同。在一些实施例中，将触敏表面与显示器组合为触摸屏112。The device detects (608) a first input. For example, as shown in FIG. 5M , the device detects an object at a location (eg, first location 5040-a in FIG. 5M ) corresponding to a first object (eg, Solitaire application icon 5002-4 ) on the touch-sensitive surface. A finger contacts 5040 and a subsequent movement 5042 of the finger contact across the touch-sensitive surface is detected (eg, to a second position 5040-b in FIG. 5N ). In some embodiments, the first input is ( 610 ) a gesture detected on the touch-sensitive surface (eg, a finger dragging gesture). In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is distinct from the display. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined into touch screen 112 .
响应于检测到第一输入，设备将所述多个可选用户界面对象中的第一对象跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动(612)至显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上接近于所述多个可选用户界面对象中的第二对象的位置。例如，在图5N中，纸牌应用图标5002-4已从先前的位置移动至接近于第二对象(例如，图5N中的竞速应用图标5002-13)的当前位置(例如，图5N中的5002-4)。在一些实施例中，所述位置在第二对象或用于第二对象的激活区域上或者至少部分地与之重叠，如图5N中所示，其中，纸牌应用图标5002-4部分地与竞速应用图标5002-13重叠。在一些实施例中，该位置在用于第二对象的激活区域上或至少部分地与之重叠，如下面参考方法900更详细地描述的那样。In response to detecting the first input, the device moves (612) a first object of the plurality of selectable user interface objects across the display (e.g., touch screen 112) onto the display (e.g., touch screen 112) proximate to the The position of the second of several optional user interface objects. For example, in FIG. 5N, Solitaire application icon 5002-4 has moved from a previous location to a current location (eg, the 5002-4). In some embodiments, the location is on or at least partially overlaps the second object or an activation area for the second object, as shown in FIG. Quick application icons 5002-13 overlap. In some embodiments, the location is on, or at least partially overlaps, the activation region for the second object, as described in more detail below with reference to method 900 .
设备在第一对象接近于第二对象之时检测到(614)第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则。在一些实施例中，检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则包括在第一对象接近于第二对象之时检测(616)第一输入的终止。例如，在图5N中，设备在纸牌应用图标5002-4与竞速应用图标5002-13重叠之时检测到接触5040-b的抬起。作为另一示例，在图5N中，设备在纸牌应用图标5002-4与竞速应用图标5002-13重叠持续超过预定时间段(例如，0.5秒、1秒、1.5秒或任何合理时间段)之时检测到接触5040的暂停。在一些实施例中，设备(618)在检测到第一输入时处于用户界面重新配置模式(即，未处于正常操作模式)，如上文更详细地描述的那样。另外，应理解的是，在一些实施例中，在设备处于正常操作模式时不能移动可选用户界面对象(例如，重新定位于可选用户界面对象的布置内)。The device detects (614) that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria when the first object is in proximity to the second object. In some embodiments, detecting that the first input satisfies predefined folder creation criteria includes detecting (616) termination of the first input when the first object is in proximity to the second object. For example, in Figure 5N, the device detects a lift of contact 5040-b when solitaire application icon 5002-4 overlaps racing application icon 5002-13. As another example, in FIG. 5N , the device overlaps the racing application icon 5002-13 with the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 for more than a predetermined period of time (eg, 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 1.5 seconds, or any reasonable period of time). A pause in contact 5040 is detected. In some embodiments, the device (618) is in a user interface reconfiguration mode (ie, not in a normal operating mode) when the first input is detected, as described in more detail above. Additionally, it should be appreciated that in some embodiments selectable user interface objects cannot be moved (eg, repositioned within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects) while the device is in a normal operating mode.
响应于在第一对象接近于第二对象之时检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则而执行操作622-636(620)。在一些实施例中，响应于在第一对象接近于第二对象之时检测到第一输入满足第一输入的预定义文件夹创建准则，停止(622)显示第一对象和第二对象(例如，如图5N和5S中所示)。例如，在图5S中，在设备已检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则之后(例如，通过检测到该输入终止或输入暂停持续超过预定时间段)，在图5S中不再显示先前在图5N中显示的纸牌应用图标5002-4和竞速应用图标5002-13。替代地，显示文件夹图标5004-7，其表示包含纸牌应用图标和竞速应用图标的文件夹。在一些实施例中，停止显示第二对象包括显示第二对象变换成对应于文件夹的文件夹图标的动画。例如，在图5S中，文件夹图标5004-7已替换来自图5N的竞速应用图标5002-13。在一些实施例中，在文件夹图标中显示第一对象和/或第二对象的缩小比例表示，如下面参考图11A-11C更详细地描述的。例如，在图5S中，文件夹图标分别包括纸牌应用图标5002-4和竞速应用图标5002-13的缩小比例表示(例如，“O”和“S”)。Operations 622-636 are performed in response to detecting that the first input satisfies the predefined folder creation criteria while the first object is in proximity to the second object (620). In some embodiments, displaying the first object and the second object (e.g., , as shown in Figures 5N and 5S). For example, in FIG. 5S , after the device has detected that the first input satisfies the predefined folder creation criteria (for example, by detecting that the input is terminated or that the input has been paused for more than a predetermined period of time), the previous input is no longer displayed in FIG. 5S . Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and racing application icon 5002-13 are shown in FIG. 5N. Instead, a folder icon 5004-7 is displayed, which represents a folder containing the Solitaire application icon and the Racing application icon. In some embodiments, ceasing to display the second object includes displaying an animation of the second object transforming into a folder icon corresponding to the folder. For example, in Figure 5S, folder icon 5004-7 has replaced racing application icon 5002-13 from Figure 5N. In some embodiments, a scaled-down representation of the first object and/or the second object is displayed in the folder icon, as described in more detail below with reference to FIGS. 11A-11C . For example, in FIG. 5S, the folder icons include scaled-down representations (eg, "O" and "S") of the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and the Racing application icon 5002-13, respectively.
设备创建(624)包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。在一些实施例中，创建文件夹包括显示(626)代表文件夹的文件夹图标(例如，如下面参考方法1100更详细地描述的那样)。例如，设备创建包括纸牌应用图标5002-4和竞速应用图标5002-13的文件夹，并显示文件夹图标5004-7，如图5S中所示。在一些实施例中，文件夹图标具有与其他可选对象不同的性质，(例如，诸如应用图标、书签图标、文档图标等动作图标)，如下面参考方法700更详细地描述的那样。在一些实施例中，在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上先前被第二可选对象占用的位置处显示(628)文件夹图标。例如，在图5N中，竞速应用图标5002-13是可选用户界面对象的布置中(例如，从左至右，自上而下)的最后一个可选用户界面对象，而在图5S中，包含竞速应用图标5002-13的文件夹图标5004-7被显示为可选用户界面对象的布置中的最后一个可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，显示文件夹图标包括显示(630)第二可选对象变成(例如，变体)为文件夹图标的动画。在一些实施例中，不能以这种方式将现有文件夹组合。例如，即使设备检测到对应于在第二文件夹(例如，图图5N中的5004-1-b)的顶部上拖曳第一文件夹(例如，图5N中的5004-2)的输入，设备也不会将第一文件夹添加到第二文件夹。The device creates (624) a folder containing the first object and the second object. In some embodiments, creating the folder includes displaying (626) a folder icon representing the folder (eg, as described in more detail below with reference to method 1100). For example, the device creates a folder including the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and the Racing application icon 5002-13, and displays the folder icon 5004-7, as shown in Figure 5S. In some embodiments, folder icons have different properties than other selectable objects, (eg, action icons such as application icons, bookmark icons, document icons, etc.), as described in more detail below with reference to method 700 . In some embodiments, a folder icon is displayed (628) at the location on the display (eg, touch screen 112) previously occupied by the second selectable object. For example, in FIG. 5N, racing application icon 5002-13 is the last selectable user interface object in an arrangement (e.g., from left to right, top to bottom) of selectable user interface objects, while in FIG. 5S , folder icon 5004-7 containing racing application icon 5002-13 is displayed as the last selectable user interface object in the arrangement of selectable user interface objects. In some embodiments, displaying the folder icon includes displaying (630) an animation of the second selectable object changing (eg, morphing) into the folder icon. In some embodiments, existing folders cannot be combined in this manner. For example, even if the device detects an input corresponding to dragging a first folder (e.g., 5004-2 in FIG. 5N ) on top of a second folder (e.g., 5004-1-b in FIG. 5N ), the device It also doesn't add the first folder to the second folder.
在一些实施例中，在创建文件夹之后，设备自动地显示(632)包括文件夹的内容的文件夹视图。例如，设备响应于检测到第一输入满足预定义文件夹创建准则，而自动地从图5N中所显示的用户界面移动至图5Y中所显示的用户界面，设备显示文件夹视图(例如，包含纸牌应用图标5002-4和竞速应用图标5002-13的区域5092，如图5Y中所示)。In some embodiments, after the folder is created, the device automatically displays (632) a folder view including the contents of the folder. For example, the device automatically moves from the user interface shown in FIG. 5N to the user interface shown in FIG. 5Y in response to detecting that the first input satisfies the predefined folder creation criteria, the device displays a folder view (e.g., containing area 5092 of the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and the Racing application icon 5002-13, as shown in Figure 5Y).
在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之后，设备在显示器上按照第一布置显示所述多个用户界面对象。例如，在图5X中，可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)是以二维网格布置显示的，每个可选用户界面对象在网格布置内具有各自位置。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，在创建文件夹之后，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示(634)文件夹视图(例如，图5Y中的5092)。在一些实施例中，显示文件夹视图包括显示文件夹视图内的第一对象和第二对象。应理解的是，相应文件夹视图是显示器(例如，触摸屏112)中包括文件夹内容的部分。例如，图5T中的区域5078、图5Y-5Z中的阴影区域5092、图5DD-5GG中的阴影区域5106、图5TT-5UU中的阴影区域5138、图5WW中的阴影区域5148、图5YY-5ZZ中的阴影区域5158、图5EEE-5FFF中的阴影区域5170和图5PPP中的阴影区域5212全部是作为显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的一部分的文件夹视图。在一些实施例中，文件夹视图是基本上全部显示器(例如，触摸屏112)。例如，图5U中的区域和图5GGG-5III、5KKK、5MMM中的区域5182是为基本上全部(或全部)显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的文件夹视图。In some embodiments, after detecting the first input, the device displays the plurality of user interface objects in a first arrangement on the display. For example, in FIG. 5X, selectable user interface objects (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) are displayed in a two-dimensional grid arrangement, each selectable user interface object having a respective position within the grid arrangement. In some of these embodiments, after the folder is created, the device displays (634) the folder view (eg, 5092 in Figure 5Y) on the display (eg, touch screen 112). In some embodiments, displaying the folder view includes displaying the first object and the second object within the folder view. It should be understood that the corresponding folder view is the portion of the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) that includes the content of the folder. For example, area 5078 in Figure 5T, shaded area 5092 in Figures 5Y-5Z, shaded area 5106 in Figures 5DD-5GG, shaded area 5138 in Figure 5TT-5UU, shaded area 5148 in Figure 5WW, Shaded area 5158 in 5ZZ, shaded area 5170 in FIGS. 5EEE-5FFF, and shaded area 5212 in FIG. 5PPP are all folder views as part of a display (eg, touch screen 112). In some embodiments, the folder view is substantially all of the display (eg, touch screen 112). For example, the area in FIG. 5U and the area 5182 in FIGS. 5GGG-5III, 5KKK, 5MMM are folder views for substantially all (or all) of the display (eg, touch screen 112).
在一些实施例中，设备显示从第一布置向文件夹视图的动画过渡(例如，如下面参考方法1200更详细地描述的那样)。在一些实施例中，显示文件夹视图包括显示(636)文件夹图(例如，图5Y中的5004-7)和第一布置的至少一部分的表示，从而指示文件夹图标在第一布置内的位置。例如，在图5Y中，在文件夹图标5004-7上面继续显示在文件夹图标(例如，在图5X中)上方显示的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-6、5004-1-b、5002-10、5002-11和5002-12)，同时不再在文件夹图标5004-7下面显示在文件夹图标5004-7下方显示的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-14、5002-15、5002-16、5004-2)。In some embodiments, the device displays an animated transition from the first arrangement to the folder view (eg, as described in more detail below with reference to method 1200). In some embodiments, displaying the folder view includes displaying (636) a folder map (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG. 5Y ) and a representation of at least a portion of the first arrangement, thereby indicating the position of the folder icons within the first arrangement. Location. For example, in FIG. 5Y, selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002- 3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-6, 5004-1-b, 5002-10, 5002-11 and 5002-12), and no longer in the folder icon 5004- 7 Shown below are selectable user interface objects (eg, 5002-14, 5002-15, 5002-16, 5004-2) displayed below folder icons 5004-7.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于正常操作模式之时，可选用户界面对象包括(638)一个或多个动作图标(例如，图5OOO中的5002)和一个或多个文件夹图标(例如，图5OOO中的5004)。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测(640)第二输入。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到第二输入：当第二输入对应于用以选择相应动作图标的请求时，设备激活(642)与相应动作图标相关联的应用；并且当第二输入对应于用以选择文件夹图标的请求时，设备显示包括与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容的文件夹视图。例如，在图5OOO中个，在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏显示器112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的动作图标(例如，照片应用图标5002-9)的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势5208激活与该动作图标相关联的应用(例如，照片应用)，而响应于在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标(例如，图5OOO中的文件夹图标5004-7)的位置相对应的位置处检测到点击手势5210，设备显示包括与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的的内容(例如，动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13、5002-8)的文件夹视图5212。In some embodiments, when the device is in the normal operating mode, selectable user interface objects include (638) one or more action icons (eg, 5002 in FIG. 5000 ) and one or more folder icons (eg, 5004 in Figure 5000). In some of these embodiments, the device detects (640) the second input. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input: when the second input corresponds to a request to select the corresponding action icon, the device activates (642) an application associated with the corresponding action icon; and when the second input corresponds to Upon a request to select a folder icon, the device displays a folder view including content of the folder associated with the folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5000 , at a location on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen display 112) that corresponds to the location of an action icon (e.g., photo application icon 5002-9) on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) Tap gesture 5208 activates the application (e.g., a photo application) associated with the action icon, while in response to a folder icon (e.g., a picture) on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) and a display (e.g., Tap gesture 5210 is detected at a location corresponding to the location of folder icon 5004-7) in 5000, and the device displays content including the folder associated with folder icon 5004-7 (e.g., action icon 5002-9, 5002-4, 5002-13, 5002-8) folder view 5212.
在一些实施例中，在创建文件夹之后，设备自动地显示(644)包括文件夹的内容的文件夹视图并显示对象移除区域。例如，在图5Y中，对象移除区域是显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的第一部分5084。作为另一示例，在图5GGG-5HHH中，对象移除区域5184是显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的单独标识的部分。作为另一示例，在图5WW中，在文件夹视图5148上方和下方的显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的两个部分都是对象移除区域。在一些实施例中，文件夹视图包括对象移除区域(例如，图5GGG-5HHH中的具有对象移除区域5184的文件夹视图5182)。在一些实施例中，对象移除区域在文件夹视图外面(例如，在图5Y中对象移除区域5084在文件夹视图5092的外面)。在一些实施例中，始终显示对象移除区域(例如，对象移除区域是在显示文件夹视图之时显示的主屏屏幕的一部分)。在一些实施例中，仅在处于图标重新配置模式之时显示对象移除区域(例如，在图5S中，不显示移除区域，而在图5Y中，在文件夹视图5092上方显示对象移除区域5084)。在一些实施例中，仅在处于图标重新配置模式且当前检测到对应于用以移动对象的请求之时，显示对象移除区域(例如，在图5GGG中，仅在设备检测到接触5186跨过触敏表面的移动时，显示对象移除区域5184)。In some embodiments, after the folder is created, the device automatically displays (644) a folder view including the contents of the folder and displays an object removal area. For example, in FIG. 5Y, the object removal area is a first portion 5084 of the display (eg, touch screen 112). As another example, in FIGS. 5GGG-5HHH, object removal region 5184 is a separately identified portion of the display (eg, touch screen 112). As another example, in FIG. 5WW, both portions of the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) above and below folder view 5148 are object removal regions. In some embodiments, the folder view includes an object removal area (eg, folder view 5182 with object removal area 5184 in FIGS. 5GGG-5HHH). In some embodiments, the object removal area is outside the folder view (eg, object removal area 5084 is outside the folder view 5092 in Figure 5Y). In some embodiments, the object removal area is always displayed (eg, the object removal area is part of the home screen that is displayed when the folder view is displayed). In some embodiments, the object removal area is only displayed while in icon reconfiguration mode (e.g., in FIG. 5S the removal area is not displayed, while in FIG. area 5084). In some embodiments, the object removal area is only displayed when in icon reconfiguration mode and is currently detected corresponding to a request to move the object (e.g., in FIG. Upon movement of the touch-sensitive surface, an object removal area 5184 is displayed.
在一些实施例中，在显示文件夹视图之时，设备检测(646)对应于用以将相应可选用户界面对象移动到对象移除区域中的请求的第二输入，并且响应于检测到第二输入，设备从文件夹移除(648)相应可选用户界面对象。例如，在图5Y中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上对应于纸牌应用图标5002-4的位置处的接触5100-a和该接触跨过触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)向作为显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的第一部分的对象移除区域5084中的后续移动5102。继续本示例，响应于检测到此手势，设备从文件夹且从文件夹视图5092移除纸牌应用图标5002-4，如图5Z中所示，并使纸牌应用图标5002-4返回到可选用户界面对象的第一布置，如图5AA中所示。In some embodiments, while the folder view is displayed, the device detects (646) a second input corresponding to a request to move the corresponding selectable user interface object into the object removal area, and responds to detecting the second input Two inputs, the device removes (648) the corresponding optional user interface object from the folder. For example, in FIG. 5Y, the device detects a contact 5100-a on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and the contact moves across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112). Subsequent movement 5102 in area 5084 is removed to the object that is the first portion of the display (eg, touch screen 112). Continuing with the example, in response to detecting this gesture, the device removes the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 from the folder and from the folder view 5092, as shown in Figure 5Z, and returns the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 to the selectable user A first arrangement of interface objects, as shown in FIG. 5AA.
在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上按照第一布置显示(650)所述多个用户界面对象，并且当第二输入对应于用以将相应可选用户界面对象移动到对象移除区域的请求且检测到第二输入的终止时：设备停止显示文件夹视图；并且在第一布置中的预定位置处(例如，在第一布置的末尾处或在第一布置内的第一开放位置处)显示(652)相应可选用户界面对象。换言之，在一些实施例中，第二输入对应于轻弹手势，其包括在触敏表面上与相应可选用户界面对象的位置相对应的位置处的接触且包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上朝向与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的对象移除区域相对应的位置的移动相对应的横向移动。例如，在图5VV中，设备显示可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的第一布置，并且在图5WW中，设备检测手势，该手势包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的应用-1应用图标5002-19的位置相对应的位置处的接触5152和该接触向在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的在文件夹视图5148外面的位置相对应的位置的移动5154。在本示例中，响应于检测到该手势，设备停止显示文件夹视图，并在第一布置中显示应用-1应用图标5002-19，如图5XX中所示。In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface objects are displayed (650) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) in a first arrangement before the first input is detected, and when the second input corresponds to the corresponding When the optional user interface object moves to the request of the object removal area and the termination of the second input is detected: the device stops displaying the folder view; and at a predetermined position in the first arrangement (e.g., at the end of the first arrangement or at a first open position within the first arrangement) the corresponding selectable user interface object is displayed (652). In other words, in some embodiments, the second input corresponds to a flick gesture that includes a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the corresponding selectable user interface object and includes a touch on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchscreen). 112 ) corresponding to movement on the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) toward a location corresponding to the object removal area on the display (eg, touch screen 112 ). For example, in FIG. 5VV, the device displays a first arrangement of selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004), and in FIG. , touch screen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of the application-1 application icon 5002-19 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) and the contact direction is aligned with the display on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) Movement 5154 of a location corresponding to a location outside folder view 5148 (eg, touch screen 112). In this example, in response to detecting the gesture, the device stops displaying the folder view and displays the App-1 application icon 5002-19 in the first arrangement, as shown in Figure 5XX.
在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，在显示器上按照第一布置显示(650)所述多个用户界面对象；当设备继续在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的对象移除区域的位置相对应的位置处检测第二输入持续超过预定时间量时：设备停止显示文件夹视图；设备检测第二输入在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与第一布置内的显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的位置相对应的相应位置处的终止；并且响应于检测到第二输入的终止，设备在第一布置中的相应位置处显示(656)相应可选用户界面对象。换言之，在一些实施例中，第二输入对应于点击和拖曳手势，其包括接触移动到在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的对象移除区域相对应的区域中。例如，在图5XX中，按照第一布置来布置可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)，并且在图5YY中，设备检测第二输入(例如，包括接触5161以及该接触在触摸屏112上的移动5164的手势)，该第二输入与应用-4应用图标5002-22从文件夹视图5158出来向对象移除区域5084中的移动相对应。在本示例中，响应于在对象移除区域中检测到接触(例如，图5ZZ中的5162-b)的暂停，设备停止显示文件夹视图5158并显示第一布置(例如，如图5AAA中所示)，并检测该接触在触摸屏112上的第一布置内的后续移动(例如5166)。在本示例中，当设备检测到终止(例如，图5BBB中接触5162-c从触摸屏112的抬起)时，设备在检测到该输入的终止时，在第一布置中与应用-4应用图标5002-22的位置相对应的位置处，显示应用-4应用图标5002-22，如图5CCC中所示。In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface objects are displayed (650) on the display in a first arrangement before the first input is detected; while the device continues to interact with the display ( For example, when a second input is detected at a location corresponding to the location of the object removal area on the touch screen 112) for more than a predetermined amount of time: the device stops displaying the folder view; the device detects the second input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 ) at a corresponding location on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) within the first arrangement; and in response to detecting termination of the second input, the device displays ( 656) The corresponding optional user interface object. In other words, in some embodiments, the second input corresponds to a tap-and-drag gesture that includes moving the contact to an area on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to an object removal area on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112). in the area. For example, in FIG. 5XX, selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) are arranged in a first arrangement, and in FIG. Touch gesture of movement 5164 on touch screen 112), the second input corresponds to movement of app-4 application icon 5002-22 out of folder view 5158 into object removal area 5084. In this example, in response to a pause in detecting contact in the object removal area (e.g., 5162-b in FIG. 5ZZ), the device stops displaying folder view 5158 and displays the first arrangement (e.g., as shown in FIG. shown), and detect subsequent movement of the contact within the first arrangement on the touch screen 112 (eg, 5166). In this example, when the device detects termination (e.g., lift of contact 5162-c from touch screen 112 in FIG. At a position corresponding to the position of 5002-22, an application-4 application icon 5002-22 is displayed, as shown in FIG. 5CCC.
在一些实施例中，在创建文件夹之后，设备检测(658)对应于用以将第一对象和第二对象的相应可选用户界面对象从文件夹中移出的请求的第二输入；并且当在文件夹的创建已被确认之前检测到第二输入时，设备删除(660)该文件夹并重新显示第一对象和第二对象。例如，在图5Y中，设备在创建文件夹之后检测到的第一输入是与用以将纸牌应用图标5002-4从文件夹移出的请求相对应的输入(例如，接触5100和该接触在触摸屏112上的移动5102)，所述文件夹是通过在竞速应用图标5002-13的顶部上拖曳纸牌应用图标5002-4而创建的。在本示例中，在文件夹的创建已被确认之前接收输入，并且因此在纸牌应用图标5002-4已被从文件夹移出之后，设备删除图5AA中的文件夹5004-7并在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上重新显示竞速应用图标5002-13，如图5CC中所示。In some embodiments, after the folder is created, the device detects (658) a second input corresponding to a request to remove the first and second object's respective selectable user interface objects from the folder; and when When the second input is detected before creation of the folder has been confirmed, the device deletes (660) the folder and redisplays the first object and the second object. For example, in FIG. 5Y, the first input detected by the device after creating the folder is an input corresponding to a request to remove the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 from the folder (e.g., contact 5100 and the contact on the touch screen 112), the folder is created by dragging the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 on top of the Racing application icon 5002-13. In this example, the input is received before the creation of the folder has been confirmed, and thus after the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 has been removed from the folder, the device deletes folder 5004-7 in FIG. , the touch screen 112) redisplays the racing application icon 5002-13, as shown in FIG. 5CC.
在一些实施例中，第一对象是被移出文件夹的相应对象，并且删除(662)文件夹和重新显示包括：在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上基于第二输入而确定的位置处，显示第一对象；并在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上先前被文件夹的文件夹图标占用的的位置处，显示第二对象。继续上文参考图5AA和5CC所述的示例，在图5AA中，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的可选用户界面对象的左端上第四行中显示文件夹图标5004-7，并且在图5CC中，竞速应用图标5002-13已在可选用户界面对象的第四行的左端处替换文件夹图标5004-7。在一些实施例中，显示第二对象包括显示(664)文件夹图标变成(例如，变体)为第二对象的动画。例如，在图5BB中，设备显示竞速应用图标5002-13扩大以填充先前被文件夹图标5004-7占用的空间的动画5104(例如，如图5AA中所示)。In some embodiments, the first object is the corresponding object that was moved out of the folder, and deleting (662) the folder and redisplaying includes: displaying the first object; and displaying the second object at the location on the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) previously occupied by the folder icon of the folder. Continuing with the example described above with reference to FIGS. 5AA and 5CC, in FIG. 5AA the device displays folder icon 5004-7 in the fourth row on the left end of the selectable user interface object on the display (e.g., touch screen 112), and In FIG. 5CC, racing application icon 5002-13 has replaced folder icon 5004-7 at the left end of the fourth row of selectable user interface objects. In some embodiments, displaying the second object includes displaying (664) an animation of the folder icon changing (eg, morphing) into the second object. For example, in FIG. 5BB, the device displays animation 5104 of racing application icon 5002-13 expanding to fill the space previously occupied by folder icon 5004-7 (eg, as shown in FIG. 5AA).
相反地，当在文件夹的创建已被确认之后检测到第二输入时，设备在继续显示文件夹的同时显示在文件夹外面的相应对象。例如，当文件夹的创建已被确认时，如图5DD中所示，从文件夹中移除单个应用图标(例如，响应于检测到接触5112和该接触的移动5114而移除图5EE中的纸牌应用图标5002-4)不导致删除文件夹。而是在本示例中，继续显示文件夹(例如，图5FF中的5004-7)。换言之，在一些实施例中，在文件夹创建被确认之后，只有当最后一个图标被移除时才删除文件夹，并且当最后一个图标被移除时，文件夹收起(例如，而不是变回到动作图标中的一个)。On the contrary, when the second input is detected after the creation of the folder has been confirmed, the device displays the corresponding object outside the folder while continuing to display the folder. For example, when the creation of the folder has been confirmed, as shown in FIG. 5DD, a single application icon is removed from the folder (e.g., in FIG. 5EE in response to detection of contact 5112 and movement 5114 of the contact). The Solitaire application icon 5002-4) does not cause the folder to be deleted. Instead, in this example, folders continue to be displayed (eg, 5004-7 in FIG. 5FF). In other words, in some embodiments, after folder creation is confirmed, the folder is only deleted when the last icon is removed, and when the last icon is removed, the folder collapses (e.g., rather than becoming back to one of the action icons).
在一些实施例中，当设备检测到与用以执行操纵文件夹的动作的请求相对应的输入时，确认(668)文件夹的创建。此类动作包括但不限于打开(670)文件夹、关闭(672)文件夹，移动(674)文件夹，对文件夹重命名(676)，向文件夹添加(678)附加可选用户界面对象，进入(680)用户界面重新配置模式，离开(682)用户界面重新配置模式。在一些实施例中，当设备接收到对应于用以操纵文件夹的请求的其他预定义输入时，确认文件夹的创建。换言之，通过指示文件夹的创建为有意而非偶然的动作来确认文件夹的创建。In some embodiments, creation of the folder is confirmed (668) when the device detects an input corresponding to a request to perform an action to manipulate the folder. Such actions include, but are not limited to, opening (670) a folder, closing (672) a folder, moving (674) a folder, renaming (676) a folder, adding (678) additional optional user interface objects to a folder , enter (680) the user interface reconfiguration mode, exit (682) the user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, the creation of the folder is confirmed when the device receives other predefined inputs corresponding to requests to manipulate the folder. In other words, the creation of the folder is confirmed by an action indicating that the creation of the folder was intentional rather than accidental.
请注意，在本文中参考方法700、800、900、1000、1100、1200、1300(例如，图7A-7C、8A-8C、9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E、13A-13E、和5A-5LLLL)所述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上述方法600。例如，参考图6A-6E所述的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有在本文中参考方法700、800、900、1000、1100、1200或1300中的任意方法所述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简洁起见，在此处不再重复这些细节。Note that references herein to methods 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. -13E, and details of other processes described in 5A-5LLLL) also apply in a similar manner to the method 600 described above. For example, the selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of the various selectable user interface objects/icons/items (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described in the method. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图7A-7C是示出根据一些实施例的管理文件夹图标和动作图标的方法700的流程图。方法700在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，设备300，图3，或者便携式多功能设备100，图1)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器与触敏表面分离。可以将方法700中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。7A-7C are flowcharts illustrating a method 700 of managing folder icons and action icons, according to some embodiments. Method 700 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 700 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下所述，方法700提供用以管理文件夹图标和动作图标的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在管理文件夹图标和动作图标时的认知负担，从而创建更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备而言，使得用户能够更快且更高效地管理文件夹图标和动作图标节省了电力，且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way to manage folder icons and action icons. The method reduces the cognitive load on the user when managing folder icons and action icons, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to manage folder icons and action icons faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备同时地在显示器上显示(702)一个或多个动作图标(例如，除文件夹图标之外的应用图标及其他可激活图标)和一个或多个文件夹图标。该设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式(例如，如图5A、5L、5OOO-5PPP中所示)和用于重新布置显示器上的动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重新配置模式(例如，如图5B-5K、5M-5N、5P-5NNN中所示)。在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)以相应平均位置为中心振荡，以便指示设备处于用户界面重新配置模式且可以使可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)在显示器上到处移动。The device simultaneously displays (702) one or more action icons (eg, application icons other than folder icons and other activatable icons) and one or more folder icons on the display. The device has a normal operating mode for activating applications (e.g., as shown in FIGS. As shown in Figures 5B-5K, 5M-5N, 5P-5NNN). In some embodiments, while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) oscillate about respective average positions to indicate that the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode mode and can cause selectable user interface objects (eg, action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) to move around on the display.
设备检测(704)第一输入(例如，图5XX中的点击手势5155、图5XX中的点击手势5156、图5OOO中的点击手势5208或图5OOO中的点击手势5210)。在一些实施例中，在第一输入是(706)在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器上的相应文件夹图标的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势时(例如，图5XX中的在对应于文件夹图标5004-1-b的位置处的点击手势5156或者图5OOO中的在触摸屏112上对应于文件夹图标5004-7的位置处的点击手势5210)，第一输入对应于用以选择相应文件夹图标的请求。在一些实施例中，在第一输入是(708)触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器上的相应动作图标的位置相对应的位置处的点击手势时(例如，图5XX中的在对应于照相机应用图标5002-12的位置处的点击手势5155或图5OOO中的触摸屏112上对应于照片应用图标5002-1的位置处的点击手势5208)，第一输入对应于用以选择相应动作图标的请求。The device detects (704) a first input (eg, tap gesture 5155 in FIG. 5XX, tap gesture 5156 in FIG. 5XX, tap gesture 5208 in FIG. 5000 , or tap gesture 5210 in FIG. 5000 ). In some embodiments, when the first input is (706) a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of the corresponding folder icon on the display (e.g., in Figure 5XX The tap gesture 5156 at the position corresponding to the folder icon 5004-1-b or the tap gesture 5210 at the position corresponding to the folder icon 5004-7 on the touch screen 112 in FIG. 5000 ), the first input corresponds to A request to select the corresponding folder icon. In some embodiments, when the first input is (708) a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) at a location corresponding to the location of the corresponding action icon on the display (e.g., at Tap gesture 5155 at a location corresponding to camera application icon 5002-12 or tap gesture 5208 at a location corresponding to photos application icon 5002-1 on touch screen 112 in FIG. icon request.
响应于检测到第一输入，执行(710)操作712-718和744-766。In response to detecting the first input, operations 712-718 and 744-766 are performed (710).
在一些实施例中，设备确定第一输入是用以选择文件夹图标还是用以选择动作图标的请求。当第一输入是用以选择(712)动作图标的请求时，设备执行在下面参考图744-766更详细地讨论的操作。相反地，当第一输入是用以选择(714)动作图标的请求时，设备执行下面参考操作716-742更详细地讨论的操作。In some embodiments, the device determines whether the first input is a request to select a folder icon or to select an action icon. When the first input is a request to select (712) an action icon, the device performs operations discussed in more detail below with reference to FIGS. 744-766. Conversely, when the first input is a request to select (714) an action icon, the device performs operations discussed in more detail below with reference to operations 716-742.
当设备确定(716)第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时，设备显示(718)与相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容，而不考虑设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重新配置模式。例如，在图5XX中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，设备在对应于文件夹图标5004-1-b的位置处检测到点击手势5156，并且响应于检测到点击手势5156，设备显示用于与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5158，如图5YY中所示。同样地，在图5OOO中，在设备处于正常操作模式之时，设备在对应于文件夹图标5004-7的位置处检测到点击手势5210，并且响应于检测到点击手势5210，设备显示用于与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5212，如图5PPP中所示。When the device determines (716) that the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more folder icons, the device displays (718) the contents of the folder associated with the corresponding folder icon, and Regardless of whether the device is in normal operation mode or UI reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5XX, while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detects tap gesture 5156 at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-1-b, and in response to detecting tap gesture 5156, the device displays Folder view 5158 for the folder associated with folder icon 5004-1-b, as shown in Figure 5YY. Likewise, in Figure 5000, while the device is in the normal operating mode, the device detects tap gesture 5210 at a location corresponding to folder icon 5004-7, and in response to detecting tap gesture 5210, the device displays a Folder view 5212 of the folder associated with folder icon 5004-7, as shown in FIG. 5PPP.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，还可以响应于文件夹重新定位输入而移动文件夹图标。例如，在图5QQ中，设备检测到在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的接触5132以及该接触跨过触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)的后续移动5134。响应于检测到该输入，设备将文件夹图标5004-7移动至显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上基于该输入而确定的可选用户界面对象的布置内的位置，如图5SS中所示。在一些实施例中，不能在设备处于正常操作模式之时将文件夹图标重新定位。换言之，在设备处于正常操作模式之时执行的相同手势将不会致使设备在可选用户界面对象的布置内重新定位文件夹图标。In some embodiments, folder icons may also be moved in response to a folder repositioning input while the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in Figure 5QQ, the device detects contact 5132 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of folder icon 5004-7 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) and the contact Subsequent movement 5134 across the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112). In response to detecting the input, the device moves folder icon 5004-7 to a location on the display (eg, touch screen 112) within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects determined based on the input, as shown in FIG. 5SS. In some embodiments, folder icons cannot be repositioned while the device is in normal operating mode. In other words, the same gesture performed while the device is in the normal operating mode will not cause the device to reposition the folder icon within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects.
在一些实施例中，显示与相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容包括显示(720)多个动作图标(例如，在图5YY中，设备在文件夹视图5158中显示动作图标5002-20、5002-21、5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24和5002-25，或者在图5PPP中，设备在文件夹图标5212中显示动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13、5002-8)。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测(724)对所述多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的选择。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，响应于检测到对相应动作图标的选择，执行(726)操作728-734。在一些实施例中，设备确定设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，当设备处于(728)正常操作模式时，设备激活(730)与相应动作图标相关联的应用(例如，在图5PPP中，当设备在与股票应用图标5002-9相对应的位置处检测到点击手势5214时，作为响应设备激活与股票应用图标5002-9相关联的股票应用)；并且，当设备处于(732)用户界面重新配置模式时，设备继续(734)显示相应动作图标而不激活与相应动作图标相关联的应用。例如，在图5YY中，设备在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的应用-7应用图标5002-25的位置相对应的位置处检测到点击手势5161，并且作为响应，设备不激活与应用-7应用图标5002-25相关联的任何应用。In some embodiments, displaying the contents of the folder associated with the corresponding folder icon includes displaying (720) a plurality of action icons (e.g., in FIG. 5YY, the device displays action icons 5002-20, 5002-21, 5002-21, 5002-22, 5002-23, 5002-24, and 5002-25, or in FIG. 5PPP, the device displays action icons 5002-9, 5002-4, 5002- 13, 5002-8). In some of these embodiments, the device detects (724) a selection of a corresponding action icon of the plurality of action icons. In some of these embodiments, operations 728-734 are performed (726) in response to detecting selection of a corresponding action icon. In some embodiments, the device determines whether the device is in a normal operating mode or in a user interface reconfiguration mode. In some of these embodiments, when the device is in (728) the normal operating mode, the device activates (730) the application associated with the corresponding action icon (e.g., in FIG. In response to detecting tap gesture 5214 at the location corresponding to 5002-9, the device activates the stock application associated with stock application icon 5002-9); and, while the device is in (732) user interface reconfiguration mode, the device continues (734) Displaying the corresponding action icon without activating an application associated with the corresponding action icon. For example, in FIG. 5YY, the device detects tap gesture 5161 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to the location of App-7 application icon 5002-25 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112), And in response, the device does not activate any applications associated with the application-7 application icon 5002-25.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，响应于动作图标移动输入而移动文件夹内的动作图标。例如，在图5TT中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，设备检测动作图标移动输入，其包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的股票应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140以及该接触向触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的在文件夹视图5138内的位置相对应的位置的后续移动5142，如图5TT中所示。响应于该动作图标移动输入，设备将股票应用图标5002-9移动到文件夹视图5138内的可选用户界面对象的布置内的新位置上，该新位置基于在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上的输入的移动，如图5UU中所示。In some embodiments, the action icon within the folder is moved in response to the action icon move input while the device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode. For example, in FIG. 5TT, while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detects an action icon movement input, which includes a stock application on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) and a display (e.g., touch screen 112). Contact 5140 at a location corresponding to the location of icon 5002-9 and directed toward a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to a location on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) within folder view 5138 Subsequent movement 5142 of , as shown in FIG. 5TT. In response to the action icon move input, the device moves the stock application icon 5002-9 to a new location within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects within the folder view 5138, the new location being based on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 ) on the movement of the input, as shown in Figure 5UU.
在一些实施例中，第一输入对应于用以选择相应文件夹图标的请求；并且设备在检测到第一输入时处于用户界面重新配置模式。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备在仍处于(736)用户重新配置模式的同时，显示(738)文件夹的内容。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，在显示文件夹的内容之后，设备检测(740)第二输入；并且响应于检测到第二输入，设备停止(742)显示文件夹视图。例如，在图5SS中，设备在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上对应于文件夹图标5004-7的位置处检测到第一输入(例如，点击手势5136)，并且响应于检测到该点击手势，设备显示文件夹视图(例如，图5TT-5UU中的5138)，其包括与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的内容(例如，动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13和5002-8)。在显示文件夹视图5138之时，设备在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上位于文件夹视图5138外面的位置处检测到第二输入(例如，点击手势5144)(例如，位于文件夹视图下面的触摸屏112的区域中的点击手势)，并且响应于检测到第二输入，设备停止在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示文件夹视图，如图5VV中所示。In some embodiments, the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding folder icon; and the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode when the first input is detected. In some of these embodiments, the device displays (738) the contents of the folder while still in (736) the user reconfiguration mode. In some of these embodiments, after displaying the contents of the folder, the device detects (740) the second input; and in response to detecting the second input, the device stops (742) displaying the folder view. For example, in FIG. 5SS, the device detects a first input (e.g., tap gesture 5136) at a location on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to folder icon 5004-7, and responds to detecting the tap gesture, the device displays a folder view (e.g., 5138 in FIG. 5TT-5UU), which includes the contents of a folder (e.g., action icon 5002 -9, 5002-4, 5002-13 and 5002-8). While folder view 5138 is displayed, the device detects a second input (e.g., tap gesture 5144) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) that is outside folder view 5138 (e.g., below folder view A tap gesture in an area of the touchscreen 112), and in response to detecting the second input, the device stops displaying the folder view on the display (eg, touchscreen 112), as shown in FIG. 5VV.
设备确定(744)第一输入对应于用以选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求(例如，图5XX中在对应于照相机应用图标5002-12的位置处的点击手势5155或图5OOO中在对应于照片应用图标5002-1的位置处的点击手势5208，)。在一些实施例中，设备确定设备是处于正常操作模式还是处于用户界面重新配置模式。当设备处于(746)正常操作模式时，响应于检测到第一输入，设备执行如下面更详细地讨论的操作750-756。相反地，当设备处于(748)用户界面重新配置模式时，响应于检测到第一输入，设备执行如下面更详细地讨论的操作758-766。The device determines (744) that the first input corresponds to a request to select a corresponding one of the one or more action icons (eg, tap gesture 5155 in FIG. 5XX at a location corresponding to camera application icon 5002-12 or FIG. Tap gesture 5208 in 5000 at a location corresponding to photos application icon 5002-1,). In some embodiments, the device determines whether the device is in a normal operating mode or in a user interface reconfiguration mode. When the device is in (746) the normal operating mode, in response to detecting the first input, the device performs operations 750-756 as discussed in more detail below. Conversely, when the device is in ( 748 ) the user interface reconfiguration mode, in response to detecting the first input, the device performs operations 758 - 766 as discussed in more detail below.
在一些实施例中，当设备处于(750)正常操作模式时执行操作752-756。该设备激活(752)与相应动作图标相关联的应用。例如，在图5OOO中，设备在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的照片应用图标5002-1的位置相对应的位置处检测到点击手势5208，并且响应于检测到点击手势5208，设备激活与照片应用图标5002-1相关联的照片应用。在一些实施例中，在设备处于正常操作模式之时，与相应应用相关联的相应动作图标的功能是激活(754)相应应用(例如，动作图标是应用启动图标)；并且在处于正常操作模式之时，不能在显示器上重新布置(756)应用图标和文件夹图标(例如，可选用户界面对象在可选用户界面对象的布置内的相对位置是固定的)。应理解的是，虽然可以跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)对可选用户界面对象的布置进行滚动、翻页或以其他方式迁移，但这些操作并不导致可选用户界面对象的任何重新布置，因为各可选用户界面对象彼此的相对位置在设备执行这些操作时仍未改变。In some embodiments, operations 752-756 are performed while the device is in (750) a normal operating mode. The device activates (752) the application associated with the corresponding action icon. For example, in FIG. 5000 , the device detects tap gesture 5208 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to the location of photo application icon 5002-1 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112), and responds Upon detection of tap gesture 5208, the device activates the photos application associated with photos application icon 5002-1. In some embodiments, when the device is in the normal operating mode, the function of the corresponding action icon associated with the corresponding application is to activate (754) the corresponding application (e.g., the action icon is an application launch icon); and when in the normal operating mode At this time, the application icons and folder icons cannot be rearranged (756) on the display (eg, the relative positions of the selectable user interface objects within the arrangement of selectable user interface objects are fixed). It should be appreciated that while the arrangement of selectable user interface objects may be scrolled, paged, or otherwise migrated across the display (e.g., touch screen 112), these operations do not result in any rearrangement of the selectable user interface objects , because the positions of the selectable UI objects relative to each other remain unchanged when the device performs these actions.
当(758)设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时执行操作760-766。该设备继续(760)显示相应动作图标而不激活与相应动作图标相关联的应用。例如，在图5XX中，设备在对应于照相机应用图标5002-12的位置处检测到点击手势5155，并且响应于检测到点击手势5155，设备并不激活与照片应用图标5002-12相关联的照相机应用，而是仅仅继续显示可选用户界面对象的布置，如图5XX中所示。在一些实施例中，还可以通过点击和拖曳手势来移动动作图标。例如，在图5XX中，如果设备将检测接触5155跨过触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)的后续移动，则设备将响应于检测到该移动，而根据该移动跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)移动动作图标5002-12。Operations 760-766 are performed while (758) the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. The device continues (760) to display the corresponding action icon without activating the application associated with the corresponding action icon. For example, in Figure 5XX, the device detects a tap gesture 5155 at a location corresponding to the camera application icon 5002-12, and in response to detecting the tap gesture 5155, the device does not activate the camera associated with the photos application icon 5002-12 application, but simply continue to display the arrangement of selectable user interface objects, as shown in Figure 5XX. In some embodiments, the action icon can also be moved through tap and drag gestures. For example, in FIG. 5XX, if the device were to detect subsequent movement of contact 5155 across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112), the device would respond to detecting the movement across the display (e.g., touchscreen 112). ) moves the action icon 5002-12.
在一些实施例中，在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，防止(762)相应动作图标被用来激活各应用(例如，用以选择照相机应用图标5002-12的请求不能激活应用图标)。在一些实施例中，当设备处于用户重新配置模式时，动作图标中的一个或多个包括(764)用于删除动作图标的删除区域，而文件夹图标中没有一个包括用于删除文件夹图标的删除区域。例如，设备显示与多个动作图标(例如，5002-4、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-10、5002-11和5002-13)相关联的图5B中的对象移除标志5010，但未示出与任何文件夹图标(例如，5004-1-b或5004-2)相关联的对象移除标志。在一些实施例中，设备检测包括对用于相应动作图标的相应删除区域的选择的删除输入(例如，图5B中的点击手势5011)；并删除相应动作图标(例如，天气应用图标5002-5)。在一些实施例中，动作图标中的一个或多个并不包括删除区域。例如，在图5B中，多个动作图标(例如，动作图标5002-15002-2、5002-3、5002-9、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15和5002-16)与提供对设备的基本特征的访问且因此不能在设备处于用户界面重新配置模式之时被删除的应用(例如，电话、电子邮件、照相机、网络浏览器)相关联。在一些实施例中，在处于用户界面重新配置模式之时，可以响应于检测到的输入而在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上重新布置(766)应用图标和文件夹图标，如上面更详细地描述的那样。In some embodiments, the corresponding action icon is prevented (762) from being used to activate applications while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode (eg, a request to select the camera application icon 5002-12 cannot activate the application icon). In some embodiments, when the device is in user reconfiguration mode, one or more of the action icons includes (764) a delete field for deleting the action icon, while none of the folder icons includes a delete field for deleting the folder icon. to delete the area. For example, the device displays the object removal in FIG. 5B associated with multiple action icons (e.g., 5002-4, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-10, 5002-11, and 5002-13). flag 5010, but does not show an object removal flag associated with any folder icon (eg, 5004-1-b or 5004-2). In some embodiments, the device detects a delete input that includes selection of a corresponding delete region for a corresponding action icon (eg, tap gesture 5011 in FIG. 5B ); and deletes the corresponding action icon (eg, weather application icon 5002-5 ). In some embodiments, one or more of the action icons do not include a delete region. For example, in Figure 5B, a plurality of action icons (eg, action icons 5002-15002-2, 5002-3, 5002-9, 5002-12, 5002-14, 5002-15, and 5002-16) Associated with applications (e.g., phone, email, camera, web browser) that have access to essential features of the device and therefore cannot be deleted while the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, while in the user interface reconfiguration mode, application icons and folder icons may be rearranged (766) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) in response to detected input, as described in more detail above. as described.
请注意，在本文中参考方法600、800、900、1000、1100、1200、1300(例如，图6A-6E、8A-8C、9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E、13A-13E和5A-5LLLL)所述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上述方法700。例如，参考图7A-7C所述的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有在本文中参考方法600、800、900、1000、1100、1200或1300中的任意方法所述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简洁起见，在此处不再重复这些细节。Note that references herein to methods 600, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. -13E and 5A-5LLLL) details of the other processes described above apply in a similar manner to method 700 above. For example, the selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of the various selectable user interface objects/icons/items (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described in the method. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图8A-8C是示出根据一些实施例的对新建文件夹命名的方法800的流程图。方法800在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，设备300，图3，或者便携式多功能设备100，图1)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器与触敏表面分离。可以将方法800中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。8A-8C are flowcharts illustrating a method 800 of naming a newly created folder, according to some embodiments. Method 800 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 800 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下面所述，方法800提供了用以对新建文件夹进行命名的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在对新建文件夹进行命名时的认知负担，从而创建更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备而言，使得用户能够更快且更高效地对新建文件夹进行命名节省了电力，且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 800 provides an intuitive way to name newly created folders. This approach reduces the cognitive burden on the user when naming new folders, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to name new folders more quickly and efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备接收(802)对应于用以创建包含第一项目和第二项目(例如，项目可以是应用、软件程序或对应于显示器上的图标或其他可选用户界面对象的文件)的文件夹的请求的输入。在一些实施例中，文件夹最初仅仅包含第一项目和第二项目(即，第一项目和第二项目是文件夹中的前两个项目)。在一些实施例中，用以创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求包括(804)对应于用以将第一项目移动得接近于第二项目的请求或用以将第一项目拖曳到第二项目的顶部上的请求的输入(例如，如上文参考方法600更详细地描述的那样)。例如，在图5M中，设备检测在触敏表面上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的纸牌应用图标5002-4的位置相对应的的位置(例如，图5M中在触摸屏112上的第一接触位置5040-a)处的接触5040和该接触跨过触敏表面的后续移动5042(例如，该接触跨过触摸屏112到图5N中的第二位置5040-b的移动)。响应于检测到该输入，设备将纸牌应用图标5002-4移动得接近于竞速应用图标5002-13(或在其顶部上)，如图5N中所示。在本示例中，设备检测预定文件夹创建准则(例如，图5N中的接触5040-b的终止)并创建包括纸牌应用图标5002-4和竞速应用图标5002-13的文件夹，并如图5O和5S中所示在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上显示用于该文件夹的文件夹图标5004-7。作为另一示例，设备可以接收到选择第一项目的第一输入、选择第二项目的第二输入和对应于用以执行新建文件夹创建操作的命令的第三输入(例如，文件浏览器或上下文菜单中的“新建文件夹”命令上的点击等)。The device receives (802) a request corresponding to a folder containing a first item and a second item (e.g., an item may be an application, a software program, or a file corresponding to an icon or other selectable user interface object on a display) input of. In some embodiments, the folder initially contains only the first item and the second item (ie, the first item and the second item are the first two items in the folder). In some embodiments, the request to create a folder containing the first item and the second item includes (804) a request to move the first item closer to the second item or to move the first item Input of the request dragged onto top of the second item (eg, as described in more detail above with reference to method 600 ). For example, in FIG. 5M, the device detects a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) (e.g., the first icon on touch screen 112 in FIG. 5M). Contact 5040 at contact location 5040-a) and subsequent movement 5042 of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface (eg, movement of the contact across touch screen 112 to second location 5040-b in FIG. 5N ). In response to detecting this input, the device moves the poker application icon 5002-4 close to (or on top of) the racing application icon 5002-13, as shown in Figure 5N. In this example, the device detects predetermined folder creation criteria (e.g., termination of contact 5040-b in FIG. A folder icon 5004-7 for the folder is displayed on the display (eg, touch screen 112) shown in 50 and 5S. As another example, a device may receive a first input selecting a first item, a second input selecting a second item, and a third input corresponding to a command to perform a new folder creation operation (e.g., a file browser or Click on the "New Folder" command in the context menu, etc.).
响应于接收到该输入而执行(806)操作808-844。该设备创建(808)包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹。该设备确定(810)与第一项目相关联的第一组多个描述符(例如，“游戏”、“卡牌游戏”、“纸牌游戏”)。该设备还确定(812)与第二项目相关联的而多个描述符(例如，“游戏”、“动作游戏”、“竞速游戏”)。在一些实施例中，设备确定是否存在由所述第一组多个描述符和所述第二组多个描述符共享的共同描述符。从上文继续本示例，纸牌应用和竞速应用两者都与共同描述符“游戏”相关联。当存在(814)共同描述符时，设备执行下面更详细地描述的操作824-844。Operations 808-844 are performed (806) in response to receiving the input. The device creates (808) a folder containing the first item and the second item. The device determines (810) a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item (eg, "game", "card game", "poker"). The device also determines (812) a plurality of descriptors associated with the second item (eg, "game," "action game," "racing game"). In some embodiments, the device determines whether there is a common descriptor shared by the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors. Continuing this example from above, both the poker application and the racing application are associated with the common descriptor "game". When the common descriptor exists (814), the device performs operations 824-844 described in more detail below.
在一些实施例中，当不存在(816)共同描述符时，设备确定所述第一组多个描述符和所述第二组多个描述符并不(818)共享任何共同描述符：设备基于第一组多个描述符中的描述符而自动地生成(820)用于文件夹的文件夹名；并且在显示器上显示(822)针对该文件夹的具有自动生成的文件夹名的图标。换言之，基于最初被添加到文件夹的两个项目中的仅一个的描述符，来确定用于文件夹的文件夹名。在一些实施例中，所述描述符是要添加到文件夹的第一项目的描述符(例如，如果在已创建文件夹之前选择超过一个项目)。在一些实施例中，所述描述符是被添加到文件夹的第一项目的描述符。例如，在图5O中，与照相机应用图标5002-12相关联的照相机应用与诸如“摄影”和“相机管理”之类的描述符相关联，而与股票应用图标5002-9相关联的股票应用具有诸如“实用工具”和“财务管理”之类的描述符。在本示例中，两个应用图标与并不共享任何描述符的应用相关联。因此，在本示例中，通过将照相机应用图标5002-12拖曳得接近于股票应用图标5002-9而创建的文件夹被命名为“摄影”文件夹5004-10，同时通过将股票应用图标5002-9拖曳得接近于照相机应用图标5002-12而创建的文件夹被命名为“实用工具”文件夹5004-11。换言之，在一些实施例中，当使用并不共享任何共同描述符的两个项目来创建文件夹时，结果得到的文件夹的名称取决于项目(例如，与应用相关联的图标)被选择的顺序。In some embodiments, when there are no common descriptors (816), the device determines that said first plurality of descriptors and said second plurality of descriptors do not (818) share any common descriptors: the device automatically generating (820) a folder name for the folder based on the descriptors of the first plurality of descriptors; and displaying (822) an icon for the folder with the automatically generated folder name on the display . In other words, the folder name for the folder is determined based on the descriptor of only one of the two items originally added to the folder. In some embodiments, the descriptor is the descriptor of the first item to be added to the folder (eg, if more than one item is selected before the folder has been created). In some embodiments, the descriptor is the descriptor of the first item added to the folder. For example, in Figure 5O, the camera application associated with camera application icon 5002-12 is associated with descriptors such as "photography" and "camera management", while the stock application associated with stock application icon 5002-9 Has descriptors like Utilities and Financial Management. In this example, two application icons are associated with applications that do not share any descriptors. Thus, in this example, the folder created by dragging the camera application icon 5002-12 close to the stocks application icon 5002-9 is named the "Photography" folder 5004-10, while by dragging the stocks application icon 5002- 9 The folder created by dragging close to the camera application icon 5002-12 is named "Utilities" folder 5004-11. In other words, in some embodiments, when a folder is created using two items that do not share any common descriptors, the name of the resulting folder depends on which item (e.g., an icon associated with an application) is selected. order.
当设备确定(824)所述第一组多个描述符和所述第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时。例如，在图5O中，与纸牌应用图标5002-4相关联的纸牌应用与诸如“游戏”、“卡牌游戏”、“纸牌游戏”之类的描述符相关联，而与竞速应用图标5002-13相关联的竞速应用具有诸如“游戏”、“动作游戏”、“竞速游戏”之类的描述符。在本示例中，两个应用图标与仅共享单个描述符(例如，“游戏”)的应用相关联，并且因此该描述符被选作共同描述符。在一些实施例中，所述第一组多个描述符和所述第二组多个描述符共享一组一个或多个描述符：该共享的一组一个或多个描述符中的描述符具有各不相同的特定性水平；并且该共享的一组一个或多个描述符中最具特定性的描述符被设备选作(826)第一共同描述符。例如，在图5O中，与汽车竞速应用图标5002-17相关联的汽车竞速应用与诸如“游戏”、“动作游戏”、“竞速游戏”之类的描述符相关联，而与竞速应用图标5002-18相关联的航空竞速应用具有诸如“游戏”、“动作游戏”、“竞速游戏”之类的描述符。在本示例中，所述两个应用图标与共享多个描述符(例如，“游戏”)的应用相关联，并且因此，最具特定性的描述符(例如，“竞速游戏”)被选作共同描述符。When the device determines (824) that the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor. For example, in FIG. 50 , the Solitaire application associated with the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 is associated with descriptors such as "Games," "Card Game," "Poker Game," and the Solitaire application icon 5002-4. -13 The associated racing application has descriptors such as "game", "action game", "racing game". In this example, the two application icons are associated with applications that only share a single descriptor (eg, "game"), and therefore this descriptor is selected as the common descriptor. In some embodiments, said first plurality of descriptors and said second plurality of descriptors share a set of one or more descriptors: a descriptor in the shared set of one or more descriptors have varying levels of specificity; and the most specific descriptor of the shared set of one or more descriptors is selected (826) by the device as the first common descriptor. For example, in FIG. 5O, the car racing application associated with the car racing application icon 5002-17 is associated with descriptors such as "game", "action game", "racing game", while The aviation racing application associated with the speed application icon 5002-18 has a descriptor such as "game", "action game", "racing game". In this example, the two application icons are associated with applications that share multiple descriptors (eg, "game"), and therefore, the most specific descriptor (eg, "racing game") is selected as a common descriptor.
在一些实施例中，所述第一组多个描述符包括先前分配给第一项目的多个标签；所述第二组多个描述符包括先前分配给第二项目的多个标签；并且第一共同描述符(828)是包括在所述第一组多个标签中和所述第二组多个标签中的标签。在一些实施例中，该标签由设备的用户分配给各项目，并且仅仅适用于本地存储项目。在一些实施例中，在远程服务器处分配标签并由远程服务器发送给设备。In some embodiments, the first plurality of descriptors includes a plurality of tags previously assigned to a first item; the second plurality of descriptors includes a plurality of tags previously assigned to a second item; and A common descriptor (828) is tags included in the first plurality of tags and in the second plurality of tags. In some embodiments, this tag is assigned to items by the user of the device, and only applies to locally stored items. In some embodiments, the tags are assigned at the remote server and sent to the device by the remote server.
在一些实施例中，所述第一组多个描述符包括第一种类分级结构；所述第二组多个描述符包括第二种类分级结构；并且第一共同描述符是(830)包括在第一种类分级结构中和第二种类分级结构中的种类(例如，“游戏”＞“卡牌游戏”＞“纸牌游戏”或“游戏”＞“动作游戏”＞“竞速游戏”)。在一些实施例中，第一种类分级结构是(832)应用数据库(例如，应用库中的应用的数据库)内的第一项目所被分配的一组种类，并且第二种类分级结构是应用数据库内的第二项目所被分配的一组种类。在一些实施例中，应用数据库是(834)应用库中的应用的数据库。例如，在一些实施例中，描述符至少部分地基于用于针对移动设备的专用应用库(例如，用于苹果iPhone的应用商店)中的应用的种类名称。在一些实施例中，用附加标签来补充这些种类名称，所述附加标签指示关于项目的附加信息(例如，项目的创建者的姓名、项目创建的日期/时间等)。In some embodiments, the first plurality of descriptors includes a first category hierarchy; the second plurality of descriptors includes a second category hierarchy; and the first common descriptor is (830) included in A category in the first category hierarchy and in the second category hierarchy (eg, "Games" > "Card Games" > "Poker Games" or "Games" > "Action Games" > "Racing Games"). In some embodiments, the first category hierarchy is (832) a set of categories to which a first item within an application database (e.g., a database of applications in an application library) is assigned, and the second category hierarchy is an application database The set of categories to which the second item within is assigned. In some embodiments, the application database is (834) a database of applications in an application repository. For example, in some embodiments, the descriptor is based at least in part on a category name for an application in a dedicated application library for a mobile device (eg, an application store for Apple's iPhone). In some embodiments, these category names are supplemented with additional tags that indicate additional information about the item (eg, the name of the item's creator, date/time the item was created, etc.).
当所述第一组多个描述符和所述第二组多个描述符共享至少第一共同描述符时，设备基于第一共同描述符而自动地生成(836)用于文件夹的文件夹名。在生成文件夹名之后，设备在显示器上显示(838)针对该文件夹的具有自动生成文件夹名的图标。从上文继续本示例，通过将纸牌应用图标5002-4拖曳得接近于竞速应用图标5002-13而创建的文件夹被命名为“游戏”文件夹5004-7，如图5O和5S中所示。When the first plurality of descriptors and the second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor, the device automatically generates (836) a folder for a folder based on the first common descriptor name. After generating the folder name, the device displays (838) an icon for the folder with the automatically generated folder name on the display. Continuing this example from above, the folder created by dragging the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 close to the Racing application icon 5002-13 is named the "Games" folder 5004-7, as shown in Figures 50 and 5S Show.
在一些实施例中，设备同时地显示(840)用于文件夹的图标和用于文件夹的示出文件夹内容的文件夹视图。例如，响应于检测到致使设备创建文件夹(例如，图5S中的文件夹5004-7)的输入(例如，图5M中的接触5040和移动5042)，设备自动地显示用于文件夹的图5Y中的文件夹视图5092。换言之，在没有来自用户的任何进一步干预的情况下，设备自动地从图5M中所示的用户界面(其中检测到文件夹创建输入)过渡至图5S中所示的用户界面(其中创建文件夹并显示文件夹图标5004-7)和图5Y中所示的用户界面(其中显示用于文件夹的文件夹视图5092)。In some embodiments, the device simultaneously displays (840) an icon for the folder and a folder view for the folder showing folder contents. For example, in response to detecting an input (e.g., contact 5040 and movement 5042 in FIG. 5M ) that causes the device to create a folder (e.g., folder 5004-7 in FIG. 5S ), the device automatically displays an image for the folder. Folder view 5092 in 5Y. In other words, without any further intervention from the user, the device automatically transitions from the user interface shown in FIG. 5M (where a folder creation input is detected) to the user interface shown in FIG. and display a folder icon 5004-7) and the user interface shown in FIG. 5Y (where a folder view 5092 for a folder is displayed).
在一些实施例中，响应于接收到该输入，设备显示(842)已创建文件夹的通知，其中，通知包括用于对文件夹重命名的指令。例如，在图5P中，在创建文件夹之后，设备显示命名确认对话框5064，其为用户提供用于确认文件夹创建、对文件夹重命名和取消文件夹创建的选项，如上文更详细地讨论的那样。在一些实施例中，响应于接收到该输入，设备显示(844)用于对文件夹重命名的文本输入字段。例如，在图5P中，如果设备检测到对应于用以对文件夹重命名的请求的输入(例如，重命名按钮上的点击手势5070)，则设备显示用于改变新建文件夹的名称(例如，如图5Q中所示，从“游戏”至“娱乐”)的对话框5702。作为另一示例，响应于检测到对应于用以激活文件夹重命名按钮的请求的输入(例如，图5Y中的点击手势5098)，设备显示包括文本输入字段的文件夹重命名区域5108，如图5DD中所示。In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input, the device displays (842) a notification that the folder has been created, wherein the notification includes instructions to rename the folder. For example, in FIG. 5P, after creating a folder, the device displays a naming confirmation dialog 5064 that provides the user with options to confirm folder creation, rename the folder, and cancel folder creation, as described in more detail above. as discussed. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input, the device displays (844) a text entry field for renaming the folder. For example, in FIG. 5P, if the device detects an input corresponding to a request to rename a folder (e.g., a tap gesture 5070 on the rename button), the device displays the name for changing the newly created folder (e.g., , as shown in FIG. 5Q, dialog box 5702 from "Games" to "Entertainment"). As another example, in response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to activate a folder rename button (e.g., tap gesture 5098 in FIG. 5Y ), the device displays folder rename area 5108 including a text entry field, as Shown in Figure 5DD.
在一些实施例中，设备检测(846)附加输入，并且响应于检测到该附加输入，设备向文件夹添加(848)第三项目。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备确定(850)与第三项目相关联的第三组多个描述符。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备选择(852)由所述第一组多个描述符、所述第二组多个描述符和所述第三组多个描述符共享的第二描述符。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备基于第二描述符而自动地生成(854)用于文件夹的新建文件夹名称。换言之，在这些实施例中，文件夹的名称在文件夹的内容改变时改变。例如如果纸牌应用图标5002-4将被添加到与竞速游戏文件夹图标5004-8相关联的文件夹，则设备将把竞速游戏文件夹图标5004-8的名称修改成新的名称(例如，从“竞速游戏”至“游戏”)，其中该新名称至少部分地基于被文件夹内的全部三个项目(例如，纸牌应用图标5002-4、汽车竞速应用图标5002-17和航空竞速应用图标5002-18)共享的描述符。相反地，在一些实施例中，文件夹名在创建文件夹时是固定的，并且因此向文件夹添加新项目并不改变文件夹名。In some embodiments, the device detects (846) the additional input, and in response to detecting the additional input, the device adds (848) the third item to the folder. In some of these embodiments, the device determines (850) a third plurality of descriptors associated with the third item. In some of these embodiments, the device selects (852) a second plurality of descriptors shared by the first plurality of descriptors, the second plurality of descriptors, and the third plurality of descriptors. Descriptor. In some of these embodiments, the device automatically generates (854) a new folder name for the folder based on the second descriptor. In other words, in these embodiments, the name of the folder changes when the contents of the folder change. For example, if Solitaire application icon 5002-4 was to be added to a folder associated with Racing Games folder icon 5004-8, the device would modify the name of Racing Games folder icon 5004-8 to a new name (e.g. , from "Racing Game" to "Game"), where the new name is based at least in part on all three items within the folder (e.g., Solitaire App Icon 5002-4, Car Racing App Icon 5002-17, and Aviation Racing application icon 5002-18) shared descriptor. Conversely, in some embodiments, the folder name is fixed when the folder is created, and thus adding new items to the folder does not change the folder name.
请注意，在本文中相对于方法600、700、900、1000、1100、1200、1300(例如，图6A-6E、7A-7C、9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E、13A-13E和5A-5LLLL)所述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上述方法800。例如，参考图8A-8C所述的项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有在本文中参考方法600、700、900、1000、1100、1200或1300中的任意方法所述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简洁起见，在此处不再重复这些细节。Please note that relative to methods 600, 700, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described in 13A-13E and 5A-5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 800 above. For example, the items described with reference to FIGS. 8A-8C (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) may have One or more of the properties of various selectable user interface objects/icons/items (eg, action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图9A-9B是示出根据一些实施例的响应于图标管理输入而调整用于可选用户界面对象的激活区域的方法900的流程图。方法900在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，设备300，图3，或者便携式多功能设备100，图1)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器与触敏表面分离。可以将方法900中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。9A-9B are flowcharts illustrating a method 900 of adjusting activation regions for selectable user interface objects in response to icon management inputs, according to some embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1 ) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 900 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下面所述，方法900提供了用以管理图标的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在管理图标时的认知负担，从而创建更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备而言，使得用户能够更快且更高效地管理图标节省了电力，且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way to manage icons. This approach reduces the cognitive load on the user when managing icons, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage icons faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(902)多个图标(例如，诸如触摸屏112上的应用图标5002和/或文件夹图标5004之类的可选用户界面对象)。在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一位置处显示(904)所述多个图标中的第一图标(例如，动作图标或文件夹图标)。所述多个图标中与第一图标截然不同的第二图标(例如，动作图标或文件夹图标)具有(906)具有默认尺寸的激活区域，该激活区域在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第二位置，该第二位置与第一位置截然不同。例如，在图5KK中，在可选用户界面对象的第二行的右侧显示第一图标(例如，股票应用图标5002-9)。在本示例中，第二图标5004-7最初具有默认激活区域(例如，图5KK中的5122-13-a)。在一些实施例中，每个图标(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有为默认尺寸的激活区域(例如，图5KK中的激活区域5122)。在一些实施例中，激活区5122是隐藏的激活区域(例如，该激活区域在显示器上未显示)。The device displays (902) a plurality of icons (eg, selectable user interface objects such as application icons 5002 and/or folder icons 5004 on touch screen 112) on the display. A first icon (eg, an action icon or a folder icon) of the plurality of icons is displayed (904) at a first location on the display (eg, touch screen 112). A second icon (e.g., an action icon or a folder icon) of the plurality of icons that is distinct from the first icon has (906) an active area with a default size that is defined by an active area on the display (e.g., touch screen 112). A second location that is distinct from the first location. For example, in Figure 5KK, a first icon (eg, stock application icon 5002-9) is displayed on the right side of the second row of selectable user interface objects. In this example, the second icon 5004-7 initially has a default activation region (eg, 5122-13-a in Figure 5KK). In some embodiments, each icon (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) has an activation area (eg, activation area 5122 in Figure 5KK) that is a default size. In some embodiments, the activation area 5122 is a hidden activation area (eg, the activation area is not shown on the display).
设备检测(908)对应于用以移动第一图标的请求的输入。例如，如图5KK中所示，设备检测到在触敏表面上对应于第一图标(例如，图5KK中的股票应用图标5002-9)的位置处的手指接触5120和该手指接触跨触敏表面的移动5121(例如，在触摸屏112上从图5KK中的第一位置5120-a至图5LL中的第二位置5120-b再至图5MM中的第三位置5120-c)。在检测到该输入之后，设备基于从第一位置至第二图标的位置的距离，而从默认尺寸改变(910)用于第二图标的激活区域的尺寸。例如，在图5KK中，设备将用于第二图标(例如，游戏文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域5122-13的尺寸从图5KK中的默认激活区域5122-13-a变成图5LL-5MM中的扩大激活区域5122-13-b。在一些实施例中，响应于在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上对应于显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一图标的位置的位置处检测到接触，而改变激活区域的尺寸(例如，设备响应于简单地检测到图5KK中的接触5120而将激活区域5122-13-a变成激活区域5122-13-b)。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到接触远离在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一图标的位置相对应的位置的移动，而改变激活区域的尺寸(例如，只有当检测到接触5120在显示器上的至少一些移动5121之后，设备才将激活区域5122-13-a变成激活区域5122-13-b，如图5LL中所示)。The device detects (908) an input corresponding to a request to move the first icon. For example, as shown in FIG. 5KK, the device detects a finger contact 5120 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a first icon (e.g., stock application icon 5002-9 in FIG. 5KK) and the finger contact cross-touch-sensitive Movement 5121 of the surface (eg, from a first position 5120-a in FIG. 5KK to a second position 5120-b in FIG. 5LL to a third position 5120-c in FIG. 5MM on the touch screen 112). After detecting the input, the device changes ( 910 ) the size of the activation area for the second icon from the default size based on the distance from the first location to the location of the second icon. For example, in Figure 5KK, the device changed the size of the activation area 5122-13 for a second icon (e.g., game folder icon 5004-7) from the default activation area 5122-13-a in Figure 5KK to Figure 5LL - Expanded activation area 5122-13-b in 5MM. In some embodiments, the activation area is changed in size (e.g., , the device changes activation region 5122-13-a to activation region 5122-13-b) in response to simply detecting contact 5120 in FIG. 5KK. In some embodiments, the activation area is changed in response to detecting movement of the contact away from a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of the first icon on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) (eg, the device changes activation region 5122-13-a to activation region 5122-13-b only after detecting at least some movement 5121 of contact 5120 across the display, as shown in FIG. 5LL).
在一些实施例中，还至少部分地基于第二图标的类型来改变(912)第二图标的激活区域的尺寸。在一些实施例中，当第二图标是文件夹图标时，激活区域具有(914)第一尺寸(例如，因为第一操作是向第二图标所代表的文件夹添加第一图标)。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，当第二图标是动作图标时，激活区域具有小于第一尺寸的第二尺寸(例如，由于第一操作正在创建包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹，换言之，调整激活区域以使得最容易移动图标，其次最容易向预先存在的文件夹添加图标，最难从两个激活图标创建新建文件夹)。In some embodiments, the size of the activation area of the second icon is also changed (912) based at least in part on the type of the second icon. In some embodiments, the activation area has (914) the first size when the second icon is a folder icon (eg, because the first operation is adding the first icon to the folder represented by the second icon). In some of these embodiments, when the second icon is an action icon, the activation area has a second size that is smaller than the first size (e.g., because the first operation is creating a file that includes the first icon and the second icon Folders, in other words, adjust the active area so that moving icons is easiest, adding icons to pre-existing folders is next easiest, and creating new folders from two active icons is the hardest).
在一些实施例中，针对所述多个图标中的除第一图标之外的一个或多个相应图标，设备基于从第一位置到相应图标的相应位置的距离(例如，响应于在对应于第一图标的触敏表面上的位置处检测到接触或响应于该接触远离对应于第一图标的触敏表面上的位置的移动)，而从相应默认尺寸改变(916)用于相应图标的相应激活区域的尺寸。例如，在图5LL中，用于照片应用图标5002-1的激活区域的尺寸已经基于从第一位置(例如，图5KK中的接触5120-a的位置)到图5LL中的照片应用图标5002-1的相应位置的距离，而从默认尺寸5122-1-a增加至较大尺寸5122-1-b。同样地，应注意的是，在一些实施例中，已经调整用于多个其他图标(例如，在图5KK-5LL中分别地为可选用户界面对象5002-1、5002-2、5002-6、5002-7、5004-1-b、5002-10、5004-7、5002-14、5002-15、5002-16、5004-2)的默认激活区域(例如，图5KK中的5122-5-a、5122-6-a、5122-9-a、5122-10-a、5122-14-a、5122-15-a、5122-16-a、5122-17-a)，如图5LL中所示(例如，在图5LL中分别地用已调整激活区域5122-5-b、5122-6-b、5122-9-b、5122-10-b、5122-14-b、5122-15-b、5122-16-b、5122-17-b)。In some embodiments, for one or more corresponding icons of the plurality of icons other than the first icon, the device is based on the distance from the first location to the corresponding location of the corresponding icon (eg, in response to A contact is detected at a location on the touch-sensitive surface of a first icon or in response to a movement of the contact away from a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the first icon), the size for the corresponding icon is changed (916) from the corresponding default size. The dimensions of the corresponding active area. For example, in FIG. 5LL, the size of the active area for photo application icon 5002-1 has been based on the size of the active area from a first location (e.g., the location of contact 5120-a in FIG. 5KK) to photo application icon 5002-1 in FIG. 5LL. 1, while increasing from the default size 5122-1-a to the larger size 5122-1-b. Likewise, it should be noted that in some embodiments, adjustments have been made for a number of other icons (e.g., selectable user interface objects 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-6 in FIGS. 5KK-5LL, respectively). , 5002-7, 5004-1-b, 5002-10, 5004-7, 5002-14, 5002-15, 5002-16, 5004-2) default activation regions (for example, 5122-5- in Figure 5KK a, 5122-6-a, 5122-9-a, 5122-10-a, 5122-14-a, 5122-15-a, 5122-16-a, 5122-17-a), as shown in Figure 5LL shown (for example, in FIG. , 5122-16-b, 5122-17-b).
响应于检测输入，设备跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)远离第一位置移动(918)第一图标。例如，在图5LL中，设备显示股票应用图标5002-9远离第一位置(例如，图5KK中的股票应用图标5002-9的位置)移动。在一些实施例中，当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内持续超过预定时间段时，设备显示(920)在输入终止时将执行的动作的指示(例如，指示将创建新建文件夹的动画或指示第一图标将被添加到第二图标所代表的文件夹的动画)。例如，当第二图标是文件夹图标时，设备可以突出显示文件夹图标，以便指示第一图标将被添加到文件夹。作为另一示例，当第二图标是动作图标时，设备可以突出显示该动作图标以指示将创建包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹。In response to detecting the input, the device moves (918) the first icon across the display (eg, touch screen 112) away from the first location. For example, in FIG. 5LL, the device displays stocks application icon 5002-9 moving away from a first location (eg, the location of stocks application icon 5002-9 in FIG. 5KK). In some embodiments, the device displays (920) an indication of an action to be performed upon termination of the input (e.g., indicating that a new folder or an animation indicating that the first icon will be added to the folder represented by the second icon). For example, when the second icon is a folder icon, the device may highlight the folder icon to indicate that the first icon will be added to the folder. As another example, when the second icon is an action icon, the device may highlight the action icon to indicate that a folder including the first icon and the second icon will be created.
设备检测(922)输入满足预定义触发准则(例如，检测到手指接触的抬起)。在一些实施例中，检测该输入满足预定义触发准则包括检测(924)第一输入的终止。例如，当设备检测到接触5120-c从触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)的抬起时检测到第一输入的终止。The device detects (922) that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria (eg, detection of lift of finger contact). In some embodiments, detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria includes detecting (924) termination of the first input. For example, termination of the first input is detected when the device detects a lift of contact 5120-c from the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112).
响应于检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则，执行(926)操作928-946。在一些实施例中，设备确定第一图标是否至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内。当第一图标至少部分地在(928)第二图标的激活区域内时，设备执行操作932-938，如下面更详细地讨论的那样。相反地，当第一图标并未至少部分地在(930)第二图标的激活区域内时，设备执行操作940-946，如下面更详细地讨论的那样。In response to detecting that the input satisfies the predefined trigger criteria, operations 928-946 are performed (926). In some embodiments, the device determines whether the first icon is at least partially within the activation area of the second icon. When the first icon is at least partially within (928) the activation area of the second icon, the device performs operations 932-938, as discussed in more detail below. Conversely, when the first icon is not at least partially within (930) the activation area of the second icon, the device performs operations 940-946, as discussed in more detail below.
当设备确定(932)第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域(例如，图5MM中的5122-13-b)内时，设备执行(934)与第二图标相关联的第一操作。在一些实施例中，第一操作包括创建(936)包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹(例如，如上文参考图600更详细地描述的那样)。例如，在图5MM中，设备检测到该输入的终止(例如，接触5120-c的抬起)，并且响应于检测到该输入的终止，设备向游戏文件夹图标5004-7所代表的文件夹添加股票应用图标5002-9，如图5NN中所示。在一些实施例中，第一操作包括将第一图标添加(938)到第二图标所代表的文件夹。例如，如果设备在股票应用图标5002-9至少部分地在用于另一动作图标的激活区域内时检测到该输入的终止，则设备将创建包括股票应用图标5002-9和另一动作图标的文件夹，如上文参考图5M-5N更详细地描述的那样。When the device determines (932) that the first icon is at least partially within the activation area of the second icon (e.g., 5122-13-b in FIG. 5MM), the device performs (934) the first operation associated with the second icon . In some embodiments, the first operation includes creating (936) a folder including the first icon and the second icon (eg, as described in more detail above with reference to diagram 600). For example, in FIG. 5MM, the device detects the termination of the input (e.g., the lifting of contact 5120-c), and in response to detecting the termination of the input, the device adds a file to the folder represented by the game folder icon 5004-7. A stock application icon 5002-9 is added, as shown in Figure 5NN. In some embodiments, the first operation includes adding (938) the first icon to the folder represented by the second icon. For example, if the device detects the termination of the input when the stock application icon 5002-9 is at least partially within the activation area for another action icon, the device will create the stock application icon 5002-9 and the other action icon. Folders, as described in more detail above with reference to Figures 5M-5N.
当设备确定(940)第一图标在第二图标的激活区域外面时，设备执行(942)与第一操作截然不同的第二操作。在一些实施例中，第二操作包括在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上重新布置(944)所述多个图标，以使得第一图标在显示器上接近于第二图标的位置。例如，在图5OO中，设备检测到该输入(例如，接触5124和该接触的移动5126)并在第二图标(例如，图5OO中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域5128-11外面的位置5124-b处检测到已满足预定义触发准则(例如，接触5124已暂停持续超过预定时间段)。继续本示例，响应于确定已满足预定义准则，设备重新布置图标(例如，使得该布置的第三行上的所有图标向左移位一个间隔)。在一些实施例中，第二操作包括在显示器上使第一图标返回(946)到第一位置。例如，如果在股票应用图标5002-9位于用于游戏文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5122-13-b外面之时设备检测到图5MM中的接触5120-c的终止，则设备将使股票应用图标5002-9返回到其先前位置(例如，图5LL中的股票应用图标5002-9的位置)。When the device determines (940) that the first icon is outside the activation area of the second icon, the device performs (942) a second operation that is distinct from the first operation. In some embodiments, the second operation includes rearranging ( 944 ) the plurality of icons on the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) such that the first icon is closer to the position of the second icon on the display. For example, in FIG. 500 , the device detects the input (e.g., contact 5124 and movement of the contact 5126) and activates an area 5128-11 of a second icon (e.g., game folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 500 ). Outer location 5124-b is detected to have met predefined trigger criteria (eg, contact 5124 has been suspended for more than a predetermined period of time). Continuing with the example, in response to determining that the predefined criteria have been met, the device rearranges the icons (eg, such that all icons on the third row of the arrangement are shifted one interval to the left). In some embodiments, the second operation includes returning (946) the first icon to the first position on the display. For example, if the device detects the termination of contact 5120-c in FIG. Application icon 5002-9 returns to its previous location (eg, the location of stock application icon 5002-9 in FIG. 5LL).
应理解的是，在一些实施例中，基于图标的距离而在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上调整用于图标的激活区域的尺寸的一个优点是其提供了用于距离正在被移动的图标更远的图标的较大目标。通常，当触摸手势在较长距离内发生时，该手势将包括比在较短距离内发生的触摸手势的一部分更快的移动。另外，通常，包括更快移动的触摸手势不如包括较慢移动的触摸手势那么准确。因此，通过增加用于距离触摸手势的起始点更远的图标的激活区域的尺寸，设备必须对跨过触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)穿过较长距离以到达距离起始点更远的图标的触摸手势的降低准确度补偿，从而改善人机接口。It should be appreciated that, in some embodiments, one advantage of adjusting the size of the active area for an icon on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) based on the distance of the icon is that it provides a greater distance for the icon being moved. Larger target for the far icon. Typically, when a touch gesture occurs over a longer distance, the gesture will include faster movement than part of a touch gesture that occurs over a shorter distance. Additionally, touch gestures involving faster movements are generally less accurate than touch gestures involving slower movements. Thus, by increasing the size of the activation area for icons that are further from the start point of a touch gesture, the device must traverse a longer distance across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) to reach icons that are farther from the start point. Compensates for the reduced accuracy of touch gestures, thereby improving the human-machine interface.
注意本文关于方法600、700、800、1000、1100、1200、1300(例如，图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、10A至10B、11A至11C、12A至12E、13A至13E以及5A至5LLLL)描述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上文描述的方法900。例如，参考图9A至9B描述的图标(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有本文参考方法600、700、800、1000、1100、1200、或1300中任意方法描述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简明起见，此处不再重复这些细节。Note that this article is concerned with methods 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described to 5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 900 described above. For example, the icons (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of a user interface object/icon/item (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图10A至图10B是图示根据一些实施例的用于响应于图标管理输入而重新配置显示器上的图标的方法1000的流程图。方法1000在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，图3的设备300，或者图1的便携式多功能设备100)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器并且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器是与触敏表面分离的。可以将方法1000中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。10A-10B are flowcharts illustrating a method 1000 for reconfiguring icons on a display in response to an icon management input, according to some embodiments. Method 1000 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100 of FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1000 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下文所述，方法1000提供了管理图标的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在管理图标时的认知负担，由此创建了更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备，使得用户能够更快地且更高效地管理图标节省了电力，并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1000 provides an intuitive way to manage icons. The method reduces the cognitive load on the user when managing icons, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to manage icons faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备按照第一布置(例如，图5KK中的动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)显示(1002)显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的多个图标。该设备检测(1004)对应于用以将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的第一位置向显示器上的第二位置移动的请求的输入。例如，设备检测到在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的股票应用图标5002-9的位置对应的位置处的接触5120以及该接触的后续移动5121(例如，在触摸屏112上从图5KK中的第一位置5120-a向图5LL中的第二位置5120-b再向图5MM中的第三位置5120-c的移动)，这对应于用以在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上将股票应用图标5002-9从其在图5KK中的初始位置向接近图5KK中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7的位置移动的请求。The device displays (1002) a plurality of icons on a display (eg, touch screen 112) in a first arrangement (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004 in Figure 5KK). The device detects (1004) an input corresponding to a request to move a first icon of the plurality of icons from a first location on the display (eg, touch screen 112) to a second location on the display. For example, the device detects contact 5120 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of stock application icon 5002-9 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) and subsequent movement 5121 of the contact (e.g., , on the touch screen 112 from the first position 5120-a in FIG. 5KK to the second position 5120-b in FIG. 5LL to the third position 5120-c in FIG. 5MM), which corresponds to A request to move the stock application icon 5002-9 from its initial position in FIG. 5KK to a position proximate to the games folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5KK (eg, touch screen 112).
响应于检测到该输入来执行(1006)操作1008-1034。该设备将第一图标从第一位置向第二位置移动(1008)。例如，如图5KK至5MM所示，设备将股票应用图标5002-9跨过显示器(例如，触摸屏112)朝着游戏文件夹图标5004-7移动。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入，设备在第一位置处显示(1010)第一图标的残留图像。在这些实施例中，第一图标的残留图像在视觉上与第一图标截然不同。在一些实施例中，第一图标的残留图像是第一图标的变灰的、半透光的、半透明的、对比度减小的、或者虚幻示像(ghostimage)。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入，设备在第一位置处显示(1012)空白空间(例如，如图5LL至5MM所示，其中在图标的第二行右端处显示空白空间)。Operations 1008-1034 are performed (1006) in response to detecting the input. The device moves (1008) the first icon from the first location to the second location. For example, as shown in Figures 5KK through 5MM, the device moves the stock application icon 5002-9 across the display (eg, touch screen 112) towards the games folder icon 5004-7. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device displays (1010) a residual image of the first icon at the first location. In these embodiments, the residual image of the first icon is visually distinct from the first icon. In some embodiments, the residual image of the first icon is a grayed out, translucent, translucent, reduced contrast, or ghost image of the first icon. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device displays (1012) an empty space at the first location (eg, as shown in Figures 5LL-5MM where the empty space is displayed at the right end of the second row of icons).
设备维持(1014)多个图标中除了第一图标之外每个相应图标的位置，直到已经满足自动重新配置准则。例如，在图5LL至5MM中，设备继续在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的相同位置处显示除了股票应用图标5002-9之外的所有图标，尽管在图标的布置中存在之前是股票应用图标5002-9所定位位置的空白空间。The device maintains (1014) the position of each respective icon of the plurality of icons except the first icon until the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met. For example, in FIGS. 5LL to 5MM, the device continues to display all icons except the stock application icon 5002-9 at the same location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112), even though the stock application icon was previously present in the arrangement of icons. Empty space where 5002-9 is located.
设备确定(1016)已经满足自动重新配置准则(例如，在某个稍后的时间点)。在一些实施例中，当自从检测到该输入(或者输入的开始)已经过去(1018)预定时间段(例如，0.5秒、1秒、2秒等)时，满足自动重新配置准则。在一些实施例中，预定时间段从输入的开始进行测量。在一些实施例中，预定时间段从输入的结束进行测量。在一些实施例中，当已经过去(1020)预定时间段并且第一图标当前并不位于显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上在另一图标的激活区域内的位置时，满足自动重新配置准则。换言之，在这些实施例中，除了已经过去预定时间段之外，第一图标必须被显示在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上在其他图标的任何激活区域之外的位置处。在一些实施例中，当设备检测到(1022)输入的终止时满足自动重新配置准则。例如，在图5MM中，设备检测到接触5120-c的抬起，并且作为响应，设备将股票应用图标5002-9添加到与游戏文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹，如图5NN所示，并且随后重新布置图标，如图5OO所示。在一些实施例中，在第一图标仍然在显示器上移动(1024)之时满足自动重新配置准则。换言之，在一些实施例中，在输入继续被设备检测到的同时(例如，在检测到接触从触敏表面的抬起之前)过去了预定时间段。The device determines (1016) that the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met (eg, at some later point in time). In some embodiments, the automatic reconfiguration criteria are met when a predetermined period of time (eg, 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds, etc.) has elapsed (1018) since the detection of the input (or the start of the input). In some embodiments, the predetermined time period is measured from the beginning of the input. In some embodiments, the predetermined time period is measured from the end of the input. In some embodiments, the automatic reconfiguration criteria are met when a predetermined period of time has elapsed (1020) and the first icon is not currently located on the display (eg, touch screen 112) within the active area of another icon. In other words, in these embodiments, the first icon must be displayed at a location on the display (eg, touch screen 112 ) outside of any active areas of the other icons unless a predetermined period of time has elapsed. In some embodiments, the automatic reconfiguration criteria are met when the device detects (1022) the termination of the input. For example, in FIG. 5MM, the device detects the lift of contact 5120-c, and in response, the device adds the stock application icon 5002-9 to the folder associated with the games folder icon 5004-7, as shown in FIG. 5NN , and then rearrange the icons, as shown in FIG. 500 . In some embodiments, the automatic reconfiguration criteria are met while the first icon is still moving (1024) on the display. In other words, in some embodiments, a predetermined period of time elapses while input continues to be detected by the device (eg, before lifting of the contact from the touch-sensitive surface is detected).
响应于确定已经满足自动重新配置准则，设备移动(1026)多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标以形成与第一布置截然不同的第二布置。例如，文件夹图标5004-1-b从图5NN的布置中的第三行移到图5OO的布置中的第二行，而动作图标5002-10、5002-11和5002-12移到左边，并且游戏文件夹5004-7从图5NN的布置中的第四行上移到图5OO的布置中的第三行。在一些实施例中，第二布置包括(1028)在第一位置处的与第一图标截然不同的第二图标。例如，在图5OO中，设备在先前在图5KK中由股票应用5002-9占据的位置处显示文件夹图标5004-1-b。在一些实施例中，第一图标(例如，股票应用图标5002-9)已经被移动至图标内的不同位置。在一些实施例中，第一图标(股票应用图标5002-9)已经从多个图标中移除(例如，通过被添加到文件夹5004-7)。In response to determining that the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met, the device moves (1026) one or more icons of the plurality of icons other than the first icon to form a second arrangement that is distinct from the first arrangement. For example, folder icon 5004-1-b moves from the third row in the arrangement of FIG. 5NN to the second row in the arrangement of FIG. 5OO, while action icons 5002-10, 5002-11, and 5002-12 move to the left, And the game folder 5004-7 is moved up from the fourth row in the arrangement of FIG. 5NN to the third row in the arrangement of FIG. 5OO. In some embodiments, the second arrangement includes (1028) a second icon at the first location that is distinct from the first icon. For example, in Figure 5OO, the device displays folder icon 5004-1-b at the location previously occupied by Stocks application 5002-9 in Figure 5KK. In some embodiments, the first icon (eg, stock application icon 5002-9) has been moved to a different location within the icon. In some embodiments, the first icon (stock application icon 5002-9) has been removed from the plurality of icons (eg, by being added to folder 5004-7).
在一些实施例中，在检测到该输入满足预定义触发准则(例如，检测到该输入的终止)之后(响应于此)形成(1030)第二布置，并且第二布置包括在显示器上按照预定义的布置(例如，二维网格或者触摸屏112上的其他规则间隔的布置)显示(1032)图标。在一些实施例中，当已经满足自动重新配置准则时，随着第一图标在显示器上来回移动而动态地重新配置(1034)图标(例如，以便避免触摸屏112上第一图标与其他图标之间的重叠)。换言之，在一些实施例中，当第一图标的第二位置至少部分地与第二图标的相应的初始位置重叠时，设备将第二图标从相应的初始位置向相应的新位置移动，以便适应于第一图标在第一区中的第二位置处的显示。例如，重新布置图标包括随着第一图标在显示器上来回移动(例如，在继续检测到触摸屏112上的接触之时)而将第一图标的位置与其他图标的位置调换。In some embodiments, the second arrangement is formed (1030) after (in response to) detecting that the input satisfies predefined trigger criteria (eg, detecting termination of the input), and the second arrangement includes displaying on the display according to a predetermined The icons are displayed (1032) in a defined arrangement (eg, a two-dimensional grid or other regularly spaced arrangement on the touch screen 112). In some embodiments, when the automatic reconfiguration criteria have been met, the icons are dynamically reconfigured (1034) as the first icon is moved around on the display (e.g., to avoid gaps between the first icon and other icons on the touch screen 112). overlap). In other words, in some embodiments, when the second position of the first icon at least partially overlaps with the corresponding initial position of the second icon, the device moves the second icon from the corresponding initial position to the corresponding new position so as to accommodate on the display of the first icon at the second position in the first region. For example, rearranging the icons includes swapping the position of the first icon with the positions of the other icons as the first icon moves across the display (eg, while continuing to detect contact on the touch screen 112 ).
注意本文关于方法600、700、800、900、1100、1200、1300(例如，图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、9A至9B、11A至11C、12A至12E、13A至13E以及5A至5LLLL)描述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上文描述的方法1000。例如，参考图10A至10B描述的图标(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有本文参考方法600、700、800、1000、1100、1200、或1300中的任意方法所描述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简明起见，此处不再重复这些细节。Note that this article is concerned with methods 600, 700, 800, 900, 1100, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described to 5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 1000 described above. For example, the icons described with reference to FIGS. 10A to 10B (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004 ) may have various One or more of the properties of the selectable user interface object/icon/item (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图11A至图11C是图示根据一些实施例的用于更新动态文件夹图标以提供关于与动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容的视觉指示的方法1100的流程图。方法1100在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，图3的设备300，或者图1的便携式多功能设备100)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器并且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器是与触敏表面分离的。可以将方法1100中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。11A-11C are flowcharts illustrating a method 1100 for updating a dynamic folder icon to provide a visual indication about the contents of a folder associated with the dynamic folder icon, according to some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100 of FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1100 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下文所述，方法1100提供了管理文件夹的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在管理文件夹时的认知负担，由此创建了更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备，使得用户能够更快地且更高效地管理文件夹节省了电力，并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way to manage folders. The method reduces the cognitive load on the user when managing folders, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to manage folders faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备显示(1102)动态文件夹图标(例如，图5SS中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7)。该动态文件夹图标(例如，图5SS中的5004-7)包括对文件夹中与动态文件夹图标相关联的当前内容的视觉指示(例如，图5SS中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“O”、“R”、“S”和“M”)。在一些实施例中，动态文件夹图标指示(1104)被包含在与动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的多个动作图标。例如，图5SS中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7包括四个在与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的可选用户界面对象的缩小比例表示(例如，在游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的包含“O”、“R”、“S”和“M”的方框)。The device displays (1102) a dynamic folder icon (eg, games folder icon 5004-7 in Figure 5SS). The dynamic folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG. 5SS) includes a visual indication of the current content in the folder associated with the dynamic folder icon (e.g., in the games folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5SS). "O", "R", "S" and "M"). In some embodiments, the dynamic folder icon indicates (1104) a plurality of action icons contained within the folder associated with the dynamic folder icon. For example, games folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5SS includes scaled-down representations of four selectable user interface objects within the folder associated with the folder icon (e.g., in games folder icon 5004-7). box containing "O", "R", "S" and "M").
在一些实施例中，内容具有(1106)在文件夹内的空间布置，并且动态文件夹图标(例如，图5TT中的5004-7)提供关于在文件夹内的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。在一些实施例中，内容包括多个动作图标(例如，图5TT中的5002-4、5002-13、56002-9、5002-8)，该空间布置是预定义的动作图标网格(例如，图5TT的文件夹视图5138中所示的动作图标的一乘四网格)，并且多个相应的动作图标每个均具有(1108)一个或多个水平上邻近的相邻动作图标。在一些实施例中，动态文件夹图标(例如，图5TT中的5004-7)包括至少多个动作图标的子集的缩小比例表示(例如，在游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的包含“O”、“R”、“S”和“M”的方框)，并且该缩小比例表示被布置(1110)为使得对于多个缩小比例表示，每个相应动作图标的缩小比例表示在水平上邻近于用于该相应动作图标的相邻动作图标之一的缩小比例表示。在一些实施例中，文件夹包括具有第一比例的多个动作图标；并且显示动态文件夹图标包括在动态文件夹图标内以第二比例显示(1112)多个动作图标中的一个或多个动作图标的缩小比例表示。In some embodiments, the content has (1106) a spatial arrangement within the folder, and a dynamic folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5TT) provides a visual indication as to the spatial arrangement of the content within the folder. In some embodiments, the content includes a plurality of action icons (e.g., 5002-4, 5002-13, 56002-9, 5002-8 in FIG. 5TT), the spatial arrangement being a predefined grid of action icons (e.g., A one-by-four grid of action icons shown in folder view 5138 of FIG. 5TT), and a plurality of corresponding action icons each have (1108) one or more horizontally adjacent adjacent action icons. In some embodiments, a dynamic folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG. 5TT) includes a scaled-down representation of at least a subset of action icons (e.g., a game folder icon 5004-7 containing "O ", "R", "S" and "M" boxes), and the scaled-down representations are arranged (1110) such that for multiple scaled-down representations, the scaled-down representations of each corresponding action icon are horizontally adjacent A scaled-down representation of one of the adjacent action icons for that corresponding action icon. In some embodiments, the folder includes a plurality of action icons having a first scale; and displaying the dynamic folder icon includes displaying (1112) one or more of the plurality of action icons at a second scale within the dynamic folder icon A scaled-down representation of the action icon.
例如，在图5TT中，响应于文件夹显示输入(例如，图5SS中的点击手势5136)，设备显示与游戏文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5138。如图5TT所示，文件夹视图包括四个可选用户界面对象，包括纸牌应用图标5002-4、竞速应用图标5002-13、股票应用图标5002-9以及地图应用图标5002-8，其具有从左至右的呈直线空间布置。在这一实施例中，游戏文件夹图标5004-7通过按照基于在文件夹视图内的动作图标顺序的顺序来显示内容的缩小比例表示，提供对这些动作图标的空间布置的视觉指示。具体地，竞速应用图标5002-13处于纸牌应用图标5002-4(在左边)和股票应用图标5002-9(在右边)之间，并且竞速应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5TT中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“R”)处于纸牌应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5TT中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“O”)和纸牌应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5TT中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“S”)之间。For example, in FIG. 5TT, in response to a folder display input (eg, tap gesture 5136 in FIG. 5SS), the device displays folder view 5138 for the folder associated with game folder icon 5004-7. As shown in FIG. 5TT, the folder view includes four selectable user interface objects, including a Solitaire application icon 5002-4, a Racing application icon 5002-13, a Stocks application icon 5002-9, and a Maps application icon 5002-8, which have Arranged in a straight line from left to right. In this embodiment, the game folder icon 5004-7 provides a visual indication of the spatial arrangement of the action icons by displaying a scaled-down representation of the content in an order based on the order of the action icons within the folder view. Specifically, the racing application icon 5002-13 is between the poker application icon 5002-4 (on the left) and the stock application icon 5002-9 (on the right), and a scaled-down representation of the racing application icon (e.g., in FIG. The "R" in the games folder icon 5004-7) in the scaled-down representation of the Solitaire application icon (e.g., the "O" in the games folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5TT) and the scaled-down representation of the Solitaire application icon (eg, "S" in game folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5TT).
设备检测(1114)与用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求对应的输入。例如，在图5TT中，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的股票应用图标5002-9的位置对应的位置处的接触5140以及该接触向在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与在显示器(触摸屏112)上的在文件夹视图5138内的位置对应的位置的后续移动5142。在一些实施例中，文件夹是自动创建的文件夹，并且检测与用以修改文件夹中的内容的请求对应的输入包括检测(1116)与相应应用相关联以使得与该相应应用相关联的相应动作图标被添加到文件夹、或者从文件夹移除或者在文件夹内移动的输入(例如，文件夹是最近添加的应用文件夹，并且输入为已经向设备添加了新应用，或者文件夹为最频繁使用的应用文件夹，并且输入为使该应用成为最频繁使用应用的应用使用)。例如，当用户启动应用时，与该应用相关联的应用被移动到“最近使用的应用”文件夹中。The device detects (1114) input corresponding to a request to modify content in the folder. For example, in FIG. 5TT, the device detects contact 5140 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to the location of stock application icon 5002-9 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) Subsequent movement 5142 of a location on the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112 ) that corresponds to the location within folder view 5138 on the display (touchscreen 112 ). In some embodiments, the folder is an automatically created folder, and detecting an input corresponding to a request to modify content in the folder includes detecting (1116) an An input that the corresponding action icon is added to, or removed from, or moved within a folder (for example, the folder is the most recently added application folder, and the input is that a new application has been added to the device, or the folder is the most frequently used app folder, and the input is the app used to make this app the most frequently used app). For example, when a user launches an application, the applications associated with the application are moved to the "recent applications" folder.
响应于检测到该输入来执行(1118)操作1120-1136。该设备修改(1120)文件夹的内容；并且更新动态文件夹图标(例如，图5UU中的5004-7)以包括对文件夹内的经过修改内容的空间布置的视觉指示。应当理解，文件夹中内容的修改能够包括在文件夹内重新定位内容、从文件夹删除内容和/或向文件夹添加内容。Operations 1120-1136 are performed (1118) in response to detecting the input. The device modifies (1120) the content of the folder; and updates the dynamic folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figure 5UU) to include a visual indication of the spatial arrangement of the modified content within the folder. It should be understood that modification of content in a folder can include relocating content within the folder, deleting content from the folder, and/or adding content to the folder.
在一些实施例中，设备检测到与用以将第一动作图标在文件夹内重新定位的请求对应的重新定位输入；并且响应于检测到重新定位输入：设备根据重新定位输入在文件夹内对第一动作图标进行重新定位；并且根据第一动作图标在文件夹内的重新定位，在动态文件夹图标内对该动作图标的缩小比例表示进行重新定位。例如，在图5TT中，设备检测到重新定位输入，该重新定位输入包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的股票应用图标5002-9的位置对应的位置处的接触5140以及该接触向在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与在显示器(触摸屏112)上的在文件夹视图5138内的位置对应的位置处的后续移动5142。在这一示例中，响应于检测到重新定位输入，设备将股票应用图标5002-9移动至文件夹视图5138内的新定位，如图5UU所示(例如，使得纸牌应用图标5002-4被显示在股票应用图标5002-9和竞速应用图标5002-13之间)。另外，在这一实施例中，设备重新布置游戏文件夹图标5004-7内的缩小比例表示，如图5UU所示，使得缩小比例表示提供关于文件夹内的内容的经更新的空间布置的视觉指示。具体地，纸牌应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5UU中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“O”)处于股票应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5UU中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“S”)和竞速应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5UU中的游戏文件夹图标5004-7中的“R”)之间。In some embodiments, the device detects a repositioning input corresponding to a request to reposition the first action icon within the folder; and in response to detecting the repositioning input: the device repositions within the folder according to the repositioning input The first action icon is repositioned; and the scaled-down representation of the action icon is repositioned within the dynamic folder icon based on the repositioning of the first action icon within the folder. For example, in FIG. 5TT, the device detects a repositioning input that includes a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to the location of the stock application icon 5002-9 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112). Contact 5140 at the location and subsequent movement 5142 of the contact to a location on the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchscreen 112 ) corresponding to the location on the display (touchscreen 112 ) within folder view 5138 . In this example, in response to detecting the repositioning input, the device moves the stocks application icon 5002-9 to a new location within the folder view 5138, as shown in FIG. 5UU (eg, causing the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 to be displayed between the stock application icon 5002-9 and the racing application icon 5002-13). Additionally, in this embodiment, the device rearranges the scaled-down representation within game folder icon 5004-7, as shown in FIG. instruct. Specifically, the reduced scale representation of the Solitaire application icon (e.g., the "O" in the games folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. -7) and a scaled-down representation of the racing application icon (eg, the "R" in game folder icon 5004-7 in Figure 5UU).
在一些实施例中，设备检测与用以从文件夹移除第一动作图标的请求对应的图标移除输入；并且响应于检测到图标移除输入：设备从文件夹移除(1124)第一动作图标；并且从动态文件夹图标移除第一动作图标的缩小比例表示。例如，在图5EE中，设备检测到图标移除输入，该图标移除输入包括在与纸牌应用图标5002-4对应的位置处的接触5112，以及该接触从文件夹视图5106移出进入背景中作为对象移除区域的第一部分5108中的后续移动5114。响应于这一图标移除输入，设备从文件夹视图5106移除纸牌应用图标5002-4，如图5FF所示。另外，在这一示例中，虽然设备先前曾在与文件夹视图5106相关联的文件夹图标5004-7中显示纸牌应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，图5EE中的玩耍文件夹图标5004-7中的“O”)，但是设备停止显示纸牌应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，在图5FF中“O”不再显示在玩耍文件夹图标5004-7中)。In some embodiments, the device detects an icon removal input corresponding to a request to remove the first action icon from the folder; and in response to detecting the icon removal input: the device removes (1124) the first action icon from the folder. an action icon; and removing the scaled-down representation of the first action icon from the dynamic folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5EE, the device detects an icon removal input that includes contact 5112 at a location corresponding to Solitaire application icon 5002-4, and the contact moves out of folder view 5106 into the background as Subsequent movement 5114 in the first portion 5108 of the object removal area. In response to this icon removal input, the device removes the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 from the folder view 5106, as shown in Figure 5FF. Additionally, in this example, while the device previously displayed a scaled-down representation of the Solitaire application icon in folder icon 5004-7 associated with folder view 5106 (e.g., Play folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5EE ), but the device stops displaying the scaled-down representation of the Solitaire application icon (eg, the "O" is no longer displayed in the Play folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. 5FF).
在一些实施例中，设备检测与用以将第一动作图标添加至文件夹的请求对应的图标添加输入；并且响应于检测到该图标移除输入：设备将第一动作图标添加(1126)至文件夹；并且将第一动作图标的缩小比例表示添加至动态文件夹图标。例如，在图5OO至图5PP中，设备检测到图标添加输入，该图标添加输入包括在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与图5OO中的显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的地图应用图标5002-8的位置对应的位置处的接触5124-a，以及该接触在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上向显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的游戏文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5128-11的位置对应的位置的后续移动(例如，5126和5130)。响应于这一图标添加输入，设备将地图应用图标5002-8添加至与游戏文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹，如图5TT所示。另外，在这一示例中，虽然设备先前没有在文件夹图标5004-7中显示地图应用图标的任何缩小比例表示(例如，如图5OO至图5PP所示)，但是在将地图应用图标5002-8添加至游戏文件夹图标5004-7之后(或者与其结合)，设备在游戏文件夹图标5004-7内显示地图应用图标的缩小比例表示(例如，在图5QQ中显示“M”)。In some embodiments, the device detects an icon addition input corresponding to a request to add the first action icon to the folder; and in response to detecting the icon removal input: the device adds (1126) the first action icon to folder; and adding a scaled-down representation of the first action icon to the dynamic folder icon. For example, in FIGS. 500-5PP, the device detects an icon addition input comprising a map application icon on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) and the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) in FIG. The contact 5124-a at the location corresponding to the location of 5002-8, and the contact 5128 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) to the activation area 5128 of the game folder icon 5004-7 on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) A position of -11 corresponds to subsequent moves of the position (eg, 5126 and 5130). In response to this icon addition input, the device adds a map application icon 5002-8 to the folder associated with the games folder icon 5004-7, as shown in Figure 5TT. Additionally, in this example, while the device did not previously display any scaled-down representation of the map application icon in folder icon 5004-7 (eg, as shown in FIGS. After 8 is added to (or in conjunction with) the games folder icon 5004-7, the device displays a scaled-down representation of the map application icon within the games folder icon 5004-7 (eg, an "M" is displayed in Figure 5QQ).
在一些实施例中，当存在来自与动作图标对应的应用的通知时，文件夹的内容包括该动作图标并且动态文件夹图标改变(1128)。在一些实施例中，动态文件夹图标通过在动态文件夹图标上显示(1130)状态指示符而进行改变。例如在图5B中，文件夹图标5004-1-b显示通知标记(badge)5012，该通知标记指示与由文件夹图标5004-1-b表示的文件夹内的应用图标相关联的应用之一具有通知。在一些实施例中，动态文件夹图标通过在动态文件夹图标内的动作图标的缩小比例版本上显示(1132)状态指示符而进行改变。例如在图5B中，文件夹图标5004-1-b在文件夹图标内的缩小比例表示(例如，“x7”)上显示通知标记5014，其指示与该缩小比例表示相关联的应用具有通知(例如，如果与“x7”相关联的应用是电子邮件应用，则该通知通常将指示新邮件已经到达)。In some embodiments, when there is a notification from an application corresponding to an action icon, the content of the folder includes the action icon and the dynamic folder icon changes (1128). In some embodiments, the dynamic folder icon is changed by displaying (1130) a status indicator on the dynamic folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5B, folder icon 5004-1-b displays a notification badge 5012 indicating one of the applications associated with the application icon within the folder represented by folder icon 5004-1-b. has a notification. In some embodiments, the dynamic folder icon is changed by displaying (1132) a status indicator on a scaled-down version of the action icon within the dynamic folder icon. For example, in FIG. 5B , folder icon 5004-1-b displays notification indicium 5014 on a reduced scale representation (e.g., "x7") within the folder icon, which indicates that the application associated with the reduced scale representation has a notification ( For example, if the application associated with "x7" is an email application, the notification will typically indicate that new mail has arrived).
在一些实施例中，当设备处于用户界面重新配置模式中时，动态文件夹图标的外观发生改变。在一些实施例中，文件夹具有用于显示可选用户界面对象(例如，诸如应用图标和/或文件图标之类的可选用户界面对象)的有限空间(例如，9页槽(slot、)、12页槽、16页槽或任何其他合理数目的页槽)，并且在用户界面重新配置模式中动态文件夹图标的外观指示(1136)文件夹是否有空间来显示任何附加可选用户界面对象(例如，通过显示用于额外的动作图标的缩小比例表示的空间)。In some embodiments, the appearance of the dynamic folder icon changes when the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. In some embodiments, folders have limited space (e.g., 9 slots, 9 slots) for displaying selectable user interface objects (e.g., selectable user interface objects such as application icons and/or file icons). 12 page slots, 16 page slots, or any other reasonable number of page slots), and the appearance of the dynamic folder icon in UI reconfiguration mode indicates (1136) whether the folder has room to display any additional optional user interface objects ( For example, by showing space for a scaled-down representation of additional action icons).
例如，在图5A中，当设备处于正常操作模式中，动态文件夹图标5004-1-a显示表示文件夹内内容(例如，动作图标5002)的缩小比例表示(例如，“x1”、“x2”、“x3”、“x4”、“x5”和“x6”)。然而，在这一示例中，在文件夹内存在多于六个动作图标5002，并因而设备在动态文件夹图标内仅显示前六个动作图标的缩小尺寸表示。继续本示例，当设备进入用户界面重新配置模式时(例如，响应于检测到图5A中的按压和保持手势5008)，设备改变动态文件夹图标(例如，从图5A中的动态文件夹图标504-1-b变为图5B中的动态文件夹图标5004-1-b)，将动态图标内的缩小比例表示上移，以显现文件夹图标5004-1-b内的附加缩小比例表示(例如，文件夹图标5004-1-b中的“x7”)，同时停止在文件夹图标5004-1-b内显示文件夹图标的前三个缩小比例表示(例如，“x1”、“x2”和“x3”)。在这一示例中，动态文件夹图标还显示紧接着新的缩小比例表示的两个空白空间。除了提供在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹中存在多于六个项目的指示之外，通过紧接着新的缩小比例表示示出两个空白空间来改变动态文件夹图标也提供了在文件夹视图内存在用以显示附加动作图标的空间。For example, in FIG. 5A, when the device is in normal operating mode, dynamic folder icon 5004-1-a displays a scaled-down representation (e.g., "x1", "x2") representing the contents of the folder (e.g., action icon 5002). ", "x3", "x4", "x5", and "x6"). However, in this example, there are more than six action icons 5002 within the folder, and thus the device only displays reduced-size representations of the first six action icons within the dynamic folder icon. Continuing with the example, when the device enters user interface reconfiguration mode (e.g., in response to detecting press and hold gesture 5008 in FIG. 5A ), the device changes the dynamic folder icon (e.g., from dynamic folder icon 504 in FIG. -1-b becomes the dynamic folder icon 5004-1-b in Fig. 5B), and the reduction ratio representation in the dynamic icon is moved up to show the additional reduction ratio representation in the folder icon 5004-1-b (for example , "x7" in folder icon 5004-1-b), and at the same time stop displaying the first three scaled-down representations of folder icons within folder icon 5004-1-b (eg, "x1", "x2", and "x3"). In this example, the dynamic folder icon also displays two blank spaces immediately following the new scaled-down representation. In addition to providing an indication that there are more than six items in the folder associated with the folder icon 5004-1-b, changing the dynamic folder icon by showing two empty spaces immediately following the new scaled-down representation also Space is provided within the folder view to display additional action icons.
注意本文关于方法600、700、800、900、1000、1200、1300(例如，图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、9A至9B、10A至10B、12A至12E、13A至13E以及5A至5LLLL)描述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上文描述的方法1100。例如，参考图11A至11C描述的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有本文参考方法600、700、800、900、1000、1200、或1300中的任意方法所描述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简明起见，此处不再重复这些细节。Note that this article is concerned with methods 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described to 5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 1100 described above. For example, the selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of the various selectable user interface objects/icons/items described (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图12A至图12E是图示根据一些实施例的用于结合显示文件夹的内容来提供上下文信息的方法1200的流程图。方法1200在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如，图3的设备300，或者图1的便携式多功能设备100)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器并且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器是与触敏表面分离的。可以将方法1200中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。12A-12E are flowcharts illustrating a method 1200 for providing contextual information in connection with displaying the contents of a folder, according to some embodiments. Method 1200 is performed at a multifunction device (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100 of FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1200 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下文所述，方法1200提供了显示文件夹的内容的直观方式。该方法通过结合显示文件夹的内容来提供上下文信息，减少了用户在管理文件夹时的认知负担，由此创建了更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备，使得用户能够更快地且更高效地管理文件夹节省了电力，并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way to display the contents of folders. The method reduces the cognitive load on the user when managing folders by providing contextual information in conjunction with displaying the contents of folders, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to manage folders faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的壁纸背景之上显示(1202)文件夹图标(例如，图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7)，该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹，该内容包括一个或多个可选用户界面对象(例如，应用图标、书签图标，和/或文档图标)。在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，设备显示(1204)一个或多个附加可选用户界面对象(例如，图5S中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15、5002-16以及文件夹图标5004-1-b和5004-2)。The device displays (1202) a folder icon (e.g., folder icon 5004-7 in FIG. Content includes one or more selectable user interface objects (eg, application icons, bookmark icons, and/or document icons). In some embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, the device displays (1204) one or more additional selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-9, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12, 5002-14, 5002-15, 5002-16 and folder icon 5004-1 -b and 5004-2).
设备检测(1206)与用以显示文件夹(例如，与图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7所关联的文件夹)的内容的请求对应的第一输入(例如，图5S中的点击手势5076)。The device detects (1206) a first input (e.g., tap gesture 5076 in FIG. ).
响应于检测到第一输入(例如，图5S中的点击手势5076)来执行(1208)操作1210-1226。该设备将壁纸背景划分(1210)成第一部分(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5084)和第二部分(图5X至5AA中的5086)。在一些实施例中，一个或多个附加可选用户界面对象包括：具有在壁纸背景的第一部分5084上的预定义位置的第一组附加可选用户界面对象(例如，图5X至图5AA中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12以及文件夹图标5004-1-b)；以及具有在壁纸背景(1204)的第二部分5086上的预定义位置的第二组附加可选用户界面对象(例如，图5X至图5AA中的动作图标5002-14、5002-15、5002-16以及文件夹图标5004-2)。Operations 1210-1226 are performed (1208) in response to detecting the first input (eg, tap gesture 5076 in Figure 5S). The device divides (1210) the wallpaper background into a first portion (eg, 5084 in FIGS. 5X-5AA) and a second portion (5086 in FIGS. 5X-5AA). In some embodiments, the one or more additional selectable user interface objects include: a first set of additional selectable user interface objects having a predefined position on the first portion 5084 of the wallpaper background (e.g., in FIGS. Action icons 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-9, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12 and folder icons 5004-1-b); and a second set of additional selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-14 in FIGS. , 5002-15, 5002-16, and the folder icon 5004-2).
在一些实施例中，在壁纸的第一部分(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5084)内显示(1212)文件夹图标(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5004-7)。在一些实施例中，当文件夹图标(例如，图5CCC至图5FFF中的5004-2)是显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的停靠区(例如，图5CCC至图5FFF中的5006)中的多个可选用户界面对象之一时，第一部分(例如，图5DDD至图5FFF中的5172)包括显示器的停靠区。与此相反，在一些实施例中，当文件夹图标(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5004-7)是显示器(例如，触摸屏112)的停靠区(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5006)之外的多个可选用户界面对象之一时，第二部分(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5086)包括显示器的停靠区(例如，图5X至图5AA中的5006)。换言之，根据这些实施例，当文件夹图标在停靠区中时，壁纸在文件夹图标上方分裂，并且当文件夹图标在停靠区上方的导航区中时，壁纸在文件夹图标下方分裂。在一些实施例中，导航区域(例如，具有多个可选用户界面对象的主屏屏幕)具有多个页面(例如，能够响应于检测到水平滑动姿势而对所述页面进行导航)，并且即使设备在导航区域中穿过可选用户界面对象的布置滚动时停靠区也保持在固定位置。In some embodiments, a folder icon (eg, 5004-7 in Figures 5X-5AA) is displayed (1212) within a first portion of the wallpaper (eg, 5084 in Figures 5X-5AA). In some embodiments, when the folder icon (e.g., 5004-2 in FIGS. When one of the selectable user interface objects, the first part (for example, 5172 in FIGS. 5DDD to 5FFF) includes the docking area of the display. In contrast, in some embodiments, when a folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIGS. 5X-5AA) is a docking area (e.g., 5006 in FIGS. ), the second portion (eg, 5086 in FIGS. 5X-5AA) includes a docking area for the display (eg, 5006 in FIGS. 5X-5AA). In other words, according to these embodiments, when the folder icon is in the dock, the wallpaper splits above the folder icon, and when the folder icon is in the navigation area above the dock, the wallpaper splits below the folder icon. In some embodiments, a navigation area (e.g., a home screen with multiple selectable user interface objects) has multiple pages (e.g., pages that can be navigated in response to detecting a horizontal swipe gesture), and even if the device The dock also remains in a fixed position when scrolling through the arrangement of selectable user interface objects in the navigation area.
设备远离第一部分移动(1214)第二部分。例如，在图5X至图5Y的示例中，将第二部分5086远离第一部分5084移动。作为另一示例，在图5DD中，正在将第二部分5174远离第一部分5172移动。在一些实施例中，也远离第二部分移动第一部分。例如，在图5VV至图5WW中，设备将壁纸背景的上部部分和壁纸背景的下部部分两者远离彼此移动。在一些实施例中，将远离第二部分移动第一部分包括根据壁纸背景的第一部分的移动来移动(1216)第一组附加可选用户界面对象，并且根据壁纸背景的第二部分的移动来移动第二组附加可选用户界面对象。例如如图5X至图5Y所示，随着第二部分5086被远离第一部分5084移动，第二部分5086可选用户界面对象(例如，图5X中的5002-14、5002-15、5002-16和5004-2)被移出显示器(例如，触摸屏112)。The device moves (1214) the second portion away from the first portion. For example, in the example of FIGS. 5X-5Y , the second portion 5086 is moved away from the first portion 5084 . As another example, in FIG. 5DD, the second portion 5174 is being moved away from the first portion 5172 . In some embodiments, the first portion is also moved away from the second portion. For example, in FIGS. 5VV-5WW, the device moves both the upper portion of the wallpaper background and the lower portion of the wallpaper background away from each other. In some embodiments, moving the first portion away from the second portion includes moving (1216) the first set of additional selectable user interface objects according to movement of the first portion of the wallpaper background, and moving according to movement of the second portion of the wallpaper background The second set of additional optional user interface objects. As shown, for example, in FIGS. 5X-5Y , as the second portion 5086 is moved away from the first portion 5084, the second portion 5086 selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-14, 5002-15, 5002-16 in FIG. 5X and 5004-2) are moved off the display (eg, touch screen 112).
在一些实施例中，划分壁纸背景包括沿着划分线划分(1218)壁纸，以使得第一部分的第一边缘(例如，图5X中的5088)的轮廓与第二部分的第二边缘(例如，图5X中的5090)的轮廓互补(例如，第一部分的第一边缘和第二部分的第二边缘像拼图片一样装配在一起)，并且将第二部分远离第一部分移动包括调整第一边缘的轮廓和/或调整第二边缘的轮廓，以使得第一边缘的轮廓停止与第二边缘的轮廓互补(例如，在移动分开各部分之后，第一部分和第二部分不再像拼图片一样装配在一起)。例如，如图5X所示，第一边缘5088的轮廓最初与第二边缘5090的轮廓互补，而在图5Y中，第一边缘5088的轮廓不再与第二边缘5090的轮廓互补。在一些实施例中，文件夹图标被显示在壁纸的第一部分内；并且第一边缘的轮廓包括(1220)由划分线限定的剪开形状(例如，图5X至图5Y中的5094)。在一些实施例中，剪开形状提供文件夹图标在第一部分内的位置的视觉指示。例如在图5X至图5Y中，剪开形状5094指向与文件夹视图5092相关联的文件夹图标5004-7。In some embodiments, dividing the wallpaper background includes dividing (1218) the wallpaper along dividing lines such that the outline of the first edge of the first portion (e.g., 5088 in FIG. 5090 in FIG. 5X) have complementary profiles (e.g., a first edge of a first part and a second edge of a second part fit together like a jigsaw piece), and moving the second part away from the first part includes adjusting the position of the first edge. contour and/or adjust the contour of the second edge so that the contour of the first edge stops being complementary to the contour of the second edge (e.g., after moving the parts apart, the first and second parts no longer fit together like puzzle pieces Together). For example, as shown in FIG. 5X, the contour of the first edge 5088 is initially complementary to the contour of the second edge 5090, while in FIG. 5Y, the contour of the first edge 5088 is no longer complementary to the contour of the second edge 5090. In some embodiments, the folder icon is displayed within the first portion of the wallpaper; and the outline of the first edge includes (1220) a cutout shape (eg, 5094 in FIGS. 5X-5Y ) defined by dividing lines. In some embodiments, the cutout shape provides a visual indication of the location of the folder icon within the first portion. For example, in FIGS. 5X-5Y , cutout shape 5094 points to folder icon 5004 - 7 associated with folder view 5092 .
设备在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示(1222)文件夹的内容。例如，文件夹的内容包括多个应用图标(例如，图5Y中的5002-4和5002-13，或图5EEE中的5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)，并且应用图标如同它们在壁纸下面那样被显现(例如，如同壁纸是已经打开以显现壁纸后面的应用图标的滑动门)，如图5X至图5Y和图5CCC至图5EEE所示。The device displays (1222) the contents of the folder in the area between the first section and the second section. For example, the contents of the folder include a plurality of application icons (e.g., 5002-4 and 5002-13 in FIG. , 5002-31, 5002-32, 5002-33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36, and 5002-37), and the app icons appear as if they were under the wallpaper (for example, as if the wallpaper had been opened to A sliding door that reveals the application icons behind the wallpaper), as shown in FIGS. 5X-5Y and 5CCC-5EEE.
在一些实施例中，基于文件夹内的可选用户界面对象的数目来确定(1224)第一部分和第二部分之间的区域的大小。例如，在图5Y中，文件夹仅包括两个可选用户界面对象，并且因而文件夹视图5092占有显著少于一半的显示器。作为另一示例，在图5EEE中，其中文件夹包括至少十二个可选用户界面对象，文件夹视图5170占有多于一半的显示器。因而，文件夹视图(例如，5092或5170)仅在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)占据所需量的空间，由此在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)留有更多空间来示出上下文信息(例如，文件夹视图之外的其他可选用户界面对象)。In some embodiments, the size of the area between the first portion and the second portion is determined (1224) based on the number of selectable user interface objects within the folder. For example, in Figure 5Y, the folder includes only two selectable user interface objects, and thus the folder view 5092 takes up significantly less than half the display. As another example, in FIG. 5EEE, where the folder includes at least twelve selectable user interface objects, the folder view 5170 occupies more than half of the display. Thus, the folder view (e.g., 5092 or 5170) only takes up the required amount of space on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112), thereby leaving more space on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) to show contextual information (e.g., , other optional UI objects other than folder views).
在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，设备显示一个或多个附加选择用户界面对象(例如，图5X至图5AA中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12以及文件夹图标5004-1-b)；并且，响应于检测到第一输入，设备在视觉上区分(1226)(例如，通过突出显示)文件夹图标与一个或多个附加可选用户界面对象(例如，通过与文件夹的亮度、对比度、色度、饱和度、颜色等相比改变附加可选用户界面对象的亮度、对比度、色度、饱和度、颜色等)。在一些实施例中，附加可选用户界面对象的(例如，在检测到第一输入之前的)初始亮度、对比度、色度、饱和度、颜色等与文件夹的亮度、对比度、色度、饱和度、颜色等相同。例如，在图5Y至图5V中，设备以正常不透明度和饱和度来显示文件夹图标5004-7，而以减小的不透明度和饱和度来显示其他可选用户界面对象(例如，图5X至图5AA中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12以及文件夹图标5004-1-b)。In some embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, the device displays one or more additional selection user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002 in FIGS. -5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-9, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12, and folder icon 5004-1-b); and, in response to detecting the first input , the device visually distinguishes (1226) (e.g., by highlighting) the folder icon from one or more additional selectable user interface objects (e.g., by contrasting with the folder's brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, color, etc. than change the brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, color, etc. of additional optional user interface objects). In some embodiments, the initial brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, color, etc. of the selectable user interface object (e.g., before detection of the first input) The degree, color, etc. are the same. For example, in FIGS. 5Y-5V , the device displays folder icon 5004-7 at normal opacity and saturation, while other selectable user interface objects (e.g., FIG. 5X ) are displayed at reduced opacity and saturation. To action icons 5002-1, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002-7, 5002-8, 5002-9, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12 in Figure 5AA and folder icon 5004-1-b).
在一些实施例中，当在检测到第一输入时设备处于(1228)正常操作模式时执行操作1230-1232。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测到(1230)与文件夹中的相应可选用户界面对象的激活对应的第二输入；并且，响应于检测到第二输入，设备执行(1232)与该相应可选用户界面对象相关联的操作。例如，在图5PPP中，当设备处于正常操作模式时，设备显示文件夹视图5212。在这一示例中，设备检测到在对应于股票应用图标5002-9的位置处的第二输入(例如，点击手势5214)，并且响应于第二输入，设备激活股票应用(例如，启动或者显示用于股票应用的视图)。In some embodiments, operations 1230-1232 are performed while the device is in (1228) a normal operating mode when the first input is detected. In some of these embodiments, the device detects (1230) a second input corresponding to activation of a corresponding selectable user interface object in the folder; and, in response to detecting the second input, the device performs (1232 ) the action associated with that corresponding selectable UI object. For example, in Figure 5PPP, the device displays folder view 5212 when the device is in normal operating mode. In this example, the device detects a second input (e.g., tap gesture 5214) at a location corresponding to the stocks application icon 5002-9, and in response to the second input, the device activates the stocks application (e.g., launches or displays view for the stock app).
在一些实施例中，当在检测到第一输入时设备处于(1234)用户界面重新配置模式之时，执行操作1236-1238。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测(1236)与用以在文件夹内移动相应可选用户界面对象的请求对应的第二输入；并且响应于检测到第二输入，设备在文件夹内移动(1238)该相应可选用户界面对象。例如，在图5TT中，当设备处于用户界面重新配置模式时设备显示文件夹视图5138。在这一示例中，设备检测第二输入(例如，在触摸屏112上与股票应用图标5002-9的位置对应的位置处的接触5140以及该接触跨过触摸屏112的移动5142)，并且响应于第二输入，设备根据该输入而在文件夹视图5138中将移动股票应用5002-9移动至文件夹视图内的新位置，如图5SS中所示。In some embodiments, operations 1236-1238 are performed while the device is in (1234) a user interface reconfiguration mode when the first input is detected. In some of these embodiments, the device detects (1236) a second input corresponding to a request to move a corresponding selectable user interface object within the folder; The corresponding selectable user interface object is moved (1238) within the folder. For example, in FIG. 5TT, the device displays folder view 5138 when the device is in user interface reconfiguration mode. In this example, the device detects a second input (e.g., contact 5140 at a location on touchscreen 112 corresponding to the location of stock application icon 5002-9 and movement 5142 of the contact across touchscreen 112), and responds to the second input. Two inputs, upon which the device moves the mobile stock application 5002-9 in the folder view 5138 to a new location within the folder view, as shown in Figure 5SS.
在一些实施例中，当在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示(1240)文件夹的内容之时，执行操作1242-1244：检测(1242)与对第一部分或第二部分的选择对应的输入。在一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入，设备停止(1244)显示文件夹的内容(例如，通过将第一部分和第二部分移动到一起来收起该区域)。例如在图5UU中，当设备正在显示包括内容(例如，动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13和5002-8)的文件夹视图5138时，设备检测在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5138之外的位置对应的位置处的第二输入(例如，点击手势5144)，并且响应于检测到第二输入，设备停止显示文件夹视图5138，如图5VV所示。In some embodiments, while the contents of the folder are displayed (1240) in the area between the first section and the second section, operations 1242-1244 are performed: detecting (1242) and selection of the first section or the second section corresponding input. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device stops (1244) displaying the contents of the folder (eg, collapses the area by moving the first and second portions together). For example, in FIG. 5UU, when the device is displaying folder view 5138 that includes content (e.g., action icons 5002-9, 5002-4, 5002-13, and 5002-8), the device 112) a second input (e.g., tap gesture 5144) at a location on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) corresponding to a location other than folder view 5138, and in response to detecting the second input, the device stops displaying the file Clip view 5138, as shown in Figure 5VV.
在一些实施例中，设备进入(1246)用户界面重新配置模式，并且，当在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示(1248)文件夹的内容之时，设备检测(1250)与用以将相应可选用户界面对象从第一部分和第二部分之间的区域移动到第一部分或第二部分中的请求对应的输入。在这些实施例的一些实施例中，响应于检测到该输入，设备从文件夹移除(1252)相应可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，响应于将可选用户界面对象从该文件夹移出，文件夹视图停止被显示(例如，通过将第一部分和第二部分移动到一起来收起该区域)。例如，在图5YY中，当设备正在显示文件夹视图5148之时，设备检测与用以将可选用户界面移出文件夹视图5148的请求对应的输入。具体而言，设备检测到在触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的应用-4应用图标2002-22的位置对应的位置(例如图5YY中的第一位置5162-a)处的接触5162，以及该接触向触敏表面(例如，触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上文件夹视图之外的位置对应的位置(例如，向如图5ZZ所示的第二位置5162-b)的后续移动5164。在这一示例中，在检测到移动中停顿持续超过预定时间段之后，设备停止显示文件夹视图，如图5AAA所示。随后，可选用户界面对象(例如，应用-4应用图标5002-22)从文件夹被移除并且在文件夹视图之外按照可选用户界面对象的布置进行显示，如图5CCC所示。In some embodiments, the device enters (1246) a user interface reconfiguration mode and, while displaying (1248) the contents of the folder in the area between the first and second sections, the device detects (1250) the user An input corresponding to a request to move the corresponding selectable user interface object from the area between the first section and the second section into either the first section or the second section. In some of these embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device removes (1252) the corresponding selectable user interface object from the folder. In some embodiments, in response to moving the selectable user interface object out of the folder, the folder view ceases to be displayed (eg, by collapsing the area by moving the first and second sections together). For example, in FIG. 5YY, while the device is displaying folder view 5148, the device detects an input corresponding to a request to move the selectable user interface out of folder view 5148. Specifically, the device detects a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen 112) that corresponds to the location of the App-4 application icon 2002-22 on the display (e.g., touchscreen 112) (e.g., the first location in FIG. 5YY Contact 5162 at 5162-a), and direction of the contact to a location on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to a location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) outside of the folder view (e.g., to a location as shown in FIG. 5ZZ Subsequent movement 5164 of the second position 5162-b) shown. In this example, the device stops displaying the folder view after detecting a pause in motion for more than a predetermined period of time, as shown in FIG. 5AAA. Subsequently, selectable user interface objects (eg, App-4 application icon 5002-22) are removed from the folder and displayed in the arrangement of selectable user interface objects outside of the folder view, as shown in FIG. 5CCC.
在一些实施例中，在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域(例如，图5EEE中的文件夹视图5170)中显示(1254)文件夹的内容的第一部分。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测(1256)与用以显示文件夹的下一部分内容的请求对应的下一部分输入；并且响应于检测到下一部分输入，设备在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示(1258)文件夹的内容的第二部分(例如，检测到向左或向右的轻弹手势使应用图标的下一页或应用图标的前一页被显示在该区域中)。例如，在图5EEE中，设备在文件夹视图5170中显示文件夹的内容的第一部分，该第一部分包括第一组多个可选用户界面对象(例如，图5EEE中的5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36和5002-37)。在图5FFF中，响应于检测到滑动手势(例如，接触5176和该接触在触摸屏112的与文件夹视图5170内的位置对应的位置处向左的移动5178)，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5170内显示文件夹的内容的第二部分，该内容的第二部分包括第二组多个可选用户界面对象(例如，图5FFF中的5002-38、5002-39、5002-40、5002-41、5002-42、5002-43)。In some embodiments, the first portion of the contents of the folder is displayed (1254) in an area between the first portion and the second portion (eg, folder view 5170 in FIG. 5EEE). In some of these embodiments, the device detects (1256) a next portion input corresponding to a request to display the next portion of the contents of the folder; A second portion of the content of the folder is displayed (1258) in the area between the portions (e.g., detection of a flick gesture to the left or right causes the next page of application icons or the previous page of application icons to be displayed on this area). For example, in FIG. 5EEE, the device displays a first portion of the contents of a folder in folder view 5170, the first portion including a first plurality of selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-26, 5002- 27, 5002-28, 5002-29, 5002-30, 5002-31, 5002-32, 5002-33, 5002-34, 5002-35, 5002-36 and 5002-37). In FIG. 5FFF, in response to detection of a swipe gesture (e.g., contact 5176 and movement of the contact to the left 5178 at a location on touchscreen 112 corresponding to a location within folder view 5170), the device displays a swipe gesture on display (e.g., touchscreen 112). ) displays within folder view 5170 a second portion of the content of the folder that includes a second plurality of selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-38, 5002-39, 5002-39, FIG. 5002-40, 5002-41, 5002-42, 5002-43).
在一些实施例中，在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中显示(1260)文件夹的内容的第一部分。在这些实施例中的一些实施例中，设备检测(1262)与用以滚动文件夹的内容的请求对应的滚动输入；并且响应于检测到滚动输入，设备在显示器(例如，触摸屏112)上在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域中横向滚动(1264)文件夹的内容，以便显示内容的第二部分。换言之，在一些实施例中，响应于检测到滚动输入，可以由设备连续地滚动过可选用户界面对象的列表或阵列，而并非滚动文件夹的内容的截然不同的部分(例如，包括接触5176和该接触在触摸屏112上与文件夹视图内的位置对应的后续移动5178的轻弹姿势，如图5EEE所示)。In some embodiments, the first portion of the contents of the folder is displayed (1260) in an area between the first portion and the second portion. In some of these embodiments, the device detects (1262) a scroll input corresponding to a request to scroll the contents of the folder; The contents of the folder are scrolled (1264) horizontally in the area between the first section and the second section to display the second section of the content. In other words, in some embodiments, rather than scrolling through a distinct portion of the folder's contents (e.g., including the touch 5176 A flick gesture of subsequent movement 5178 of the contact corresponds to a location within the folder view on the touch screen 112, as shown in FIG. 5EEE).
注意本文关于方法600、700、800、900、1000、1100、1300(例如，图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、9A至9B、10A至10B、11A至11C、13A至13E以及5A至5LLLL)描述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上文描述的方法1200。例如，参考图12A至12E描述的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有本文参考方法600、700、800、900、1000、1100、或1300中的任意方法所描述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简明起见，此处不再重复这些细节。Note that this article is concerned with methods 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1300 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described to 5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 1200 described above. For example, the selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of the various selectable user interface objects/icons/items described (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图13至图13E是图示根据一些实施例的用于显示多页文件夹和对多页文件夹进行导航的方法1300的流程图。方法1300在具有显示器和触敏表面的电子设备(例如，图3的设备300，或者图1的便携式多功能设备100)处执行。在一些实施例中，显示器是触摸屏显示器并且触敏表面在显示器上。在一些实施例中，显示器是与触敏表面分离的。可以将方法1300中的一些操作组合和/或可以改变一些操作的顺序。13-13E are flowcharts illustrating a method 1300 for displaying and navigating a multi-page folder in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1300 is performed at an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100 of FIG. 1). In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1300 may be combined and/or the order of some operations may be changed.
如下文所述，方法1300提供了显示多页文件夹和对多页文件夹进行导航的直观方式。该方法减少了用户在对用户界面进行导航时、特别是在对文件夹进行导航时的认知负担，由此创建了更高效的人机接口。对于电池操作的计算设备，使得用户能够更快地且更高效地对文件夹进行导航节省了电力，并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1300 provides an intuitive way to display and navigate multi-page folders. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when navigating a user interface, particularly folders, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling users to navigate folders faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上同时显示(1302)包括一个或多个文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象。例如，图5QQQ图示了一个示例性用户界面，其中诸如动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004之类的可选用户界面对象被显示在触摸屏112上。The device simultaneously displays (1302) a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons on the display. For example, FIG. 5QQQ illustrates an exemplary user interface in which selectable user interface objects such as action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004 are displayed on touch screen 112 .
设备检测(1304)与用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求对应的第一输入(例如，在相应文件夹图标上的点击姿势)。例如，图5QQQ图示了接触5216的检测，该接触对应于针对选择文件夹图标5004-12的请求。该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，所述第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面的多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分。例如，与文件夹图标5004-12(图5QQQ)相关联的文件夹包括：第一页面(图5TTT所示)，其包括可选动作图标5002-51至5002-52，以及第二页面(图5VVV所示)，包括可选动作图标5002-60至5002-68，以及图5FFFF所示的第三页面，包括可选动作图标5002-69和5002-70。The device detects (1304) a first input (eg, a tap gesture on the respective folder icon) corresponding to a request to select a respective folder icon for a respective folder. For example, Figure 5QQQ illustrates detection of contact 5216, which corresponds to a request to select folder icon 5004-12. The respective folder includes a first number of selectable icons divided between a plurality of distinct, separately displayed pages including a first page and a second page. For example, the folder associated with folder icon 5004-12 (FIG. 5QQQ) includes: a first page (shown in FIG. 5VVV), including optional action icons 5002-60 to 5002-68, and the third page shown in FIG. 5FFFF, including optional action icons 5002-69 and 5002-70.
响应于检测到第一输入，设备显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图(例如，文件夹的第一页面，图5TTT所示)。在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，按照相应布置显示(1308)多个可选用户界面对象(图5QQQ所示)。在这样的实施例中，响应于检测到第一输入而显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图包括对相应文件夹图标进行放大(1310)。对相应文件夹图标进行放大包括扩大相应布置，使得相应图标被扩大并且朝着显示器的中心移动(例如，如图5RRR至图5SSS所示)。当对相应文件夹图标进行放大之后，响应于检测到第一输入而显示针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图包括显示(1312)用文件夹视图替换扩大的相应文件夹图标(例如，如图5TTT所示)。In response to detecting the first input, the device displays a folder view for the corresponding folder (eg, the first page of the folder, shown in FIG. 5TTT). In some embodiments, prior to detection of the first input, a plurality of selectable user interface objects are displayed (1308) in a corresponding arrangement (shown in FIG. 5QQQ). In such embodiments, displaying the folder view for the corresponding folder in response to detecting the first input includes zooming in on the corresponding folder icon (1310). Enlarging the corresponding folder icon includes enlarging the corresponding arrangement such that the corresponding icon is enlarged and moved toward the center of the display (eg, as shown in FIGS. 5RRR-5SSS). After the corresponding folder icon is enlarged, displaying the folder view for the corresponding folder in response to detecting the first input includes displaying (1312) replacing the enlarged corresponding folder icon with the folder view (e.g., as shown in FIG. Show).
在一些实施例中，文件夹视图包括用来同时显示(1314)不多于第二数目的可选图标的空间，第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标。例如，在图5TTT所示的示例中，文件夹视图包括用来同时显示不多于九个可选图标(例如，动作图标3002)的空间。在一些实施例中，该第一数目至少部分地由用户设置确定。例如，用户可以将图标大小设置为小、中或大，并且第二数目根据图标大小来确定。文件夹视图显示(1316)包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集(例如，图5TTT中的可选动作图标5002-51至5002-52)的第一页面。在一些实施例中，在文件夹视图的第一页面中按照第一布置显示可选图标的第一子集。在这样的实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，相应文件夹图标包括按照第一布置显示的可选图标的第一子集的多个缩小比例表示。例如，如图5QQQ所示，文件夹图标5004-12包括缩小比例表示“y1”、“y2”、“y3”、“y4”、“y5”、“y6”、“y7”、“y8”、“y9”，其分别与以下应用具有一一对应关系：“应用y1”(5002-51)、“应用y2”(5002-52)、“应用y3”(5002-53)、“应用y4”(5002-54)、“应用y5”(5002-55)、“应用y6”(5002-56)、“应用y7”(5002-57)、“应用y8”(5002-58)、“应用y9”(5002-59)，这些应用对应于响应于检测到对应的可选图标的激活而显示的用于相应应用的用户界面的相应应用。In some embodiments, the folder view includes space to simultaneously display (1314) no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 5TTT, the folder view includes space for displaying no more than nine selectable icons (eg, action icon 3002 ) at the same time. In some embodiments, the first number is determined at least in part by user settings. For example, the user can set the icon size as small, medium or large, and the second number is determined according to the icon size. The folder view displays (1316) a first page that includes a first subset of selectable icons in the folder (eg, selectable action icons 5002-51 through 5002-52 in FIG. 5TTT). In some embodiments, a first subset of selectable icons is displayed in a first arrangement in the first page of the folder view. In such embodiments, prior to detection of the first input, the respective folder icon includes a plurality of reduced-scale representations of the first subset of selectable icons displayed in the first arrangement. For example, as shown in FIG. 5QQQ, the folder icons 5004-12 include scaled down representations of "y1", "y2", "y3", "y4", "y5", "y6", "y7", "y8", "y9" has a one-to-one correspondence with the following applications: "application y1" (5002-51), "application y2" (5002-52), "application y3" (5002-53), "application y4" ( 5002-54), "Apply y5" (5002-55), "Apply y6" (5002-56), "Apply y7" (5002-57), "Apply y8" (5002-58), "Apply y9" ( 5002-59), the applications corresponding to the respective applications of the user interface for the respective application displayed in response to detecting activation of the corresponding selectable icon.
在一些实施例中，响应于检测到第一输入，设备停止显示(1320)多个可选用户界面对象。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input, the device stops displaying (1320) the plurality of selectable user interface objects.
当显示文件夹视图的第一页面时，设备检测(1322)与用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求对应的第二输入(例如，在文件夹视图内的在第一页面上的水平滑动手势)。例如，手势5220(图5TTT)是页面向右请求的示例。在一些实施例中,第一输入是(1324)在相应文件夹图标上的点击手势，并且第二输入是在文件夹视图内的滑动手势。在一些实施例中，显示文件夹视图包括显示(1326)两个或更多页面指示符图标(例如，页面指示符图标5217，图5TTT)，该页面指示符图标提供关于可选图标的截然不同的页面的数目的信息，文件夹中的可选图标在所述不同页面之间进行划分。在检测到第一输入之后并且在检测到第二输入之前，两个或更多页面指示符图标具有第一外观。在一些实施例中，页面指示符图标指示(1328)在文件夹视图中当前显示的页面在相应文件夹中的可选图标的页面序列中的位置(例如，当显示文件夹视图的第一页面时，最左侧的页面指示符被填充，如图5TTT所示，当显示文件夹视图的第二页面时，左数第二个页面指示符被填充，如图5VVV所示，并且当显示文件夹视图的第三页面时，左数第三个页面指示符被填充，如图5HHHH所示)。When displaying the first page of the folder view, the device detects (1322) a second input corresponding to a request to display the second page of the folder view (e.g., a horizontal level on the first page within the folder view swipe gesture). For example, gesture 5220 (FIG. 5TTT) is an example of a page right request. In some embodiments, the first input is (1324) a tap gesture on the corresponding folder icon, and the second input is a swipe gesture within the folder view. In some embodiments, displaying the folder view includes displaying (1326) two or more page indicator icons (e.g., page indicator icon 5217, FIG. 5TTT) that provide distinct information about selectable icons. Information about the number of pages, optional icons in the folder to divide between the different pages. After the first input is detected and before the second input is detected, the two or more page indicator icons have the first appearance. In some embodiments, the page indicator icon indicates (1328) the position of the page currently displayed in the folder view in the page sequence of selectable icons in the corresponding folder (e.g., when the first page of the folder view is displayed , the leftmost page indicator is filled, as shown in Figure 5TTT, when the second page of the folder view is displayed, the second page indicator from the left is filled, as shown in Figure 5VVV, and when the file is displayed When the third page of the clip view is selected, the third page indicator from the left is filled, as shown in Figure 5HHHH).
在一些实施例中，响应于检测到第二输入，设备更新(1330)两个或更多页面指示符图标以具有与第一外观不同的第二外观。在一些实施例中，页面指示符图标的第一外观指示(1332)第一页面当前被显示在文件夹视图中，并且页面指示符图标的第二外观指示第二页面当前被显示在文件夹视图中。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input, the device updates (1330) the two or more page indicator icons to have a second appearance different from the first appearance. In some embodiments, the first appearance of the page indicator icon indicates (1332) that the first page is currently displayed in the folder view, and the second appearance of the page indicator icon indicates that the second page is currently displayed in the folder view middle.
响应于检测到第二输入，设备针对相应文件夹停止(1334)显示文件夹视图的第一页面并且显示文件夹视图的第二页面。文件夹视图的第二页面包括与可选图标的第一子集不同的可选图标的第二子集。例如，如图5TTT至图5VVV所示，第一页面的显示被改变为第二页面的显示。还更新页面指示符图标5217的外观以反映从第一页面的显示到第二页面的显示的改变。In response to detecting the second input, the device stops (1334) displaying the first page of the folder view and displays the second page of the folder view for the corresponding folder. The second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons. For example, as shown in FIGS. 5TTT to 5VVV, the display of the first page is changed to the display of the second page. The appearance of the page indicator icon 5217 is also updated to reflect the change from the display of the first page to the display of the second page.
在一些实施例中，当显示文件夹视图的第二页面时，设备检测(1336)与用以关闭文件夹视图的请求对应的第三输入(例如，利用接触5236的按压输入激活主页按钮，如图5HHHH所示，或者在触摸屏显示器中与关闭文件夹视图相关联的一部分上的点击手势)。响应于检测到(1338)第三输入，设备停止(1340)显示文件夹视图。在一些实施例中，设备在停止显示文件夹视图之后显示与文件夹视图截然不同的不同用户界面。例如，在一些实施例中，设备显示具有相应文件夹图标的主屏屏幕。该设备在针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标中显示(1342)可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示(例如，在图5IIII的文件夹图标5004-12中的分别与图5HHHH中的“应用y19”、“应用y20”和“应用y20”对应的“y19”、“y20”、“y16”。当在相应文件夹图标中显示可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示之后，设备在相应文件夹图标中显示(1344)用可选图标的第一子集的缩小比例表示对可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示的替换(例如，通过将可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示在第一方向上滑出文件夹图标并且将可选图标的第一子集的缩小比例表示在第一方向上滑入文件夹图标)。例如，图5JJJJ图示了在文件夹图标5004-12中用文件夹的第一页面中的图标的缩小比例表示替换“y19”、“y20”和“y16”的缩小比例表示的结果。In some embodiments, while the second page of the folder view is displayed, the device detects (1336) a third input corresponding to a request to close the folder view (e.g., a pressing input with contact 5236 activates the home button, such as 5HHHH, or a tap gesture on a portion of a touchscreen display associated with closing a folder view). In response to detecting (1338) the third input, the device stops (1340) displaying the folder view. In some embodiments, the device displays a different user interface that is distinct from the folder view after ceasing to display the folder view. For example, in some embodiments, the device displays a home screen with corresponding folder icons. The device displays (1342) a scaled-down representation of a second subset of selectable icons in the corresponding folder icon for the corresponding folder (e.g., in folder icons 5004-12 in FIG. 5IIII and in FIG. 5HHHH respectively). "y19", "y20", "y16" for "application y19", "application y20", and "application y20". After displaying a scaled-down representation of the second subset of selectable icons in the corresponding folder icon, The device displays (1344) in the corresponding folder icon the replacement of the reduced scale representation of the second subset of selectable icons with the reduced scale representation of the first subset of selectable icons (e.g., by replacing the reduced scale representation of the second subset of selectable icons The reduced scale representation of the subset indicates that the folder icon is slid out in the first direction and the reduced scale representation of the first subset of selectable icons is slid in the folder icon in the first direction). For example, FIG. 5JJJJ illustrates the The folder icon 5004-12 is the result of replacing the reduced scale representations of "y19", "y20" and "y16" with the reduced scale representations of the icons on the first page of the folder.
在一些实施例中，当显示文件夹视图的第二页面时，设备检测(1346)与用以将相应图标从文件夹视图的第二页面移动至显示器上的相应位置的请求对应的第四输入(例如，当处于由在相应图标上的长按而发起的图标重新配置模式中时)。响应于检测到(1348)第四输入(例如，图5DDDD中的5226-c至图5EEEE的5225-d)，根据对相应位置位于预定页面改变区域(例如，如图5EEEE中所示的页面改变区域5233-2)内的确定，设备将相应图标从第二页面移动(1350)至文件夹视图的不同页面。另一方面，根据对相应位置位于与页面改变区域截然不同的预定图标移除区域内的确定(例如，将接触5226从图5AAAA中的位置5226-a移动至图5BBBB中的位于图标移除区域5231中的位置5226-b)，设备从文件夹视图移除(1354)相应图标。在一些实施例中，图标移除区域位于(1356)文件夹视图的底部处或者在底部附近。在一些实施例中，除了从文件夹视图移除相应图标之外，还将相应图标添加至包括相应文件夹图标的多个可选用户界面对象。In some embodiments, while the second page of the folder view is displayed, the device detects (1346) a fourth input corresponding to a request to move the corresponding icon from the second page of the folder view to a corresponding location on the display (eg, when in icon reconfiguration mode initiated by a long press on the corresponding icon). In response to detecting (1348) a fourth input (e.g., 5226-c in FIG. 5DDDD to 5225-d in FIG. 5EEEE), according to the corresponding location within a predetermined page change area (e.g., page change as shown in FIG. 5EEEE), area 5233-2), the device moves (1350) the corresponding icon from the second page to a different page of the folder view. On the other hand, moving contact 5226 from position 5226-a in FIG. 5AAAA to located in the icon removal region in FIG. location 5226-b) in 5231, the device removes (1354) the corresponding icon from the folder view. In some embodiments, the icon removal area is located (1356) at or near the bottom of the folder view. In some embodiments, in addition to removing the corresponding icon from the folder view, the corresponding icon is added to a plurality of selectable user interface objects that include the corresponding folder icon.
在一些实施例中，多个可选用户界面对象是(1358)在多个截然不同的分开显示页面的可选用户界面对象中的第一页面的可选用户界面对象。在一些实施例中，设备接收(1360)第五输入(例如，在触摸屏或触敏表面上、在与第一页面的可选用户对象对应的位置处的水平手指滑动手势，诸如接触5238从图5JJJJ中的位置5238-a到图5KKKK中的位置5238-b的水平移动以及该接触5238从触摸屏112的后续抬起)，该第五输入对应于用以显示在多个截然不同的分开显示页面的可选用户界面对象中的不同页面的可选用户界面对象的请求。响应于接收到(1362)第五输入，设备停止(1364)显示第一页面的可选用户界面对象(例如，5002-4、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-22、5004-7、5002-7、5004-1-b、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12、5002-13和5004-12)，并且可选地显示(1366)不同于第一页面的可选用户界面对象的第二页面的可选用户界面对象(例如，图标5002-80至5002-93，如图5LLLL所示)。In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable user interface objects is ( 1358 ) selectable user interface objects of a first page among a plurality of distinct selectable user interface objects of the separately displayed pages. In some embodiments, the device receives (1360) a fifth input (e.g., a horizontal finger swipe gesture, such as contact 5238 from FIG. position 5238-a in 5JJJJ to position 5238-b in FIG. 5KKKK and the subsequent lifting of the contact 5238 from the touch screen 112), the fifth input corresponds to the A request for an optional user interface object for a different page in the optional user interface object. In response to receiving (1362) the fifth input, the device stops (1364) displaying selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-4, 5002-2, 5002-3, 5002-5, 5002-6, 5002 -22, 5004-7, 5002-7, 5004-1-b, 5002-10, 5002-11, 5002-12, 5002-13 and 5004-12), and optionally display (1366) different from the first Selectable user interface objects for a second page of selectable user interface objects for a page (eg, icons 5002-80 through 5002-93, as shown in FIG. 5LLLL).
注意本文关于方法600、700、800、900、1000、1100、1200(例如，图6A至6E、7A至7C、8A至8C、9A至9B、10A至10B、11A至11C、12A至12E以及5A至5LLLL)描述的其他过程的细节也以类似方式适用于上文描述的方法1300。例如，参考图13A至13E描述的可选用户界面对象(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有本文参考方法600、700、800、900、1000、1100、或1200中的任意方法所描述的各种可选用户界面对象/图标/项目(例如，动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的特性中的一个或多个特性。为了简明起见，此处不再重复这些细节。Note that this article is concerned with methods 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200 (e.g., FIGS. Details of other processes described to 5LLLL) apply in a similar manner to method 1300 described above. For example, the selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004) described with reference to FIGS. One or more of the properties of the various selectable user interface objects/icons/items described (eg, action icon 5002 and folder icon 5004). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
根据一些实施例，图14示出了根据各种所描述的实施例的原理进行配置的电子设备1400的功能框图。该设备的功能框图可选地通过硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实现，以执行各种所描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解，在图14中描述的功能块可选地被组合或者分割成子块，以实现各种所描述的实施例的原理。因此，本文的描述可选地支持此处描述的功能块的任何可能的组合或分割或者进一步限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 14 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1400 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art understand that the functional blocks described in FIG. 14 are optionally combined or divided into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or division or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
如图14所示，电子设备1400包括被配置为显示图形用户界面的显示单元1402、被配置为接收输入的输入单元1404(例如，被配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元)；以及被耦合至显示单元1402和输入单元1404的处理单元1408。在一些实施例中，处理单元1408包括检测单元1410、显示实现单元1412、停止单元1414、更新单元1416、缩放单元1418、移动单元1420以及移除单元1422。As shown in FIG. 14 , electronic device 1400 includes a display unit 1402 configured to display a graphical user interface, an input unit 1404 configured to receive input (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive contact); and coupled to The display unit 1402 and the processing unit 1408 of the input unit 1404 . In some embodiments, the processing unit 1408 includes a detection unit 1410 , a display implementation unit 1412 , a stop unit 1414 , an update unit 1416 , a scaling unit 1418 , a movement unit 1420 and a removal unit 1422 .
处理单元1408被配置为实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)在显示单元1402上同时显示包括一个或多个文件夹图标多个可选用户界面对象；检测(例如，利用检测单元1410)与用以选择针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标的请求对应的第一输入，该相应文件夹包括第一数目的可选图标，所述第一数目的可选图标在包括第一页面和第二页面多个截然不同的分开显示页面之间进行划分，并且响应于检测到第一输入，实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)文件夹视图的显示。文件夹视图包括用以同时显示不多于第二数目的可选图标的空间，该第二数目的可选图标少于第一数目的可选图标；并且文件夹视图显示包括文件夹中的可选图标的第一子集的第一页面。在实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)文件夹视图的第一页面的显示之时，处理单元1408被配置为检测(例如，利用检测单元1410)与用以显示文件夹视图的第二页面的请求对应的第二输入；并且响应于检测到第二输入，针对相应文件夹，停止(例如，利用停止单元1414)实现文件夹视图的第一页面的显示并且实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)文件夹视图的第二页面的显示，其中文件夹视图的第二页面包括不同于可选图标的第一子集的可选图标的第二子集。The processing unit 1408 is configured to enable (eg, utilize the display implementing unit 1412) simultaneously display on the display unit 1402 a plurality of selectable user interface objects including one or more folder icons; detect (eg, utilize the detecting unit 1410) and use A first input corresponding to a request to select a corresponding folder icon for a corresponding folder including a first number of selectable icons, the first number of selectable icons including the first page and the second page The division is made between the plurality of distinct separate display pages, and in response to detecting the first input, display of the folder view is effected (eg, using the display effectuating unit 1412 ). The folder view includes space to simultaneously display no more than a second number of selectable icons, the second number of selectable icons being less than the first number of selectable icons; Select the first page of the first subset of icons. When realizing (for example, using the display implementing unit 1412) the display of the first page of the folder view, the processing unit 1408 is configured to detect (for example, using the detecting unit 1410) the A corresponding second input is requested; and in response to detecting the second input, for the corresponding folder, stop (for example, using the stop unit 1414) to implement the display of the first page of the folder view and implement (for example, use the display implementation unit 1412 ) display of a second page of the folder view, wherein the second page of the folder view includes a second subset of selectable icons that is different from the first subset of selectable icons.
在一些实施例中，显示文件夹视图包括显示两个或更多指示符图标，所述指示符图标提供关于可选图标的截然不同的页面的数目的信息，所述文件夹中的可选图标在所述可选图标的不同页面之间进行划分；在检测到第一输入之后并且在检测到第二输入之前，所述两个或更多指示符图标具有第一外观；并且处理单元1408被进一步配置为，响应于检测到第二输入，更新(例如，利用更新单元1416)两个或更多页面指示符图标以具有不同于第一外观的第二外观。In some embodiments, displaying the folder view includes displaying two or more indicator icons that provide information about the number of distinct pages of selectable icons that are available in the folder dividing between different pages of the selectable icons; after detecting the first input and before detecting the second input, the two or more indicator icons have a first appearance; and the processing unit 1408 is controlled by It is further configured that, in response to detecting the second input, updating (eg, using update unit 1416 ) the two or more page indicator icons to have a second appearance different from the first appearance.
在一些实施例中，页面指示符图标指示在文件夹视图中当前显示的页面在相应文件夹中的可选图标的页面序列中的位置。In some embodiments, the page indicator icon indicates the position of the page currently displayed in the folder view in the sequence of pages of selectable icons in the corresponding folder.
在一些实施例中，页面指示符图标的第一外观指示第一页面当前被显示在文件夹视图中，并且页面指示符图标的第二外观指示第二页面当前被显示在文件夹视图中。In some embodiments, a first appearance of the page indicator icon indicates that a first page is currently displayed in the folder view, and a second appearance of the page indicator icon indicates that a second page is currently displayed in the folder view.
在一些实施例中，在文件夹视图的第一页面中按照第一布置显示可选图标的第一子集；并且在检测到第一输入之前，相应文件夹图标包括按照第一布置显示的可选图标的第一子集的多个缩小比例表示。In some embodiments, a first subset of selectable icons is displayed in a first arrangement in a first page of a folder view; and prior to detecting the first input, the corresponding folder icon includes selectable icons displayed in the first arrangement. A plurality of reduced scale representations of the first subset of selected icons.
在一些实施例中，处理单元1408进一步被配置为：In some embodiments, the processing unit 1408 is further configured to:
在显示文件夹视图的第二页面之时，检测(例如，利用检测单元1410)由输入单元接收的、与用以关闭文件夹视图的请求对应的第三输入；并且响应于检测到第三输入：停止(例如，利用停止单元1414)实现文件夹视图的显示；并且实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)在针对相应文件夹的相应文件夹图标中的可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示的显示。While displaying the second page of the folder view, detecting (for example, using the detection unit 1410) a third input received by the input unit corresponding to a request to close the folder view; and in response to detecting the third input : stop (for example, utilize the stop unit 1414) to realize the display of the folder view; and realize (for example, utilize the display realization unit 1412) the zooming out of the second subset of selectable icons in the corresponding folder icon for the corresponding folder Display of proportional representation.
在一些实施例中，处理单元1408进一步被配置为，在实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)在相应文件夹图标中的可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示的显示之后，实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)在相应文件夹图标中用可选图标的第一子集的缩小比例表示替换可选图标的第二子集的缩小比例表示的显示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 1408 is further configured to, after enabling (e.g., with the display implementing unit 1412) the display of the scaled-down representations of the second subset of selectable icons in the corresponding folder icons, to implement ( For example, the display implementing unit 1412) is used to replace the display of the reduced-scale representation of the second subset of selectable icons with the reduced-scale representation of the first subset of selectable icons in the corresponding folder icon.
在一些实施例中，在检测到第一输入之前，按照相应布置显示多个可选用户界面对象；并且响应于检测到第一输入实现针对相应文件夹的文件夹视图的显示包括：对相应文件夹图标进行放大(例如，利用缩放单元1418)，其中对相应文件夹图标进行放大包括扩大相应布置，以使得相应图标被扩大并且朝着显示器单元的中心移动；并且在对相应文件夹图标进行放大之后，实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)用文件夹视图替换扩大的相应文件夹图标的显示。In some embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects in a corresponding arrangement; and performing display of the folder view for the corresponding folder in response to detecting the first input includes: Zooming in on the folder icon (e.g., using the zoom unit 1418), wherein zooming in on the corresponding folder icon includes enlarging the corresponding arrangement so that the corresponding icon is enlarged and moves toward the center of the display unit; and zooming in on the corresponding folder icon Thereafter, replacing the enlarged display of the corresponding folder icon with the folder view is implemented (eg, using the display implementing unit 1412 ).
在一些实施例中，处理单元1408被进一步配置为，响应于检测到第一输入，停止(例如，利用停止单元1414)显示多个可选用户界面对象。In some embodiments, processing unit 1408 is further configured to, in response to detecting the first input, stop (eg, using stop unit 1414 ) displaying the plurality of selectable user interface objects.
在一些实施例中，处理单元1408被进一步配置为：在显示文件夹视图的第二页面之时，检测(例如，利用检测单元1410)由输入单元接收的、与用以将相应图标从文件夹视图的第二页面移动至显示单元上的相应位置的请求对应的第四输入；并且响应于检测到第四输入：根据对相应位置位于预定页面改变区域内的确定，将相应图标从第二页面移动(例如，利用移动单元1420)至文件夹视图的不同页面；并且根据对相应位置处于与页面改变区域截然不同的预定图标移除区域内的确定，从文件夹视图移除(例如，利用移除单元1422)相应图标。In some embodiments, the processing unit 1408 is further configured to: when displaying the second page of the folder view, detect (for example, using the detection unit 1410 ) the a fourth input corresponding to a request that the second page of the view move to a corresponding location on the display unit; and in response to detecting the fourth input: moving the corresponding icon from the second page based on a determination that the corresponding location is within a predetermined page change area Move (for example, using the move unit 1420) to a different page of the folder view; and remove from the folder view (for example, using the move delete unit 1422) the corresponding icon.
在一些实施例中，页面改变区域位于文件夹视图的右侧或者接近文件夹视图的右侧。In some embodiments, the page change area is located on or near the right side of the folder view.
在一些实施例中，图标移除区域位于文件夹视图的底部或者接近文件夹视图的底部。In some embodiments, the icon removal area is located at or near the bottom of the folder view.
在一些实施例中，多个可选用户界面对象是多个截然不同的分开显示页面的可选用户界面对象中的第一页面的可选用户界面对象；并且处理单元1408被进一步配置为：检测(例如，利用检测单元1410)由输入单元接收的、与用以显示在多个截然不同的分开显示的页面的可选用户界面对象中的不同页面的可选用户界面对象的请求对应的第五输入；并且响应于接收到第五输入，停止(例如，利用停止单元1414)第一页面的可选用户界面对象的显示的实现；并且实现(例如，利用显示实现单元1412)不同于第一页面的可选用户界面对象的第二页面的可选用户界面对象的显示。In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable user interface objects are selectable user interface objects of a first page of a plurality of distinct selectable user interface objects of separately displayed pages; and the processing unit 1408 is further configured to: detect (For example, using the detection unit 1410) a fifth corresponding to a request received by the input unit to display a selectable user interface object of a different page among selectable user interface objects of a plurality of distinct, separately displayed pages. input; and in response to receiving the fifth input, stop (for example, utilizing the stop unit 1414) the realization of the display of the selectable user interface object of the first page; and realize (for example, utilize the display realization unit 1412) different from the first page Display of optional UI objects for the second page of optional UI objects.
在一些实施例中，第一输入是在相应文件夹图标上的点击手势，并且第二输入是在文件夹视图内的滑动手势。In some embodiments, the first input is a tap gesture on the corresponding folder icon and the second input is a swipe gesture within the folder view.
上文所述的信息处理方法中的操作可选地通过运行诸如通用处理器(例如，如上文关于图1A和图3描述的)或专用芯片之类的信息处理装置中的一个或多个功能模块来实施。The operations in the information processing method described above are optionally performed by running one or more functions in an information processing device such as a general-purpose processor (for example, as described above with respect to FIGS. 1A and 3 ) or a dedicated chip. module to implement.
上文参考图6A至图6E、图7A至图7C、图8A至图8C、图9A至图9B、图10A至图10B、图11A至图11C、图12A至图12E、图13A至图13E所描述的操作可选地通过图1A至图1C和/或图14中描绘的组件来实施。例如，检测操作1304、1322；显示操作1306和1334可选地由事件分类器170、事件识别器180和事件处理机190实施。事件分类器170中的事件监测器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触，并且事件分派器模块174向应用136-1递送事件信息。应用136-1的相应事件识别器180将该事件信息与相应事件定义186进行比较，并且确定位于触敏表面上第一位置的第一接触(或者设备的旋转)是否对应于预定义的事件或子事件，诸如对用户界面上对象的选择，或者设备从一个定向向另一定向的旋转。当检测到相应预定义的事件或子事件时，事件识别器180激活与事件或子事件的检测相关联的事件处理机190。事件处理机190可选地使用或调用数据更新器176或对象更新器177，以更新应用内部状态192。在一些实施方式中，事件处理机190访问相应GUI更新器178以更新由应用显示的界面。类似地，本领域技术人员将会容易理解，其他过程能够如何基于图1A至图1C所描绘的组件来实施。6A-6E, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E, 13A-13E are referred to above. The operations described are optionally implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1C and/or FIG. 14 . For example, detect operations 1304 , 1322 ; display operations 1306 and 1334 are optionally implemented by event classifier 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to application 136-1. Corresponding event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information with corresponding event definitions 186 and determines whether a first contact (or rotation of the device) at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or Subevents, such as the selection of an object on the user interface, or the rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a corresponding predefined event or sub-event is detected, the event recognizer 180 activates the event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or invokes data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update application internal state 192 . In some implementations, the event handler 190 accesses a corresponding GUI updater 178 to update the interface displayed by the application. Similarly, those skilled in the art will readily understand how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1C .
前面出于说明的目的，参考具体实施例对本发明进行了描述。然而，上文例示性论述并非旨在是穷举性的或使本发明限于公开的确切形式。可以按照上述教导进行许多修改和改变。选择和描述这些实施方式是为了最佳地说明本发明的原理及其实际应用，从而使得本领域技术人员能够最佳地利用本发明和具有适合设想的特定使用的各种修改的各种实施例。The foregoing description, for purposes of illustration, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. .
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010125835.5ACN111339032B (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201361832897P | 2013-06-09 | 2013-06-09 | |
| US61/832,897 | 2013-06-09 | ||
| US14/142,648US10788976B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2013-12-27 | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| US14/142,648 | 2013-12-27 | ||
| PCT/US2014/040414WO2014200735A1 (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010125835.5ADivisionCN111339032B (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN104704494Atrue CN104704494A (en) | 2015-06-10 |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010125835.5AActiveCN111339032B (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| CN201480001676.0APendingCN104704494A (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010125835.5AActiveCN111339032B (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2014-05-30 | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages |
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP2909707A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP6097835B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101670572B1 (en) |
| CN (2) | CN111339032B (en) |
| AU (2) | AU2014100582A4 (en) |
| HK (1) | HK1210842A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2014200735A1 (en) |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN105677158A (en)* | 2016-01-14 | 2016-06-15 | 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 | Method for dissolving folder and mobile terminal |
| CN105677195A (en)* | 2015-12-29 | 2016-06-15 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | System and method for managing applications in smart terminal |
| CN105843789A (en)* | 2016-04-01 | 2016-08-10 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Rich text monitoring method and device |
| CN105892801A (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2016-08-24 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Desktop icon processing method and terminal |
| CN105892802A (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2016-08-24 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Desktop icon arrangement method and terminal |
| CN106354374A (en)* | 2016-09-30 | 2017-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon moving method and mobile terminal |
| CN106354373A (en)* | 2016-09-28 | 2017-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon moving method and mobile terminal |
| CN106406924A (en)* | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-15 | 深圳创锐思科技有限公司 | Application startup and exiting image control method and apparatus, and mobile terminal |
| CN106886600A (en)* | 2017-02-28 | 2017-06-23 | 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 | A kind of file management method and terminal |
| WO2017143482A1 (en)* | 2016-02-22 | 2017-08-31 | 康志强 | Smart-watch software display method and system |
| CN108399002A (en)* | 2017-02-07 | 2018-08-14 | 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 | A kind of file switching method and device |
| CN108573009A (en)* | 2017-07-03 | 2018-09-25 | 北京金山云网络技术有限公司 | A file search method and device |
| CN109582427A (en)* | 2018-12-06 | 2019-04-05 | 深圳市优创亿科技有限公司 | A kind of wearable device TFT screen screen display method |
| CN109656439A (en)* | 2018-12-17 | 2019-04-19 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Display methods, device and the storage medium of prompt operation panel |
| CN109828705A (en)* | 2018-12-28 | 2019-05-31 | 南京维沃软件技术有限公司 | A kind of display figure calibration method and terminal device |
| CN110399074A (en)* | 2019-07-18 | 2019-11-01 | 上海幻电信息科技有限公司 | Picture joining method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium |
| CN111033572A (en)* | 2017-06-02 | 2020-04-17 | 苹果公司 | Method and apparatus for detecting planes and/or quadtrees used as virtual substrates |
| CN111045559A (en)* | 2019-10-18 | 2020-04-21 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Method, device, electronic equipment and medium for arranging application icons |
| CN111694483A (en)* | 2017-05-16 | 2020-09-22 | 苹果公司 | Device, method and graphical user interface for navigating between user interfaces |
| CN112068720A (en)* | 2020-09-12 | 2020-12-11 | 贺运涛 | Multi-key mouse multi-mode layout mode and implementation method |
| CN113268182A (en)* | 2021-05-19 | 2021-08-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Application icon management method and electronic equipment |
| CN113900558A (en)* | 2021-09-28 | 2022-01-07 | 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 | Icon area management method, intelligent terminal and storage medium |
| WO2022222830A1 (en)* | 2021-04-20 | 2022-10-27 | 华为技术有限公司 | Graphic interface display method, electronic device, medium and program product |
| CN115705124A (en)* | 2021-08-04 | 2023-02-17 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Application folder control method, device, terminal device and storage medium |
| CN115794272A (en)* | 2021-11-03 | 2023-03-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | A display method and electronic device |
| CN115877995A (en)* | 2022-05-23 | 2023-03-31 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Application icon display method, electronic device and readable storage medium |
| US11782573B2 (en) | 2020-04-10 | 2023-10-10 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for enabling an activity |
| CN116991280A (en)* | 2020-09-27 | 2023-11-03 | 花瓣云科技有限公司 | Application icon display method and related equipment |
| US11836725B2 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2023-12-05 | Apple Inc. | User interface for payments |
| US11899925B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2024-02-13 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces and interacting with control objects |
| WO2024078590A1 (en)* | 2022-10-14 | 2024-04-18 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Identifier display method and apparatus, and electronic device and readable storage medium |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN108196759B (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2021-11-19 | 华为技术有限公司 | Icon control method and terminal |
| CN104573552B (en)* | 2014-12-29 | 2018-01-19 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | A kind of method and device of hiden application icon |
| DK179823B1 (en)* | 2016-06-12 | 2019-07-12 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing haptic feedback |
| CN108475285A (en)* | 2016-11-30 | 2018-08-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | The lookup method and terminal of application program |
| WO2018212998A1 (en)* | 2017-05-16 | 2018-11-22 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for moving user interface objects |
| US10466889B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2019-11-05 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for accessing notifications |
| DK180127B1 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2020-05-26 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for moving user interface objects |
| CN108415957B (en)* | 2017-11-06 | 2022-06-07 | 北京京东尚科信息技术有限公司 | Method and device for self-defined navigation of webpage |
| CN108171034A (en)* | 2017-12-20 | 2018-06-15 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of method and terminal for protecting privacy |
| DK180081B1 (en)* | 2018-06-01 | 2020-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Access to system user interfaces on an electronic device |
| JP7163755B2 (en)* | 2018-12-14 | 2022-11-01 | 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 | display input device |
| JP6664597B1 (en)* | 2018-12-28 | 2020-03-13 | ヤフー株式会社 | Information display program, information display device, and information display method |
| CN111435277B (en) | 2019-01-15 | 2022-04-19 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method, device, terminal and storage medium for displaying content |
| CN110618969B (en)* | 2019-08-29 | 2022-08-02 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon display method and electronic equipment |
| KR20210114298A (en)* | 2020-03-10 | 2021-09-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electronic device for folder operation and method for operating thereof |
| US11137904B1 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2021-10-05 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects corresponding to applications |
| JP7615768B2 (en)* | 2020-04-06 | 2025-01-17 | 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 | Display input device and image forming device |
| KR102493991B1 (en)* | 2020-04-10 | 2023-02-02 | 애플 인크. | User interfaces for enabling an activity |
| CN111638825B (en)* | 2020-05-27 | 2022-09-09 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Display control method, device and electronic device |
| CN112269513A (en)* | 2020-10-30 | 2021-01-26 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Interface display method and device and electronic equipment |
| CN112464125B (en)* | 2020-12-07 | 2025-01-14 | 北京小米松果电子有限公司 | Page display method and device, electronic device, and storage medium |
| JP7643095B2 (en)* | 2021-03-09 | 2025-03-11 | 富士フイルムビジネスイノベーション株式会社 | Information processing device and program |
| CN113312133B (en)* | 2021-06-17 | 2022-06-24 | 浙江齐安信息科技有限公司 | Operation method, system and storage medium |
| US12265687B2 (en) | 2022-05-06 | 2025-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for updating a session region |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101308443A (en)* | 2007-01-31 | 2008-11-19 | 捷讯研究有限公司 | System and method for organizing icons for applications on a mobile device |
| US20100251085A1 (en)* | 2009-03-25 | 2010-09-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Content and subfolder navigation control |
| US20110252346A1 (en)* | 2010-04-07 | 2011-10-13 | Imran Chaudhri | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders |
| US20120030623A1 (en)* | 2010-07-30 | 2012-02-02 | Hoellwarth Quin C | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Activating an Item in a Folder |
| CN102446059A (en)* | 2010-09-30 | 2012-05-09 | Lg电子株式会社 | Mobile terminal and mobile terminal control method |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3859005A (en) | 1973-08-13 | 1975-01-07 | Albert L Huebner | Erosion reduction in wet turbines |
| US4826405A (en) | 1985-10-15 | 1989-05-02 | Aeroquip Corporation | Fan blade fabrication system |
| KR100595922B1 (en) | 1998-01-26 | 2006-07-05 | 웨인 웨스터만 | Method and apparatus for integrating manual input |
| US7020714B2 (en) | 2000-04-06 | 2006-03-28 | Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute | System and method of source based multicast congestion control |
| US7688306B2 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2010-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer |
| US7218226B2 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2007-05-15 | Apple Inc. | Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices |
| US6677932B1 (en) | 2001-01-28 | 2004-01-13 | Finger Works, Inc. | System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions |
| US6570557B1 (en) | 2001-02-10 | 2003-05-27 | Finger Works, Inc. | Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords |
| US7589750B1 (en)* | 2006-03-15 | 2009-09-15 | Adobe Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for arranging graphical objects |
| JP4612902B2 (en)* | 2006-07-04 | 2011-01-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | File display device, control method therefor, and program |
| US8601370B2 (en)* | 2007-01-31 | 2013-12-03 | Blackberry Limited | System and method for organizing icons for applications on a mobile device |
| GB2457939B (en)* | 2008-02-29 | 2010-09-08 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Mobile telephone and other apparatus with a gui |
| JP5419486B2 (en)* | 2009-02-10 | 2014-02-19 | キヤノン株式会社 | Data processing apparatus, data processing method, and program |
| CN102033710B (en)* | 2010-04-07 | 2015-03-11 | 苹果公司 | Method for managing file folder and related equipment |
| KR20120050883A (en)* | 2010-11-11 | 2012-05-21 | 김경중 | Application program |
| CN102221931B (en)* | 2011-06-28 | 2016-06-15 | 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 | The method that touch-type electronic installation and icon thereof move |
| KR101838031B1 (en)* | 2011-07-21 | 2018-03-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for managing icon in portable terminal |
| US9886188B2 (en)* | 2011-08-25 | 2018-02-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Manipulating multiple objects in a graphic user interface |
| CN102298502A (en)* | 2011-09-26 | 2011-12-28 | 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 | Touch type electronic device and icon page-switching method |
| CN102364438A (en)* | 2011-10-10 | 2012-02-29 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Application program display and classification method, terminal and mobile terminal |
| CN102830911B (en)* | 2012-07-30 | 2015-02-11 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Method for rapidly dragging application program to switch pages |
| CN102999249A (en)* | 2012-10-17 | 2013-03-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | A user interface management method and system for a mobile terminal with a touch screen |
| CN102981704B (en)* | 2012-11-09 | 2015-09-09 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | A kind of icon placement method of display interface and mobile terminal |
| CN103116440A (en)* | 2013-01-23 | 2013-05-22 | 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 | Method and terminal for icon to move on terminal |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101308443A (en)* | 2007-01-31 | 2008-11-19 | 捷讯研究有限公司 | System and method for organizing icons for applications on a mobile device |
| US20100251085A1 (en)* | 2009-03-25 | 2010-09-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Content and subfolder navigation control |
| US20110252346A1 (en)* | 2010-04-07 | 2011-10-13 | Imran Chaudhri | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders |
| US20120030623A1 (en)* | 2010-07-30 | 2012-02-02 | Hoellwarth Quin C | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Activating an Item in a Folder |
| CN102446059A (en)* | 2010-09-30 | 2012-05-09 | Lg电子株式会社 | Mobile terminal and mobile terminal control method |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US11836725B2 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2023-12-05 | Apple Inc. | User interface for payments |
| CN106406924A (en)* | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-15 | 深圳创锐思科技有限公司 | Application startup and exiting image control method and apparatus, and mobile terminal |
| CN106406924B (en)* | 2015-07-31 | 2020-02-07 | 深圳超多维科技有限公司 | Control method and device for starting and quitting picture of application program and mobile terminal |
| CN105677195B (en)* | 2015-12-29 | 2019-02-01 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | A kind of application management system and method for intelligent terminal |
| CN105677195A (en)* | 2015-12-29 | 2016-06-15 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | System and method for managing applications in smart terminal |
| CN105677158A (en)* | 2016-01-14 | 2016-06-15 | 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 | Method for dissolving folder and mobile terminal |
| WO2017143482A1 (en)* | 2016-02-22 | 2017-08-31 | 康志强 | Smart-watch software display method and system |
| CN105892801A (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2016-08-24 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Desktop icon processing method and terminal |
| CN105892802A (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2016-08-24 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Desktop icon arrangement method and terminal |
| WO2017161810A1 (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2017-09-28 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Method for arranging desktop icon and terminal |
| WO2017161808A1 (en)* | 2016-03-25 | 2017-09-28 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Method for processing desktop icon and terminal |
| CN105843789A (en)* | 2016-04-01 | 2016-08-10 | 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 | Rich text monitoring method and device |
| CN106354373B (en)* | 2016-09-28 | 2020-04-21 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon moving method and mobile terminal |
| CN106354373A (en)* | 2016-09-28 | 2017-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon moving method and mobile terminal |
| CN106354374A (en)* | 2016-09-30 | 2017-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Icon moving method and mobile terminal |
| CN108399002A (en)* | 2017-02-07 | 2018-08-14 | 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 | A kind of file switching method and device |
| CN106886600A (en)* | 2017-02-28 | 2017-06-23 | 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 | A kind of file management method and terminal |
| CN106886600B (en)* | 2017-02-28 | 2021-12-10 | 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 | File management method and terminal |
| CN111694483B (en)* | 2017-05-16 | 2023-10-31 | 苹果公司 | Apparatus, method and graphical user interface for navigating between user interfaces |
| CN111694483A (en)* | 2017-05-16 | 2020-09-22 | 苹果公司 | Device, method and graphical user interface for navigating between user interfaces |
| US11899925B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2024-02-13 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces and interacting with control objects |
| CN111033572A (en)* | 2017-06-02 | 2020-04-17 | 苹果公司 | Method and apparatus for detecting planes and/or quadtrees used as virtual substrates |
| CN111033572B (en)* | 2017-06-02 | 2023-09-05 | 苹果公司 | Method and apparatus for detecting planes and/or quadtrees used as virtual substrates |
| CN108573009B (en)* | 2017-07-03 | 2021-05-25 | 北京金山云网络技术有限公司 | A file search method and device |
| CN108573009A (en)* | 2017-07-03 | 2018-09-25 | 北京金山云网络技术有限公司 | A file search method and device |
| CN109582427A (en)* | 2018-12-06 | 2019-04-05 | 深圳市优创亿科技有限公司 | A kind of wearable device TFT screen screen display method |
| US11010020B2 (en) | 2018-12-17 | 2021-05-18 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Method, apparatus and storage medium for displaying shortcut operation panel |
| CN109656439A (en)* | 2018-12-17 | 2019-04-19 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Display methods, device and the storage medium of prompt operation panel |
| CN109828705B (en)* | 2018-12-28 | 2021-06-08 | 南京维沃软件技术有限公司 | Icon display method and terminal equipment |
| CN109828705A (en)* | 2018-12-28 | 2019-05-31 | 南京维沃软件技术有限公司 | A kind of display figure calibration method and terminal device |
| CN110399074A (en)* | 2019-07-18 | 2019-11-01 | 上海幻电信息科技有限公司 | Picture joining method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium |
| CN110399074B (en)* | 2019-07-18 | 2021-11-16 | 上海幻电信息科技有限公司 | Picture splicing method and device, mobile terminal and storage medium |
| CN111045559A (en)* | 2019-10-18 | 2020-04-21 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Method, device, electronic equipment and medium for arranging application icons |
| US11782573B2 (en) | 2020-04-10 | 2023-10-10 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for enabling an activity |
| CN112068720A (en)* | 2020-09-12 | 2020-12-11 | 贺运涛 | Multi-key mouse multi-mode layout mode and implementation method |
| CN116991280A (en)* | 2020-09-27 | 2023-11-03 | 花瓣云科技有限公司 | Application icon display method and related equipment |
| WO2022222830A1 (en)* | 2021-04-20 | 2022-10-27 | 华为技术有限公司 | Graphic interface display method, electronic device, medium and program product |
| CN113268182A (en)* | 2021-05-19 | 2021-08-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Application icon management method and electronic equipment |
| CN113268182B (en)* | 2021-05-19 | 2023-06-16 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Application icon management method and electronic device |
| CN115705124A (en)* | 2021-08-04 | 2023-02-17 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Application folder control method, device, terminal device and storage medium |
| CN113900558A (en)* | 2021-09-28 | 2022-01-07 | 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 | Icon area management method, intelligent terminal and storage medium |
| CN113900558B (en)* | 2021-09-28 | 2025-05-16 | 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 | Icon area management method, intelligent terminal and storage medium |
| WO2023078088A1 (en)* | 2021-11-03 | 2023-05-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | Display method and electronic device |
| CN115794272A (en)* | 2021-11-03 | 2023-03-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | A display method and electronic device |
| CN115877995A (en)* | 2022-05-23 | 2023-03-31 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Application icon display method, electronic device and readable storage medium |
| WO2024078590A1 (en)* | 2022-10-14 | 2024-04-18 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Identifier display method and apparatus, and electronic device and readable storage medium |
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2015528619A (en) | 2015-09-28 |
| AU2014274537A1 (en) | 2015-01-22 |
| KR101670572B1 (en) | 2016-10-28 |
| CN111339032B (en) | 2023-09-29 |
| KR20150021964A (en) | 2015-03-03 |
| EP2909707A1 (en) | 2015-08-26 |
| CN111339032A (en) | 2020-06-26 |
| HK1210842A1 (en) | 2016-05-06 |
| JP6097835B2 (en) | 2017-03-15 |
| AU2014100582A4 (en) | 2014-07-03 |
| WO2014200735A1 (en) | 2014-12-18 |
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11281368B2 (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages | |
| US11500516B2 (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders | |
| AU2021200102B2 (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders | |
| JP6097835B2 (en) | Device, method and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages | |
| AU2014274556B2 (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders | |
| HK40020794A (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders | |
| HK1253390B (en) | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders | |
| HK1157454B (en) | Method and related apparatus for managing folders |
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| REG | Reference to a national code | Ref country code:HK Ref legal event code:DE Ref document number:1210842 Country of ref document:HK | |
| RJ01 | Rejection of invention patent application after publication | ||
| RJ01 | Rejection of invention patent application after publication | Application publication date:20150610 | |
| REG | Reference to a national code | Ref country code:HK Ref legal event code:WD Ref document number:1210842 Country of ref document:HK |